Bibliography of the Athapascan Languages

Jt #>". LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.

GIFT OF" ^ 6^

Class

S M I T H t? O X I A X I X tf T I T U T I C) X

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR m BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES

JAMES CONSTANTINE FILLING^

GOVKKNMKNT PRINTING OFFICE 1892

SMITHSONIAN I N S T I T IT T I O N

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL. DIRECTOR

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES

JAMES CONSTANTINO PILLING

WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1802

LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES ISSUED BY THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Smithsonian institution Bureau of ethnology. Catalogue of lin guistic manuscripts in the library of the Bureau of ethnology. By James C. Pilling. In Bureau of ethnology first annual report; half-title as above p. 553, text pp. 555-577, Washington, 1881, royal 8. Issued separately with cover title as follows: of in the of the Bureau manuscripts | library Catalogue | | linguistic of James C. Pilling (Extracted from the first annual ethnology | by | of the Bureau of | report | ethnology) | [ Vignette | Government office 1881 Washington | printing |

Cover title as above, no inside title, half-title as under entry next above p. 553, text pp. 555-577, royal 8. One hundred copies issued. Smithsonian institution Bureau of J. W. Powell di ethnology | rector Proof-sheets of a of the of the | | bibliography | | languages | | ^Torth American Indians James Constautine | | Pilling | j by (Distrib uted to only collaborators) | Government office 1885 Washington | printing |

Title verso blank 1 1. notice (signed J. W. Powell) p. iii, preface (November 4, 1884) pp. v-viii, introduction pp. ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of libraries re ferred to by initials pp. xxxvii-xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix-xl, text pp. 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, plates, 4. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, translator, or first word of title. One hundred and ten copies printed, ten of them on one side of the sheet only. Smithsonian institution Bureau of J. W. di | ethnology: Powell, rector of the Eskimo James Constan- | Bibliography | | language | by tiue Pilling | [Vignette] | Government office 1887 Washington | printing j

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (April 20, 1887) pp. iii-v, C text pp. 1-109, chronologic index pp. 111-116, 8 fac-similes, 8 . An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8. Smithsonian institution Bureau of J. W. Powell, di | ethnology: rector of the Siouan James Constau | Bibliography | | languages | by | tine Pilling | [Vignette] | Government office 1887 Washington | printing |

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (September 1, 1887) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-82, chronologic index pp. 83-87, 8. An edition of 100 copies C was issued in royal 8 . in 110907 IV LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES, BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Smithsonian institution Bureau of J. W. di | ethnology: Powell, rector of the James Con- | languages | | | Iroqnoian | Bibliography by stantine Pilling | [Vignette] | Government office 1888 Washington | printing | Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (December 15. 1888) pp. iii-vi, text pp. 1-180, addenda pp. 181-189, chronologic index pp. 191-208, 9 fac similes, 8. An edition of 100 copies issued in royal 8. Smithsonian institution Bureau of J. W. di | ethnology: Powell, rector of the James | Bibliography | | Muskhogean languages | by Constantine Pilling | [Vignette] | Government office 1889 | Washington | printing Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (May 15, 1889) pp. C iii-v, text pp. 1-103, chronologic index pp. 105-114, 8 . An edition of 100 copies issued in royal 8. notes on Eliot s Indian bible and on his other Bibliographic | | | translations and works in the Indian of Massachusetts | language | a " of the Extract from Bibliography Algonquian languages"!

[Vignette] | Government office 1890 Washington printing | Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-58, 21 fac similes, royal 8. Forms pp. 127-184 of the Bibliography of the Algonqnian languages, title of which follows. Two hundred and fifty copies issued. Smithsonian institution Bureau of J. W. di | ethnology: Powell, rector of the James | Bibliography | Algonqniau languages | by | Constautine Pilling | [Vignette] | Government office 1891 Washington | printing |

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (June 1, 1891) pp. iii-iv, introduction p. v, index of languages pp. vii-viii, list of fac-similes pp. ix-x, text pp. 1-549, addenda pp. 551-575, chronologic index pp. 577-614, 82 fac-similes, 8. An edition of 100 copies issued in royal 89. PREFACE.

The series of bibliographies of which this forms the sixth number was started in 1887 with the Eskimauan as the first issue. They are u all based upon the Proof Sheets of a Bibliography of the North Amer ican Languages," by the same author, printed in 1885, in an edition of 110 copies. Titles and collations of these works will be found on a previous page. The next in order of publication are to be the Chinookan (including the Chinook jargon), the Salishan, and the Wakashan, all of which are well under way. The name adopted by the Bureau of Ethnology for this family of languages (Athapascan) is that used by Gallatin in the American An tiquarian Society s Transactions, vol. u, 18;>(l. It has been objected to by a number of missionaries students of various dialects of this family in the Northwest but priority demanded that Gallatin s name should be retained. It is derived from the Jake of the same name, which, ac

" cording to Father Lacombe, signifies place of hay and reeds." The following account of the distribution of the Athapascan people u is taken from Powell s Indian Linguistic Families," in the Seventh Annual Keport of the Bureau of Ethnology: The boundaries of the Athapascan family, as now understood, are best given under three primary groups: Northern, Pacific, and Southern. Northern group. This includes all the Athapascan tribes of British North America and Alaska. In the former region the Athapascans occupy most of the western interior, being bounded on the north by the Arctic Eskimo, who inhabit a narrow strip of coast; on the east by the Eskimo of Hudson s Bay as far south as Churchill River, south of which river the country is occupied by Algonquinu. tribes. On the south the Athapascan tribes extended to the main ridge between the Athapasca and Saskatchewan rivers, where they met Algonqiiian tribes; west of this area they were bounded on the south by Salishan tribes, the limits of whose territory on Fra- ser River and its tributaries appear on Toimie and Dawson s map of 1884. On the west, in British Columbia, the Athapascan tribes nowhere reach the coast, being cut off by the Wakashnn, Salishan, and Chiminesyaii families. The interior of Alaska is chiefly occupied by tribes of this family. Eskimo tribes have encroached somewhat upon the interior along the Yukon, Kuskokwim, Kowak, and Noatak rivers, reaching on the Yukon to someAvhat below Shageluk Island and on the Kuskokwim nearly or quite to Kolmakoff Redoubt. Upon the two latter they reach quite to their heads. A fi-w Kutchin tribes are (or have been) north of the Porcupine and Yukon rivers, but until recently it has not been known that they extended north beyond the Yukon ami Romanzoff mountains. Explorations of v VI PREFACE.

Lieut. Stoney, in 1885, establish the fact that the region to the north of those moun tains is occupied by Athapascan tribes, and the map is colored accordingly. Only in two places in Alaska do the Athapascan tribes reach the coast : the K naia-kho- tana, on Cook s Inlet, and the Ahtheiia, of Cooper River. Pacific group. Unlike the tribes of the Northern group, most of those of the Pacific group have removed from their priscau habitats since the advent of the white race. The Pacific group embraces the following : Kwalhioqua, formerly on Willopah River, Washington, near the lower Chinook; Owilapsli, formerly between Shoal water Bay and the heads of the Chehalis River, Washington, the territory of these two tribes being practically continuous; Tlatscanai, formerly on a small stream 011 the north west side of Wapatoo Island. Gibbs was informed by an old Indian that this tribe

"formerly owned the prairies on the Tsihalis at the mouth of the Skukumchuck, but, on the failure of game, left the country, crossed the Columbia River, and occupied the mountains to the south," a statement of too uncertain character to be depended upon; the Athapascan tribes now on the Grande Ronde and Siletz Reservations, Oregon, whose villages on and near the coast extended from Coquille River south ward to the California line, including, among others, the Upper Coquille, Sixes, Euchre, Creek, Joshua, Tutu tiinne, and other "Rogue River" or "Tou-touten bands," Chasta Costa, Galice Creek, Naltimne timue, and Chetco villages; the Atha pascan villages formerly on Smith River and tributaries, California; those villages extending southward from Smith River along the California coast to the mouth of the or "clans" on Lower Klamath River ; Hupa villages formerly Trinity River, or California; the Kenesti Wailakki (2), located as follows: "They live along the western slope of the Shasta Mountains, from North Eel River, above Round Valley, to Hay Fork; along Eel and Mad rivers, extending down the latter about to Low

Gap; also on Dobbins and Larrabie creeks;" and Saiaz, who "formerly occupied the tongue of land jutting down between Eel River and Van Dusen s Fork." Southern group. Includes the Navajo, Apache, and Lipan. Engineer Jose Cortez, one of the earliest authorities on these tribes, writing in 1799, defines the boundaries of the Lipan and Apache as extending north and south from 29 N. to 36 N., and east and west from 99 W. to 114 W. in other from central Texas ; words, nearly to the Colorado River in Arizona, where they met tribes of the Yuma stock. The Lipan occupied the eastern part of the above territory, extending in Texas from the Comanche country (about Red River) south.to the Rio Grande. More recently both Lipan and Apache have gradually moved southward into Mexico, where they extend as far as Durango. The Navajo, since first known to history, have occupied the country on and south of the San Juan River in northern New Mexico and Arizona and extending into Colorado and Utah. They were surrounded on all sides by the cognate Apache except upon the north, where they meet Shoshouean tribes.

The present volume embraces 544 titular entries, of which 428 relate to printed books and articles and 110 to manuscripts. Of these, 517 have been seen and described by the compiler, 422 of the prints and 95 of the manuscripts, leaving 27 as derived from outside sources, 10 of the prints and 21 manuscripts. Of those unseen by the writer, titles and descriptions have been received in most cases from persons who have actually seen the works and described them for him. So far as possible, during the proof-reading, direct comparison has beeu made with the works themselves. For this purpose, besides his own books, the writer lias had access to those in the libraries of Con gress, the Bureau of Ethnology, the Smithsonian Institution, and to several private collections in the city of Washington. Mr. Wilberforce PREFACE. VII

Barnes has compared the titles of works contained in his own library and in the Lenox, and recourse has been had to a number of librarians throughout the country for tracings, photographs, etc. The result is that of the 517 works dessribed de visti comparison of proof has been made direct with the original sources in the case of 4_i4. In this later reading collations and descriptions have been entered into more fully than had previously been done and capital letters treated with more severitv.

WASHINGTON, D. 0., June 15, 1892.

INTRODUCTION.

In the compilation of this catalogue the aim has been to include everything, printed or in manuscript, relating to the Athapascan lan guages: books, pamphlets, articles in magazines, tracts, serials, etc., and such reviews and announcements of publications as seemed worthy of notice. The dictionary plan has been followed to its extreme limit, the sub ject and tribal indexes, references to libraries, etc., being included in one alphabetic series. The primary arrangement is alphabetic by authors, translators of works into the native languages being treated as authors. Under each author the arrangement is, first, by printed works, and second, by manuscripts, each group being given chronologically; and in the case of printed books each work is followed through its various editions before the next in chronologic order is taken up. Anonymously printed works are entered under the name of the author, when known, and under the first word of the title, not an article or preposition, when not known. A cross-reference is given from the first words of anonymous titles when entered under an author and from the first words of all titles in the Indian languages, whether anonymous or not, Manuscripts are entered under the author when known, under the dialect to which they refer when he is not known.

Each author s name, with his title, etc., is entered in full but once, i. e., in its alphabetic order. Every other mention of him is by sur name and initials only, except in those rare cases when two persons of the same surname have also the same initials. All titular matter, including cross-references thereto, is in brevier, all collations, descriptions, notes, and index matter in nonpareil. In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the spelling of proper names used in the particular work itself has been followed, and so far as possible the language of the respective writers is given. In the index entries of the tribal names the compiler has adopted that spelling which seemed to him the best. As a general rule initial capitals have been used in titular matter in only two cases: first, for proper names, and second, when the word actually appears on the title-page with an initial capital and with the remainder in small capitals or lower-case letters. In giving titles in the German language the capitals in the case of all substantives have been respected. When titles are given of works not seen by the compiler the fact is stated or the entry is followed by an asterisk within curves, and in cither case the authority is usually given. IX

INDEX OF LANGUAGES.

Page. Antena. See Ahtinne.

Ahtinue 1 Apache 3 Applegate Creek. See Xabiltse. Arivaipa Apache. See A])aelie. Athapascan 4 Atna. SeeAhtinne. Beaver 8 Carrier Indians. See Taculli. Chin Indians. See Nagailer. 10 Chippewyan , Chiracahua Apache. See Apache. Cook s Inlet Indians. See Kenai. Copper Indians. See Ahtinne. Coppermine Apache. See Apache. Coquille 20 Coyotero Apache. See Apache. Dene 1 5 Dene Diudjie. See Dene. Dog Kib 2G Faraone. See Apache. Hare Indians. See Peau de Lievre. Hayuarger. See Henagi. Henagi 41 Hoopa. See Hupa. Hudson Bay 41 Hnpa 41 Inkalik 4U Inkalit-Kenai. See Kenai. Jicarilla Apache. See Apache. Kaiynhkhotana 43 Kenai 44 Klatskenai. See Tlatskenai. Koltschar.e 49 Kutchiu 50 Kwalhiokwa 50 XI XI [ INDEX OF LANGUAGES.

Page. Lipau ...... 54 Lototen. See Tutnten. Loiiclieux ...... 55 Mescalero Apache. See Apache. Midnooski. See Ahtinne. Mimbreno Apache. See Apache.

Montagnais ...... (>5 Nabiltse ...... 74 Kagailer ...... 74 Xahawny. See Xehawni. Navajo ...... 74 Xehawni ...... 75 Northern Indians. See Athapascan. Nulato Tnkalik. See Inkalik. Pean de Lievre ...... Pinalefio Apache. See Apache. 3iof ue River ...... 00 Sierra lUanca Apache. See Apache. Sikani ...... 04 Slave ...... 95 Slavi. See. Slave.

Sursee ...... - ...... 06 Sussee. See Sursee. Taculli ...... 97 Tnhkali. See Taculli. Tahlewah ...... 97 Takudh. See Tukudh. Teuaii-Kutchin. See Kutchin. Ten an a. See Kutchin. Tenana-Jiikalik. See Inkalik. Thine ...... 98

Tlatskenai . 98 Tolowa. See Tahlewah. Tukudh ...... 102

Tututen ...... !();$ Ugalenzen ...... 103 Ululuk-Inkalik. See Inkalik.

Uinpkwa ...... 1 > Unakhotana ...... 104 Wailakki ...... 107 White Mountain Apache. See Apache. Willopah ...... 109 LIST OF FACSIMILES.

Page. Morice s Dene Syllabary 67 Title page of Morice s Dene Primer 70 Title page of Morice s Dene Catechism 71 Perrault s Montagnais Syllabary 78

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

BY JAMES 0. PILLINO.

[An asterisk within parentheses indicates that the compiler has seen no copy of the work referred to.]

the Abbott (G. H.) Vocabulary of Adelung ( Johanu Christoph) [and Vater Mitliridates oder Coquille language. (J. S.)] | | allgemeine Manuscript, 6 pages, folio, in the library of mit dem Vater | Sprachenkunde | j the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, I). C. Unser als in nahe | Sprachprobe | bey Taken down in 1858 at the Siletz Indian Agency, f Hiifhundert Spraehen mid Mundarten, Oregon, with the assistance of the interpreter von Johanii at that agency,and recorded on one of the blanks | | Christoph Adelung, | of 180 words issued by Mr. Geo. Gibbs. The Churfiirstl. Siichsischen Hofrath und blanks are all filled and about 20 words added. Ober-Bibliothekar. lines | [Two quo A partial copy, made by Mr. Gibbs, consist Theil. tation.] | Erster[-Vierter] | ing of the 180 words of the standard vocabulary, iuderVossischenBuchhand- Berlin, | with some changes in the alphabetic notation, 1806 is in the same library. Inng, | [-1817]. 4 vols. 3 in three 8. Adam Exameu (vol. parts), (Lucieu). grammatical Vol. 3, part 3, is devoted to American lin de seize americaines. the contents are as fol compart laugues guistics ; Athapascan

In Congres Int. des Americanistes, Compte lows : General remarks on the Apache, pp. 177- second vol. and 179 of the 179-180. Short discus rendu, session, 2, pp. 161-244, ; Nabajoa, pp.

six folded sheets, Luxembourg <fe Paris, 1878, sion of the Kiiiai, pp. 228-229. Comparative 8. (Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.) vocabulary of the Ugaljachmutzi (from llesau- is under This work subdivided twenty-two otf ), with four Kinai vocabularies respectively

" headings, "Des dift e rentes classes de noms ct from Dawidoff, llesanoff, Lisiansky, and Tin- un du genre," "Dupluriel des noins," etc., genannten," pp. 230-231. A few words in der each of which occur remarks on all the six Snssee (from Umfreville), p. 254. General dis teen languages, among which is the Monta- cussion of the Chepewyan, with examples gnais. The six folded sheets at the end contain from Mackenzie and Dobbs, pp. 419-424. Vo a comparative vocabulary (135 words and the cabulary of the Chepewyan and Nagailer (both numerals 1-100) of fifteen languages, among from Mackenzie) and the Hudson Bay Indians them the Montagiiais. (from Dobbs), p. 424. Issued separately as follows : Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu Bureau of Eames, Examen de seum, Ethnology, Congress, grammatical compare" | | Trumbull, Watkinson. seize rieaines Lucieu II. languesame | par! Priced by Triibner (1856), no. 503, 16*. Sold for another Conseiller a la Cour de at the Fischer no. 17, M. ; Adam Naucy. | sale, copy, Paris Maisomieuve et C ie no. 2042, for 16*. At the Field sale, no. 16, it | , Exliteurs, at the no. 25 1878 brought $11.85; Squier sale, 9, $5. | 25, Quai Voltaire, | Leclerc (1878) prices it, no. 2042, 50 fr. At the Half-title verso "extrait du" etc. 1 1. title as Pinart sale, no. 1322, it sold for 25 fr. and at the above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-88, six folding Murphy sale, no. 24, a half-calf, marble-edged tables, 8. copy brought $4. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Ahtena. See Ahtinne. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Congress, Gatschet, Wellesley. Ahtinn^ :

Triibner, 1882 catalogue, p. 3, prices a copy General discussion See Buschmann (J. C. E.) 15 fr. Numerals Allen (H. T.) 6*.; Leclerc, 1887, p. 3, ; Maisonneuve, 1888, p. 42, 15 fr. Numerals Dall(W.H.) 1 AIH 1 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Ahtinne Continued. Allen (H. T.) Continued. Numerals Ellis (R.) Atuatanas, or nati ves of Copper river. Sentences Allen (H. T.) In Quebec Soc. de Geog. Bull. 1886-87-88-89, Tribal names Latham (R. G.) pp. 79-90, Quebec, 1889, 8. Vocabulary Allen (H. T.) Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 87-88. E. . Vocabulary Baer (K. von) American Bible Society: These words following Vocabulary Bancroft (H. II.) a title or within parentheses after a note indi Vocabulary Buschmami (J. C.E.) cate that a copy of the work referred to has been Ball Vocabulary (W. H.) seen by the compiler in the library of that in Vocabulary Gallatiu (A.) stitution, New York City. Jehan Vocabulary (L. F.) American Bible Society. 1776. Centen Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary nial exhibition. 1876. verses | Specimen Vocabulary Pinart (A. L.) from versions in different | Vocabulary Wrangcll (F.von). ( languages

I>aa and dialects in which the Words (L. K.) | | holy Words Ellis (R.) have been and cir scriptures | printed Words Petitot (E.F.S.J.) culated the American bible by | society Words Pott (A. F.) and the British and bible | | foreign Words Schomburgk (R. H.) and one line society. | [Picture quota Allen (Lieut. Henry T.) 49th Congress, tion.] | Ex. Doc. No. 2d Session. Senate. | | | : | New York American bible | society, of an to 125. | | | | expedition | Report instituted in the ! MDCCCXVI. year | the Copper, Tauana, and K6yukuk 1876. of in the | Title verso etc. 1 1. text ad j Territory Alaska, rivers, | picture pp. 3-47, in the "for the vertisement p. 48, 16. 1885, | purpose | year St. in the Tinne of obtaining all information which will John, iii, 16, language (syl labic characters), p. 36. be valuable and important, especially | Copies seen : American Bible Society, Pilling, to the branch of the | military govern Trumbull. ment." the direction of Made under | similar in date, in | Editions, except appeared General Nelson A. Miles, Commanding 1879 (Wellesley) and in ]884 (Pilling). the of the verses from versions in Department Columbia, | by Specimen | lient. T. Second different and dialects in | Allen, | | Henry | languages United States have been which the ] Cavalry. | | Holy Scriptures Government and circulated the Ameri | printing Washington: printed by | office. 1887. can bible and the British and | society | j Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 3-8, cor foreign bible society.! [Picture of bible respondence pp. 9-14, introduction p. 15, half- and one line Second edi quotation.] | title p. 17, text pp. 19-172, 5 maps and 29 plates, 8. tion, enlarged. | New York : American bible | society, Sentences in the Midnoosky language, p. 51. instituted in the MDCCCXVI. of River contains | Natives Copper (pp. 125-136) | year some general remarks on their language, a 1885. vocabulary of 53 words English-Midnoosky, p. Title verso note 1 1. text pp. 3-60, index pp. 134, and the numerals 1-10 of the Midnoosky 61-63, advertisement p. 64, 16. and latter from Lieut. T. B. Apache (the St. John, iii, 16. in the Tinn6 or Chippewyan Dugan, U. S. A.) compared, p. 135. (roman and syllabic) and Tukudh (roman), p. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, 47.

Pilling. Copies seen : Wellesley. Some copies are issued without the docu There is an edition, otherwise as fibove, dated five lines at mentary heading of the beginning of 1888 (Pilling). the title-page. (Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling.) Issued also with title as above and, in addi

as : Partly reprinted follows tion, the following, which encircles the border of the Souvenir of the World s in Atnatanas natives of title-page: ; Copper river, dustrial and cotton centennial | j exposition. Alaska. Lieut. T. U. By Henry Allen, Bureau of education: Department of the in S. Army. terior. New Orleans, 1885. (Pilling.) | In Smithsonian Inst. Annual Report for Muestras de versiculos tornados de | 1886, 8. part 1, pp. 258-266, Washington, 1889, las versioues en diferentes | lenguas y (Pilling.) dialectos en las escri- | que | sagradas Vocabulary and numerals as under title next turas ban sido puestas en above, p. 265. | imprcsas y

as follows : circulacion la Sociedad biblica Reprinted por | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

American Bible Society Continued, Anderson (A. C.) Continued.

americana la Soeicdad l>iblica iii- The first four leaves, written on one side | y | and one only, contain a comparative vocabulary of 108 glesa y extranjera. | [Design words of the following languages: English, line quotation.] Chipwyan, Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Nueva York: Sociedad bfblica ame | Upper Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, ricana. Fuudada en el ATio do 1816. and The | | Hopah, Haynarger. remaining four 1889. leaves, written on both sides and headed Ap contain notes and Title as above verso picture etc. 1 1. text pp. pendix, memoranda con nected with the vocabularies 3-50, historical and other observations pp. 51- collated in the abstract. 60, index pp. 61-63, picture and description p. accompanying 16. 64, Apache: St. John iii, 16, in the Tinne (syllabic char General discussion See Adelung (J. C.) and acters), (romau), and Tukudh Chippewyan Yater (J. S.) (roman), p. 47. General discussion Bancroft (II. H.) seen : Copies Pilling, Wellesley. General discussion Berghaus (H.)

American Tract Society : These words following General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) a title or within parentheses after a note indi General discussion Cremony (J. C.) cate that a copy of the work referred to has General discussion Jehan (L. F.) been seen by the compiler in the library of that General discussion Orozco y Berra (M.) institution, New York City. General discussion Pimentel (F.) General discussion Smart (C.) Anderson (Alexander Canlfield). Vocab General discussion White (J. B.) of the Talikali or Carrier. ulary Gentes Bourke (J. G.) In Hale (H.), Ethnography and philology of Grammatic comments Feathermaii (A.) the TT. S. exploring expedition, pp. 570-629, line Grammatic comments Muller (F.) A. 4. Philadelphia, 1846, Grammatic comments White (J. B.) in G-allatin Reprinted (A.). Hale s Indians of Grammatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.) northwest America, in American Eth. Soc. Grammatic treatise Cremony (J. C.) Trans, vol. 2, pp. 78-82. New York, 1848, 8. Numerals Allen (H. T.) Numerals Bancroft (H. n.) Notes 011 the Indian tribes of British Numerals Cremony (J. C.) North America, and the northwest Numerals Dugan (T. B.) coast. Communicated to Geo. Gibbs, Numerals Gatschet (A. S.) esq. By Alex. C. Anderson, esq., late Numerals Haines (E. M.) Numerals Haldeman of the lion. H. B. co., and read before (S. S.) Numerals . Pimentel (F.) the New York Historical Society, No Numerals Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- vember, 1862. son (G. M.) In Historical first vol. Mag. series, 7, pp. Proper names Catlin (G.) 73-81, New York & London, 1863, sm. 4. Proper names Cremony (J. C.) Includes a short account of the Tahcullys, Proper names White (J. B.) with a few proper names with English signifi Relationships Morgan (L. H.) cation. Relationships White (J.B.) Notes on north-western America. Sentences Bancroft (H. H.) | | Alexander Canlfield Sentences White (J.B.) | By | Anderson, Text Bancroft (H. II.) J. P. of the Hudson s | (Formerly Bay Tribal . names Bal bi ( A )

Company.) | Tribal names Higgins (N. S. )

Montreal : Mitchell & Wilson, Print Tribal names J6han (L. F.) ers, 192 St. Peter Street. 1876. Tribal names White (J. B.) | title as Allen (II. T.) Cover above, no inside title; text pp. Vocabulary 1-22, 12. Vocabulary Bancroft (II. II.)

the " Bartlett (J. R.) Under heading of Indians," pp. 20-22, is Vocabulary given a short account of the natives of that Vocabulary Bourke (J. G.) the Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) region, including Chipewyan race," which includes a Chapin (G.) few tribal names with English sig Vocabulary nifications. Vocabulary Cremony (J. C.) Froebel (J.) Copies seen .- Bureau of Ethnology. Vocabulary S. Vocabulary Gatschet (A. ) Concordance of the Athabascan lan Vocabulary Gilbert (G. K.) guages. Vocabulary Henry (C. C.) 8 Manuscript, unnumbered loaves, folio, in Vocabulary Higgins (N. S.) the of the library Bureau of Ethnology, Wash Vocabulary Hoffman (W. J.) I). C. ington, Recorded at Cathlamut, Wash Vocabulary Loew (().) 24th ington Ty., February, 1858. Vocabulary McElroy (P. D.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Apache Continued. Arny (W. F. M.) Continued. Vocabulary Palmer (E.) This manuscript was referred, Dec. 26, 1874, Vocabulary Pimentel (F.) to Dr. Trumbull for inspection, and was with the recommendation Vocabulary Ruby(C.) returned by him that, in the Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) after certain changes phonetic notation, Vocabulary Sherwood (W.L.) it be published by the Institution. Vocabulary Simpson (J. H.) a Astor : This word following title or within paren- Vocabulary Smart (C-) theses after a note indicates that a copy of the Vocabulary Ten Kate (H. F. C.) work referred to has been seen by the compiler Vocabulary Turner (W. W.) in the Astor Library. New York City. Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) White Vocabulary (J.B.) Athapascan. Vocabulary of the lan Vocabulary Wilson (E. F.) by the Indians of Cook s Vocabulary Yarrow (H. C.) guage spoken Words Boiirke (J. G.) Inlet Bay. Words Daa(L.K.) Manuscript, 1 leaf, folio, written on both Words Ellis (R,) sides, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Words Gatscliet (A. S.) Contains 60 words. Words Latham (R. G.) Athapascan : Words Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- General discussion See Bastiau (P. W. A.) son (G. M.) General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) Words Wilson (E. F.) General discussion Campbell (J.) Apache John. See Gatschet (A. S.) General discussion Gabeleutz (H. G. C.) General discussion Keane (A. H.) L oraison dominicale Apostolides (8.) General discussion Scouler (J.) en Cent | discussion Trumbull | Differentes; | Langnes General (J. H.) e et vendue an des mal- names Petitot (E. F. S. J.) publie profit | Geographic henrenx Cre"tois actuelle- Grammatic comments Dorsey (J. O.) re"fugie~s ; | Grammatic comments Gallatin (A.) ment en Grece. S. | Compile par Apos Grammatic comments Grasserie (R. de la). tolides. two lines.] | | [Scripture text, Proper names Catliu (G.) Londres : imprime" et W, F. S. | publie par Proper names Petitot (E. J.) M. road. (J. O.) Watts, | 80, GrayVhm | (En Relationships Dorsey Petitot F. S. tered at stationers hall). [1869.] (*) Sentences (E. J.) Morice title: Our lord s in One Syllabary (A. G.) Second prayer | | Tribal names Gallatin (A.) Hundred Ditferent ; for Languages | published the benefit of the Cretan now Tribal names Latham (R. G.) | poor refugees, | F. in Greece. S. Tribal names Petitot (E. S. J.) | Compiled by Apostolides. | two Vocabulary Athapascan. [Scripture text, lines.] | Bancroft (H. H.) London : and W. M. Vocabulary | printed published by road. Words Brinton (D. G.) Watts, | 80, Gray"s-inn First title A-erso blank 1 1. second title verso AVords Daa(L.K.) Ellis blank 1 1. dedication in French verso blank 1 1. Words (R.) Hearne dedication in English vorso blank I 1. preface Words (S.) Kovar (E.) (French) pp. ix-x, preface (English) pp. xi-xii, Words Lubbock (J.) index pp. xiii-xiv, half-title verso blank 1 1. Words Pott F.) text (printed on one side only) 11. 17-116, 12. Words (A.

1. Tinnd. The Lord s in 32. ; prayer Chepewyan, See also Ohippewyan ; Montagnais Title from Mr. AVilberforce Eamcs, from copy Atna. See Ahtinne. belonging to Mr. E. P.Vining, Brooklme. Mass. For title of the second edition see in the Ad Authorities : denda, p. 113. See Dufosse (E.) Applegate Creek. See Nabiltse. Field (T. W.) Arivaipa Apache. See Apache, Latham (R. G.) Leclerc (C.) W. F. of Arny ((lov. M.) Vocabulary Ludewig (H. E.) the Navajo language. McLean (J.) Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4, in the Pilling (J. C.) library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected Pott (A. F.) on the Navajo reservation in New Mexico, Quaritch (B.) November, 1874, with the assistance of Prof. Sabin (J.) Valentine Friese and Rev. W. 15. Truax. Steiger (E.)

Recorded on one of the forms (no. 170) of the TrUbner <fe Co. Smithsonian Institution, containing 211 words, Trumbull (J. H.) equivalents of all of which are given in Navajo. Vater (J. S.) ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Azpell (Dr. Thomas F.) Vocabulary of Azpell (T. F.) Continued. the Hoopa language. guttural aspirate, which letter I think repre sents the sound better. Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 49, in the The sounds have been com library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washing syllabic carefully in the of several Indians ton, D. C. Recorded at Caiup Gaston, Califor pared pronunciation of each tribe, and I am able to hold communica nia, Aug. 14, 1870, on Smithsonian form no. 170. tion with them off the words as I The printed form contains blanks for 211 by reading have written them, which seems to their words, all of "which are given, and in addition a prove few other words and about 25 phrases and sen accuracy. The Indian in this are tences. In transmitting the manuscript Dr. languages vicinity rapidly becoming corrupted by contact with Azpell writes as follows : the white man, the younger Indians speaking in a different dialect from the CAMP GASTON, HOOPA VALLEY, CAL., elder ones, and probably in a generation or two will be no 1870. Aity. 14th, longer recognizable. Knowing this to be the Smithsonian Secretary of Institution, case, I have endeavored to get the most cor D. .: Washington, rect pronunciation from the older Indians, and

SIR : I have the honor to enclose herewith the this, being very tedious, must be niy apology vocabularies of the Noh-tin-oah (or Hoopa) and for seeming delay and also for writing the two Sa-ag-its (or Klamath) tribes of Indians. tribes on one form, as I have spoiled one by I have adhered as closely as possible to the pencil marks. instruc orthography given in the Smithsonian Very respectfully, your ob t serv t, tions, with the single exception of substituting T. F. AZPELL,

the Greek \ for "kk" in representing the Asst.Surg. U.S.A.

Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statistische und Balbi (A. ) Continued. Nachrichten iiber les difterens de la ethnographische | | ploye~s par peuples die Russi8chen an der d un ojil sur Fhistoire Besitzungeii | | terre; coup-d | Nordwestkiiste von Amerika. Gesam- de la et sur la marche | langue slave, pro melt von dem Oberver- de la civilisation et de la lit- | ehemaligen gressive | walter dieser Coiitre- t6rature en avec environ Besitzungen, | Russie, | sept Admiral v. Auf Kosten der cents vocabulaires des idi- Wrangell. | priiicipaux Kaiserl. Akadernie der Wisseuschaften omes et suivi du tableau j coimus, | | uud mit den Berech- moral et des herausgegeben | physique, politique | cinq aus s du D6die" a S. M. 1 Em- nungen Wrangell Witterungs- parties inoiide, | und aiidern Zusiitzen Adrien beobachtuugeu | pereur Alexaudre; par Balbi, | verniehrt von K. E. v. Baer. ancieu de de | | | professeur geographic, St. 1839. Buchdruckerei et de niem- Petersburg, | physique mathematiques, | der Kaiserlichen Akadeinie der Wissen- bre correspoudant de I Athenee de Tre"- echaften, etc. etc. vise, | [Design.] | A Chez et li- Paris, | Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. von) and Helmer- Key Gravier, sen zur des N 55. (G. von), Beitrage Kenntniss des Russ- braires, Quai Augustins, | ischen Reiches, St. Petersburg, 1839, 8. M.DCCC.XXVI chez [1826]. | Imprint Short of the comparative vocabulary Atna, Paul Renouard, Rue Gareiiciere, N 5. and 99. TJgalenzen, Koloschen, p. Comparative F.-S.-G. vocabulary of the Aleut, Kadjack, Tschugut- Half-title 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication schen, TJgalenzen, Kenaier, Atnaer of Copper 2 11. table synoptique 1 1. text plates i-xli (single River, Koltschanen of Copper River, and and double), table plates xlii-xlvi, additions Koloscheu of Sitka, p. 259 (folding sheet). plates xlvii-xlix, errata 1 p. folio. Plate du central de Balbi Atlas xxxii, Langues plateau (Adrien). | ethnographique 1 Amerique du Nbrd, embraces the Apaches, du ou classification des globe, | | peu- with a list of the principal divisions. Plate anciens et modernes d leurs ples i | apres xxxiii, Region Missouri-Coluinbienne, em d uii discours sur braces the Sussee. Plate xxxiv, Langues de la langues, | pr6ce"de | et des embraces the Tutilit6 et ^importance de Fetude des r6gion Alleghauique lacs, Tacoullies. Plate xxxv, Langues de la c6te langues appliquee a plusieurs branches occidentals de 1 Amerique du Nord, includes des coniiaissaiices d un humaines; theKinaitze. Plate xli, Tableau polyglottedes sur les eni- includes a of apergu | uioyens graphiques langues americaiues, vocabulary BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Balbi (A.) Continued. Bancroft (H. H.) Continued. 26wordsoftheSussee, Cheppewyan, Tacoullies In addition to the above the work ha^ been or and Kinai. issued with the of London Carriers, imprint Longmans, ; Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con Maisouueuve, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig; gress, Watkinson, Wellesley. none of which have I seen. title or within Bancroft : This word following a The works of Hubert Howe Ban | | that a parentheses after a note indicates copy croft. Volume The native | I[-V]. | of the work referred to has been seen by the races. Vol. I. Wild tribes Primi | [-V. compiler in the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, tive San Francisco, Cal. history]. | San Francisco: A. L. Bancroft | & Bancroft The native (Hubert Howe). | 1882. company, publishers. | races of the Pacific states of | | | 5 | vols. 8. This series includes the History of North America. Hubert Howe Central of each | By | America, History Mexico, etc., Bancroft. Volume I. Wild tribes with its own system of numbering and also | [-V. | numbered consecutively in the series. Primitive . history] | Of these works there have been published New York : D. and com | Appleton vols. 1-39. The opening paragraph of vol. 39

pany. | 1874[-1876]. gives the following information: "This volume 5 and 8. Vol. I. Wild vols. maps plates, closes the narrative portion of my historical III. and II. nations ; tribes ; Civilized Myths series there ; yet remains to be completed the his IV. ; V. Primitive languages ; Antiquities biographical section."

tory. Copies seen .- Bancroft, British Museum, of vol. 1 are dated 1875. Some copies Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. Chapter 2 of vol. 3 (pp. 574-603) includes a Baptismal card : discussion of the Tinneh with general family, Chippewyan See Church. examples, pp. 583-585. Chepewyan declen Earnhardt H. sions, pp. 585-586. Partial conjugation of the ( W. ) Comparative vocab verb yaws thee, to speak, p. 586. General dis ulary of the languages spoken by the cussion of the Kutchin and Kenai, with exam " "Umpqua," Lower Rogue River/ ples, pp. 586-588; of the Atnah, with a short and Calapooia tribes of Indians. vocabulary, pp. 589-590; of the Kenai, with Manuscript, 4 unnumbered leaves (recto of examples, pp. 590-591; of the Tacullies, with the first and verso of the last blank), folio, in examples, pp. 591-593. Numerals 1-10 of the the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Re Tolewah, Hoopah, and Wi-lackee, p. 593. corded in May, 1859. General discussion of the Apache and Navajo, Each vocabulary (of which only the Umpqua with examples (from Cremouy), pp. 593-597. is Athapascan) contains 180 words, those con Conjugation of the Apache verbs to be, to do, to stituting the standard vocabulary compiled by eat, to sleep, to love, and numerals 1-2000, pp. the Smithsonian Institution. The vocabulary 597-600. Apache sentences, p. 600. Speech of is followed by the "rules adopted in spelling." Gen. Carleton in Apache, with interlinear Eng There is a copy of this manuscript, 4 11. folio, lish translation, pp. 600-602. Lord s prayer in made by its compiler, in the same library, and Lipan (from Pimentel), p. 602. Comparative also a copy of the Umpqua (6 11. folio), accord vocabulary of 11 words of the Apache, Apache ing to the original spelling in one column and a Coppermine, Atnah, Beaver, Chepewyan, Dog- revised spelling in a second. The latter copy rib, Hoopah, Inkilik, Inkalit, Kenai, Kolt- was made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. shane, Kutchin, Kwalhioqua, Loucheux, Nav- Barreiro sobre ajo, Northern Indian, Apache Pinaleno, Sursee, (Antonio). Ojeada | Tenan Kutchin, da una idea de Tacully, Tlatskanai, ITgalenze, Nuevo-Mexico, | que | TTmpqua, Unakatana, Xicarilla, Apache Mes- sus produccioiies naturales, y de algu- 603. calero, p. uas otras cosas se cousideran | que Copies seen : Astor, Banroft, Brinton, Brit su 6 ir oportimas para mejorar | estado, ish Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, su futura felicidad. Eames, Powell. proporcionando | Formada el lie. Antonio | por Barreiro, The native races of the | Pacific | | asesor de dicho territorio. A | j peti- states of North America. | j Hu | By | cion del escnio. sefior ministro file" | que bert Howe Bancroft Volume I. | Wild j de don Jos6 justicia | Igiiacio Espiuosa. tribes[-V. Primitive history]. | Y dedicada al escmo. sefior 1 | vice-pres- Author s San Francisco. 1874 Copy, | idente de los Estados Uni- dos Mexi- | [-1876]. canos don Anastacio Bustameute. 5 vols. 8. | Similar, except on title-page, to Puebla: 1832. del ciuda- | Imprenta previous editions. One hundred copies issued. Jose" seen ; dano Maria de Copies Bancroft,British Museum, Con Campos, esquiua | gress. la Camiceria nuinero 13, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Barreiro (A.) Continued. Bastian (P. W. A.) Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. text pp. Contains examples in and grammatic com ments a number of American 5-42, statistics 2 11. apendice half-title and pp. upon languages, the 230. 2-10 of text, sm.4. among them Athapaskan, p. 10 of Ten Nabajoe words and expressions, p. Bates Stanford s com (Henry Walton). | apendice. of and travel pendium geography | Copies seen: Congress. based on Hellwald s Die Erde und ihre Bartlett (John Russell). Vocabulary of Volker Central America the West In | the language. dies and South America Edited and Apache | | | Ill (A. TV.) and others, Explorations extended H. W. assistant- Whipple | By Bates, | 4. and surveys, p. 85, Washington, 1855, secretary of the Royal geographical of 25 words used in with Consists comparison author of The naturalist on society; | other languages of the same stock, the other the river Ama/ons With vocabularies being taken from printed sources. | | ethnolog ical A. IT. B, A. appendix by Keaue, | Vocabulary of the Coppermine and illustrations Maps | language. London Edward Char Apache (Mimbreno) | Stanford, 55, 6 unnumbered leaves, written S. W. 1878 Manuscript, ing cross, | on one side only, folio, in the library of the Half-title verso blank 1 1. front ispiecel 1. title

" Bureau of Ethnology. Obtained by Mr. Bart verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. lett from Maiicus Colorado, chief of the Copper vii-xvi, list of illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of 1851. The mine Apaches, July, language maps p. xix, text pp. 1-561, index pp. 563-571, abounds in gutturals. Mr. Turner identified it maps, 8. as of the Chipewyan stock." Keane (A.H.), Ethnography and philology of The vocabulary is recorded on one of the America, pp. 443-561. of 180 Smithsonian forms English words, equiv Copies seen : British Museum, Congress, alents of about 150 of which are given. It is a Eames, Geological Survey, National Museum. copy by Dr. Gibbs. The whereabouts of the Stanford s of original I do not know. | Compendium geogra born in Prov and travel based on Hellwald s John Russell Bartlett, author, phy |

idence, R. I., 23 Oct., 1805, died there 28 May, Die Erde und ihre Volker Central | 1886. He was educated for a mercantile career, America the West Indies and South | | at an entered the banking business early age, America Edited and extended H. | | By and was for six years cashier of the Globe bank W. Author of two lines.] in Providence. His natural bent appears to Bates, | [&c. have been in the direction of science and belles- With A. | | ethnological appendix by lettres, for he was prominent in founding the H. M. A. J. and illustra Keane, | Maps Providence athenreum and was an active mem tions Second and revised edition. | |

. In 1837 he ber of the Franklin society engaged London EdAvard Char | Stanford, 55, in business with a New York house, but was S. W. 1882. not successful, and entered the book-importing ing cross, | Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 trade under the style of Bartlett & Welford. 1. contents list of He became a member and was for several years preface pp. v-vi, pp. vii-xvi, illustrations list of corresponding secretary of the New York his pp.- xvii-xviii, maps p. xix, text 443-561, index torical society, and was a member of the Amer pp. 1-441, appendix pp. pp. 563-571, 8. ican ethnographical society. In 1850 President maps, as under . Taylor appointed him one of the commissioners Linguistics previous title, pp.443-561 seen: British Harvard. to fix the boundary between the United States Copies Museum, and Mexico under the treaty of Guadaloupe Stanford s of | Compendium geogra Hidalgo. This service occupied him until 1853, and travel based on Hellwald s phy | when he was to leave the work incom obliged Die Erde und ihre Volker Central | plete, owing to the failure of the appropriation. America the West Indies and South | j He became secretary of state for Rlvode Island j in and held the office until 1872. America Edited and extended H. May, 1855, He | | By had charge of the John Carter Brown Library W. Bates, | assistant-secretary [&c. in Providence for several years, and prepared two With lines.] | | ethnological ap a four-volume catalogue of it, of which one A. H. M. A. I. pendix by Keane, | Maps hundred copies Avere printed in the highest and illustrations Third edition style of the art. Appletoris Cyclop, of Am.Bioy. | | London Edward Char | Stanford, 55, Bastian Wilhelm Eth- (Philipp Adolf). S. W. 1885 ing cross, | nologie und vergleicheride Linguistik. Collation and contents as in second edition,

In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, vol. 4 (1872), pp. title and description of which are given above.

137-162, 211-231, Berlin [n.d.], 8. Copies seen ; Geological Survey. 8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Beach (William The Indian Wallace). | Beadle (J. H.) Continued.

; \ on the miscellany co., | j lisliing containing Papers Philadelphia, Pa., Chicago, 111., and St. Mo. History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, Louis, (Brooklyn Public, Con gress.) Religions, Traditions and Superstitions of the Beaver: | American | with aborigines ; | | Bible, Mark See Descriptions of their Domestic Garriocli (A. C.) Life, Bible Garrioch Amuse passages (A. C.) Manners, Customs, | Traits, Catechism Bompas (W. C.J ments and travels and ad Catechism Exploits; | Garrioch (A. C.) ventures in the Indian Inci Hymns Bompas country; | (W. C.) Hymns Garrioch dents of Border Warfare; Missionary (A. C.) Prayer book etc. Edited W. W. Bompas (W. C.) Relations, | by Prayer book Garrioch Beach. (A. C.) | Prayers Bompas (W. C.) : J. 82 State street. Pi inier Albany | Munsell, Bompas (W. C.) 1877. Ten | commandments Garrioch (A. C.) Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) 1 1. advertisement verso blank 1 ]. contents pp. Vocabulary Bompas (W. C.) text vii-viii, pp. 9-477, errata 1 p. index pp. 479- Vocabulary Buschmanu (J. C. E.) 8. 490, Vocabulary Garrioch (A. C.) Gatschet (A. S.), Indian languages of the Vocabulary Howse (J.) Pacific states and territories, pp. 416-447. Vocabulary Kennicott (K.) Copies seen : Astor,Briuton, British Museum, Vocabulary Latham (R.G.) Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, Massachu Vocabulary M Lean (J.) setts Historical Society, Pilling, Wisconsin His Vocabulary Morgan (L.H.) torical Society. Vocabulary Koehrig (F. L. O.) Priced by Leclerc, 1878 catalogue, no. 2663, 20 Words Daa (L. K.) fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 197, brought $1.25; Beaver Indian primer. See Clarke &. co. Bompas (W priced by 1886 catalogue, no. 6271, and C.) $3.50, by Littlefield, Nov. 1887, no. 50, $4.

Beadle (J. The Berghaus (Dr. Heinricli). Physikal- H.) | undeveloped West; ischer Atlas. five in | Geographische Jahrbuch | or, | years the territories : | zur a ! Mittheiluiig aller neuer | wichtigern being | complete history of that vast von IX Heinricli region between the Krfbrschungen ) Berg | Mississippi and haus. 1851 III. Inhalt : | | twen the its | [&c. Pacific, | resources, climate, in ty-three lines in double natural | habitants, curiosities, etc., columns.] etc. Life and Gotha: Justus Perthes. | adventure on [1851.] | prairies, Title verso blank 1 1. and the text pp. 1-66, 3 plates, mountains, Pacific coast. With 4. two hundred and forty Ueber die illustrations, Verwandtschaft der Schoschonen, from sketches original | and Komantschen photo uml Apatscheu, pp. 48-62, con graphic views of the tains general comments on the Apache scenery, | cities, language and its relations to lands, mines, people, and curiosities the others mentioned, but | gives no examples. of the great West. J. H. | By Beadle, | Copies seen : Congress. western correspondent of the Cincin nati Bergholtz Commercial, and author of "Life (Gustaf Fredrik). The Lord s | in in the Utah," etc. Prayer | | Principal etc., | Languages, Issued Dialects and T by | Versions of the W subscription only [&c. two orld, | printed in and National | lines.] | publishing company, Type Vernaculars of the Different | | | and Philadelphia, Pa.; Chicago, 111.; Nations, compiled G. F. and St. published by | Cincinnati, | Bergholtz. Ohio; Louis, Mo. | 1884. [1873.] Chicago, Illinois, | Title Title verso 1 1. verso 1 1. contents copyright preface pp. 15-16, I copyright pp. 3-7, list of illustrations preface p. 9, text pp. 12. pp. 17-22, contents pp. 23- 11-200, text Lord s in 32, pp. 33-823, map, plates, 8. prayer Chipewyan (from Kirkby), Short p. 37; Slave (from 169. vocabulary, Navajo, Mexican-Spanish, Bompas), p. and seen : English, p. 545. Numerals 1-20 of the Copies Congress. Navqjo. p. 545. words Navajo passim. Bible :

seen : Copies Boston Athenamm, Genesis Congress. Taculli See Morice (A. G.) There is an edition, with title but slightly New test, Chippewyan Kirkby (W. different from the W.) ahove, except in the test. imprint, New Tukudh M Douald (R.) which reads: Published the ! by | National pub- Matthew Slave Reeve (W. D.) ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Bible Continued. Bible Society Continued. Mark Beaver Garrioch (A. C.) Some copies have slightly variant title others the Mark Slave Reeve (W. D.) (Eames) ; have title printed in a dif Mark Tiim6 Kirkby (W. W.) ferent type and omit the line beginning with the John Thine Kirkby (W. W.) word "Craig." (Eames.) Gospels Chippewyan Kirkby (W. W.) Gospels Slave Bompas (W. C.) Bollaert (William). Observations on the Gospels Tukudh M Donalil (R.) Indian Tribes of Texas. By William John i-iii Tukudh M Doiiald (R.) Bollaert, F. R. G. S. Bible Jn history: Ethnological Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 2, Montagnais See Legoff (L.) pp. 262-283, London, n. d. 8. Tukudh M Douald (R.) A few words in the Lipan language, pp. 278- Bible lesson: 279.

Den6 See Faraud ( H. J . ) [Bompas (Bishop William Carpenter).] Bible passages : Beaver Indian primer. Beaver See Garrioch (A. C.) : London: Gilbert & Riv- Chippewyan Church. Cohtplion Dene Grouard (E.) ington, Whitefriars Street, and St. Hudson Bay British. John s Square. [187-?] Slave British. No title-page, heading only; text (with head Slave Gilbert & Riviugton. ings in English) pp. 1-36, 16. Printed for the Tinne American. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Tinn6 Bible Society. Lord s prayer, creed, general confession, com Tinn6 Bompas (W.C.) mandments, pp. 1-2. Catechism, pp. 3-4. Tiun6 British. Prayers, pp. 5-7. Lessons, pp. 8-11. Texts, p. Tinne Gilbert & Riviugtou. 11. Lessons 1-26, pp. 11-24. Hymns (double American. Tukudh columns), pp. 25-30. Vocabulary (alphabet Bible Tukudh Society. ically arranged by English words, double col Tukudh Bompas (W. C.) umns), pp. 31-36. Tukudh British. Copies seen: Pilling, Society for Promoting Tukudh Church. Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Tukudh Gilbert & Riviugton. Bible verses in 164 [ ] Chipewyan primer. Society. Specimen | : London : Gilbert and Dialects in which Colophon & Riv | Languages | the have been iugton, Wliitefriars Street, and St. \ holy scriptures printed and circulated the Bible John s Square. [187-?] by | society. No text and one line title-page, heading onty ; (with Eng | [Design quotation.] | lish headings) pp. 1-36, 16. Printed for the Bible Corner Walnut and house, | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Seventh Lessons 1-9. Lord s Streets, | Philadelphia. [1876?] 1-24, pp. prayer, creed, Cover title as above verso advertisement, no commandments, prayers, etc., pp. 9-13. Les inside title, text pp. 3-39, index pp. 40-41, his sons 1-41, pp. 13-32. Hymns (double columns), torical sketches etc. pp. 42-46 and cover, 18. pp. 33-36. St. John,iii, 1C, in Tiune (syllabic characters), Copies teen: Pilling, Society for Promoting p. 36. Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Rib verses in 215 [ ] Dog primer. Specimen | | languages London: Gilbert Riv and dialects in which the Colophon: & | | holy scrip Whitefrairs and St. tures have been and circulated iugton, Street, | printed John s the Bible Square. [187-?] by | and society. | [Design one line No title-page, heading only; text (with head quotation.] | in 16. Printed for the Bible corner Walnut ings English) pp. 1-22, house, | and Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Seventh ; streets, Philadelphia. | Craig, Lord s prayer, morning prayer, creed, com Finley & co., prs, 1020 Arch st.Philada. mandments, confession, prayers, etc., pp. 1-6. [1878?] Scripture texts, pp. 6-16. Hymns (double col 17-22. Printed covers (title as above on the front umns), pp. Copies seen: Pilling, Society for Promoting one), no inside title, contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16o. Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. St. John, iii, 16, in Tukndh (Loucheux In [ ] Timie* primer. dians), p. 26; Chippewyan or Thine (syllabic : London: Gilbert & Riv- " Colophon characters), p. 27. The so-called Chippe Wliitefriars and St. wyan in roman on p. 27 is really Chippewa. ington, Street, Copies seen : Pilling. John s Square. [187-?] 10. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

Bompas (W. C.) Continued. Bompas (W. C.) Continued. text head No title-page, heading only ; (with Colonial Church Histories. Diocese | ings in English) pp. 1-76, 16. Printed for the of Mackenzie river. reverend | By right for Christian Society Promoting Knowledge. William D.D. | Carpenter Bompas, | Texts on scripture subjects, prayers, etc., pp. of the diocese. With 1-37. Catechism, pp. 37-40. Creed, command bishop | map. | ments, prayers, etc., pp. 40-48. Catechism, pp. Published under the direction of the 48-55. Creation, patriarchs, etc., pp. 55-65. Tract committee. | Hymns (double columns), pp. 67-76. London: for | Society promoting seen : for Copies Pilling, Society Promoting Christian Northumber knowledge, | Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. land W. avenue, Charing cross, C.; | Tnkmlh Victoria E. [ ] primer. 43, Queen street, C.; |

Colophon: London: Gilbert & Riv- Brighton : 135, North Street. New | Whitefriars and St. York: E. & J. B. & co. 1888. ingtou, Street; Young | John s Square. [187-?] Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-108, map, 16. No title-page, heading only; text (with Eng In some the author s name is mis for copies lish headings) pp. 1-55, 16. Printed the. printed Bompus. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Chapter v, Languages (pp. 51-58), consists of Scripture lessons, prayers, commandments, general remarks on the three languages within gospels, collects, catechism, etc., pp. 1-51. the diocese Tenni, Tukudh, and Western Hymns (double columns), pp. 52-55. Esquimaux and gives in each St. John, iii, 16, Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro p. 55. and the Lord s prayer, pp. 57-58. moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling.

Manual of in the Bea f ] Words of the Chipewyan Indians [ ] devotion, | | ver Indian Dialect, from the of Athabasca, to j Compiled arranged according manuals of the venerable archdeacon Dr. Powell s schedules [in the Intro | the of Athabasca,. duction to the of Indian lan \ study Kirkby, | by bishop For the use of the Indians in the guages, second edition]. | | | 10 iu the of Athabasca diocese, of the soci Manuscript, pages, 4, library J [Seal the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in the ety.] | early part of 1890. London: for In transcribing this material Bishop Horden | Society promoting Christian Northumber has given the Chipewyan words only, using knowledge, | the numbers in Powell s Introduction in land given avenue, Charing cross; | 43, Queen lieu of the English words there given. Some Victoria street; and 48, Piccadilly. at least of the words in each of the 29 schedules [1880.] in the Introduction are given, in some cases those of the shorter schedules equivalents of Title verso syllabarium 1 1. text (in syllabic all the words the as a characters with English headings in roman) being given, vocabulary whole about 800 words, phrases, and pp. 3-48, 24. embracing sentences. Hymns nos. 1-21, pp. 3-24. Prayers, pp. 25- The manuscript is clearty written, three 37. Catechism, pp. 37-43. Lessons uos. 1-7, pp. 44-48. columns to a page. of the of the Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Society for Pro ] Vocabulary language moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Tenc Indians of Mackenzie River, See G-arrioch (A. C.) for another edition of being a dialectic variety only of the this work. Chipewyan language, with the same structure. [ The four translated into linguistic ] gospels, | Manuscript, 11 pages, 4, in the library of the the Slave" for the Indians | language, | Bureau of I). C. Re of north-west America. the Ethnology, AVashingtou, | By | corded in the early part of 1890. Rev. The of Athabasca. Right bishop | The vocabulary proper consists of about 2,000

: London for the British and I | printed words, arranged alphabetically by English foreign bible Victoria words, and is followed by the numerals, adverbs society, | Queen

j street. 1883. of time, place, and quantity, conjunctions, | prepositions, interjections, pronouns, verbs, Title verso printers 1 1. contents verso blank with conjugations. 1 1. text in roman characters pp. 1-282, 16. See and Matthew, pp. 1-84. Mark. pp. 85-134. Luke, Kirkby (W. W.) Bompas pp. 135-221. John, pp. 222-282. (W. C.) Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci Mr. Bompas, a son of the late C. C. Bompas, ety, Pilling, Wellesley. esq., sergeant-at-law, was born in London, Eng- ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. ii

Bompas (W. C.) Continued Bourke (J. G.) Continued. laud, in 1834. Having been first trained to the Notes on Apache mythology. he was ordained deacon the legal profession, by In the Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. then of Lincoln in 1859. After serving Bishop 3, pp. 209-212, Boston and New York, 1890, 8. several curacies in the diocese of he Lincoln, (Pilling.) to Canada as a of the Church came missionary Many Apache terms passim. missionary society in 18G5, having first received Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanca and priestly orders from the present Bishop of Chiracahua dialects of the Rupert s Laud acting as commissary for the late Apache- .Bishop of London. In 1874 he was again sum Tiiineh family. (*) moned to England to receive episcopal orders Manuscript in possession of its author. Con as Bishop of Athabasca, and in 1884, the pres sists of 2,500 words, etc.. and includes a vocab ent diocese of Mackenzie being portioned oif ulary of the same language prepared by Lieut. from that of Athabasca, his title was changed Win. G. Elliot, Ninth Infantry. to Bishop of Mackenzie River, the Right Rev. During the time Captain Bourke was on duty Dr. Young being consecrated as Bishop of Ath as aide-de-camp to the late General Crook he abasca. enjoyed exceptionally good opportunities for He has written and published material in the compiling an Apache vocabulary, and suc Algonquiau languages, as well as a primer in ceeded in obtaining and analyzing a number of Eskimo. complete sentences, prayers, invocations, many Boston Athenaeum : These words following a title names of animals, plants, places, etc. or within parentheses after a note indicate that Brinley: This word following a title or within a copy of the work referred to has been seen by parentheses after a note indicates that a copy the compiler in the library of that institution. of the work referred to was seen by the com Boston, Mass. piler at the sale of books belonging to the late Boston Public : These words following a title or George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn. within parentheses after a note indicate that a Brinton: This word a title or within copy of the work referred to has been seen by following after a note indicates that a of the compiler in that library, Boston, Mass. parentheses copy the work referred to has been seen by the com Bourke (Copt. John Gregory). An piler in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Phila in the Sierra Madre. Pa. Apache campaign | delphia, An account of the in j expedition pursuit Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). The of the hostile Chiracahua in of | Apaches language palaeolithic man. the of 1883. John G. In American Soc. Proc. vol. | spring | By | Philosoph. 25, Third U. S. pp. 212-225, Philadelphia, 1888,8. (Congress.) Bourke, | Captain Cavalry, of the Author of " The Snake Dance General discussion Tinn6 or Athapas Army, | can language, pp. 214-215. Terms for J, of the Illustrated thou, Moquis." | | man, divinity, in Athapascan, p. 216. Tinue New York Charles Scribner s sons. j words, p. 220.

1886. Issued as follows : | separately Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, list The of man. language | | palaeolithic of illustrations verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-112, Daniel G. M. Pro 16. | By | Brinton, D., | fessor of American and Ar Many Apache terms with English definitions Linguistics passim. chaeology in the University of Pennsyl Copies seen : Congress. vania. Read before the American | phil hours of the stone October 1888. osophical | 5, Vesper age. By society, | John G. Bourke. Press of MacCalla & Nos. 237-9 co., | In American vol. 3, 55- Dock 1888. Anthropologist, pp. Street, Philadelphia. | 63, Washington, 1890, 8. (Pilling.) Printed cover as above, title as above verso Contains a number of Apache terms passim. blank 1 1. text pp. 3-16, 8. as under title next 5- Notes upon the gentile organization Linguistics above, pp. 0,7,11. of the Apaches of Arizona. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. In the Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. of an Americanist, I, Eth 3, pp. 111-126, Boston and New York, 1890, 8. Essays j and II. (Pilling.) nologic Archaeologic. | Mythol List of Apache gentes, with English mean and Folk Lore. III. ogy | Graphic ings, collected at San Carlos Agency and Fort and Literature. IV. Lin Systems | Apache, Arizona, in 1881 and 1882, pp. 111-112; Daniel G. guistic. | By | Brinton, A.M., of the Tonto Apaches, p. 112; of the Chima- Professor nine M.D., | [&,c. lines.] | huevis, p. 113; of the Apache-Yumas, p. 113.

" Parcialidades " of Porter & Coates. the Escu- Philadelphia: | Apaches (from * j dero), p. 125. 1890. 12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Briiiton (D. G.) Continued. Brinton (D. G.) Continued. Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, day, he has always taken the position that med contents pp. v-xii, text pp. 17-467, index of ical science should be based on the results of authors and authorities pp. 4G9-474, index of clinical observation rather than on physiological subjects pp. 475^89, 8. A collected reprint of experiments. He has become prominent as a some of Dr. Brinton s more important essays. student and a writer on American ethnology, The earliest form of human speech as re his work in this direction beginning while he vealed American before the a in by tongues (read was student college. The winter of 1856- 57, American Philosophical Society in 1885 and spent in Florida, supplied him with material in published their proceedings under the title for his first published book on the subject. In of "The of language palaeolithic man"), pp. 1884 he was appointed professor of ethnology 390-409. and archaeology in the Academy of Natural on the 394- Comments Tinne language, pp. Sciences, Philadelphia. For some years he has 395. Tinn6 words, p. 405. been president of the Numismatic and Anti of Copies seen: Bureau Ethnology, Eames, quarian Society of Philadelphia, and in 1886 he Pilling. was elected vice-president of the American The American Race: A Association for the Advancement of to | Linguistic Science, Classification and De preside over the section on anthropology. Dur Ethnographic | of the Native Tribes of ing the same year lie was awarded the medal scription | of the Sociele Am6ricaine do. France for his North and South America. Daniel | By | "numerous and learned works on American Professor G. A. M. D. ? Brinton, M., | ethnology. "being the first native of the United ten States that has been so honored. [,c. lines.] | In 1885 the New York: N. D. C. Pub American publishers of the " Iconographic En | Hodges, 47 Place. 1891. cyclopaedia" requested him to edit the first vol lisher, | Lafayette | ume, to contribute to it the articles on "Anthro Title verso copyright notice 1 1. dedication pology" and and to revise that verso blank 1 1. preface pp. ix-xii, contents pp. "Ethnology," on "Ethnography." by Professor Gerland, of xiii-xvi, text pp. 17-332, linguistic appendix Strasburg. He also contributed to the second pp. 333-364, additions and corrections pp. 365- volume of the same work an essay on the "Pre 368, index of authors pp. 369-373, index of sub historic Arclueology of both Hemispheres." jects pp. 374-392, 8. Dr. Brinton has established a and A brief discussion of the Athabascans library pub lishing house of aboriginal American litera (Thine), with a list of divisions of the Atha ture, for the purpose of placing within the bascan linguistic stock, pp. 68-74. reach of scholars authentic materials for the Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. study of the languages and culture of the native Daniel Garrison Brinton, ethnologist, born in races of America. Each work is the production Chester County, Pa., May 13, 1837. He was of native minds and is in the graduated at Yale in 1858 and at the Jefferson printed original. The series, most of which were edited by Dr. Medical College in 1861, after which he spent a Brinton include " The Chron year in Europe in study and in travel. On his himself, Maya "The return he entered the army, in August, 1862. as icles" (Philadelphia. 1882); Iroquois Book of Kites" "The A acting assistant surgeon. In February of the (1883); Giiegiience: Ballet in the Nahuatl Spanish Dialect following year he was commissioned surgeon Comedy of (1883); "A Migration of and served as surgeou-iu-chief of the second Nicaragua" Legend the Creek Indians" (1884); "The and division, eleventh corps. He was present at the Lenape Their (1885); "The Annals of the battles of Chancellorsville, Gettysburg, and Legends" Nahuatl other engagements, and was appointed medical Cakchiquels" (1885). ["Ancient Veda Americanus director of his corps in October, 1863. In con Poetry" (1887); Kig (1890)]. Besides numerous he has sequence of a sunstroke received soon after the publishing papers, contributed valuable reports on his examina battle of Gettysburg he was disqualified for tions of mounds, shell-heaps, rock inscriptions, active service, and in the autumn of that year he and other He is the author of " The became superintendent of hospitals at Quincy antiquities. Floridian Peninsula: Its Literary History, In and Springfield, 111., until August, 1865, when, dian and " the civil war having closed, he was brevetted Tribes, Antiquities (Philadelphia, The of the New World : A Treat 1859) ; lieutenant-colonel and discharged. He then Myths ise on the and of the lied settled in Philadelphia, where he became editor Symbolism Mythology

" Kace of America" York, 1868); "The of "The Medical and Surgical Reporter, and (New Sentiment: A Contribution to the also of the quarterly "Compendium of Medical Religious Science and of " Science. Dr. Brinton has likewise been a Philosophy lleligion (1876);

"American Hero : A in the Native constant contributor to other medical journals, Myths Study of the Western Continent" (Philadel chiefly on questions of public medicine and Religions American Authors and hygiene, and has edited several volumes on phia, 1882); "Aboriginal their Productions, Especially those in the Native therapeutics and diagnosis, especially the pop ular (1883); and "A Grammar of the series known as "Napheys s Modern Ther Languages" of Guatemala" apeutics, "*which has passed through many Cakchiquel Language (1884). editions. In the medical controversies of the Appletons Cyclop, of Am. Jiiug. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 13

British and Foreign Bible Society : These word* British and Foreign Bible Society C td. or within after a following a title parentheses St. John iii. 16 in most of the lan | | note indicate that a of the work has been copy and dialects in which the guages | | seen by the compiler in the library of that insti British & Bible has tution, 146 Queen Victoria Street. London, Eng. Foreign Society | printed or circulated the holy scrip British and Foreign Bible Society. Speci tures. [Design and one line quotation.] mens of some of the languages and edition. | Enlarged | in which The British and dialects : | for the British | London and | printed Bible has or Society | printed bible Gilbert & Foreign foreign society, | By circulated the s | holy scriptures. Rivington, 52, St. John Square, E. C.

: Messrs. 1878. CoJoplion: London printed by | Printed covers as above on the front one Gilbert & Rivington, for the British and (title verso quotation and notes), no inside title, con foreign bible society, Queen Victoria tents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16. street, E.G., where all information con St. John, iii, 16, intheTukudh, p. 26. Chippe- the s work be cerning society may wyan or Tinne (syllabic characters), p. 27.

" obtained. [I860?] The so-called Chippewyan" version in roman characters given in this and subsequent edi 1 sheet, large folio, 28 by 38 inches, 6 columns. tions is really Chippewa. St. John, iii, 16, in 134 languages, among them Copies aeen: American Bible Society, Pilling. the Tinne (syllabic characters), no. 128. St. John iii. 16 in most of the lan Soci j Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible | and dialects in which the ety, Pilling, Wellesley. guages | | British & Bible has Foreign Society | St. John iii. 16 in some of the lan | | printed or circulated the holy scrip and dialects in which the guages | | tures, and one line i [Design ([notation.] has British Bible | & Foreign Society edition. | Enlarged | printed or circulated the holy scrip London : for the British and | printed tures. and one line ) [Picture ([nota bible Gilbert foreign society, | By &

tion.] | Rivington, 52, St. John s Square, E. C.

London : for the British and | printed 1882. | bible Gilbert & Title as above reverse and notes 1 foreign society, | By quotation

1. contents text Rivington, 52, St. John s Square, E. C. pp. 1-2, pp. 3-48, historical and 1875. statistical remarks verso officers and agencies | 1 1. 16. Title as above verso contents 1 1. text pp. 3-30, Linguistic contents as in the edition of 1878, historical and statistical remarks verso officers titled next above. and agencies of the society 1 1. Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci St. in the Tinue charac John, iii, 16, (syllabic ety, British Museum, Pilling, AVcllesley. ters), p. 29. EBiiiir. ori) r.i.3ii CT. 16. loaiiiia, j OC>pa3U,bi| Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci b cBHiuciinaro ii34fliiHbixi> iiepeBG^OB nncaiiifl, | | ety, Pilling, Wellesley. BC.iiiKocipiiTancKn\rb n iinocTpaniibiM b 6n6.ie- are dated 1868. | Some copies (") iicKiiM b ofmu CTBOM b. and one line The two "Specimens" of 1865? and 1868, [Design issued this and titled in the by society previous quotation.] | of this contain bibliographies series, no Atha He iaxaiio .\.iti tfpnioiicKaro n HiiocTpaniiaro pascan. isHu.ieiicKaro y T,ui>6epTa n PH- | otimecTBa, | St. John III. 16 in some of the Biuirroiia (Lmitod), 52, CT. /J?oiic b CnBcpi, | | and dialects in .loiMoii b. 1885. which the | languages | | British and bible has Literal translation : The gospel by John, 3d | foreign society j

Cover title verso contents, no inside title, verso quotation and notes), contents pp. 5-7, text pp. 3-30, 16. text pp. 9-68, 16. St. in the St. in or Tinne John, iii, 16, Tinne (syllabic charac John, iii, 16, Chippewyan (syl 29. ters), p. labic characters), Slave, and Tuktidh, p. 37, Copies seen : Pilling, Copies aeen ; Pilling, 14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

British and Foreign Bible Society Ct d. British and Foreign Bible Society Ct d. Ev. St. Joh. iii. .16. in den meisten or circulated the | printed holy scrip del1 in und Dialccte j welchen tures. and one line Spraclien | [Design quota die Britisehe und Auslandische Bibel- edition. | tion.] | Enlarged | die Schrift driickt London: the British, and gesellschaft \ lieilige | foreign nnd verbreitet. and one line bible Victoria | [Design society, | 146, Queen Vermehrto | E. C. 1888. quotation.] | Anflage. Street, London, |

London : Britische und Auslandische Frontispiece (fac-simile of the Queen s text) 1 1. title as above 146 Victoria verso quotation and notes 1 I. Bibelgesellschaft, | Queen contents text remarks etc. E. C. 1885. pp. 3-4, pp. 5-67, Street, | verso p. 67 and two following 11. 16. Title as above on cover reverse a quotation, Linguistic contents as in the German edition contents pp. 1-4, text pp. 5-G7 (verso of p. 67 of 1885 titled above. notes), officers, etc. 3 11. 16. remarks, agencies, Copies seen .- Pilling, Wellesley. St. John, iii. 16, in the Slave of Mackenzie St. John iii. &c. in most of the 16, | River (syllabic and roman), p. 58; Tinne or | and dialects in which the of s languages | Chippewyan Hudson Bay (syllabic), p. 63; | 64. British and bible has Tukudh, p. foreign society | seen: Copies Pilling. printed or circulated the holy scrip In this and the editions the lan following tures. and one lino | [Design quotation.] guages are arranged alphabetically. edition. | Enlarged |

la Socie"t6 Britan- Title as above verso notes etc. 1 1. lesqnels | Bibliqne contents et a on mis pp. 3-4. text pp. 5-83. historical sketch etc. 2 11. niqne fitrang&re | impi-mie* 16. en circulation les saintes ecritures. | St. John, iii, 16, in Beaver, 10; and one line p. Chipewyan, [Design quotation.] | p. 21; Slave (roman and syllabic), p. 73; Tinn6 Socie"te" britan- Londres:) bibliqne (syllabic), p. 79; Tukudh, p. 79. The so-called

et Vic "Tinne," in roman 78. is nique dtrangere, | 146, Queen characters, p. Chip- toria E. C. 1885. pewa. Street, | Copies seen : Eames. Pilling, Wellesley. Title on cover as above reverse quotation, Some copies are dated 1890 (Pilling). contents pp. 1-4, text pp. 5-67 (verso of p. 67 ob British Museum : These words a title or servations), remarks etc. 3 11. 16. following within after a note indicate that a Linguistic contents as in the German edition parentheses of 1885 titled next above. copy of the work referred to has been seen by the in the of that Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci compiler library institution, London, ety, Pilling. Eng. Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a St. John iii. &c. in most of the 16, | | title or within parentheses after a note indicate and dialects in which the that a of the languages | work referred to | copy has been seen British and bible has by the compiler in the library of the Bureau of foreign society j Ethnology, Washington, D. C. printed or circulated the holy scrip tures. Buschmann Johauu Carl [Design and one line quotation.] ( Eduard). liber edition. denNatitrlaut. Von Hrn. Buschmann. | Enlarged | In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, London : the British and | foreign Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1852, pt. 3, pp. bible * | Victoria society, 146, Queen 391-423, Berlin, 1853, 4. E. C. 1885. Contains Street, London, | a few words of Taculliea, Kinai, Inkilik. Title as aboA-e verso quotation and notes, Ugalenzisch, and

Issued as : contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-67, remarks etc. separately follows verso p. 67 and two following 11. 16. liber den von Joh. | Naturlaut, | | Linguistic contents as in the German edition Carl Ed. Buschmann. of 1885 titled above. | InFerd. Diimmler s Berlin, | Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So Verlags- 1853. Gedruckt in ciety, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Buchhandlung. | | Some copies, otherwise unchanged, are dated der Druckerei der koniglichen Akade- 1886. (Pilling.) mie der Wissenchaften. | Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-33, Inhalts- St. John iii. &e. in most of the 16, | | Ubersicht p. [34], 4. and dialects in which the languages | | Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Eames, British and bible has foreign and as : society | Translated reprinted follows ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 15

Buschmann ( J. C. E.) Continued, Buschmann (J. C. E.) Continued. mon), Kutchin, Dogrib, Umpqua, Tlatskanai, "On Natural Sounds," by Professor Tahkali (from Hale), Sussee, p. 188-197. Com J. C. E. Buschmann. Translated by parative vocabulary in 10 parallel columns of from the Ab- Campbell Clarke, esq., the Chepewyan of Dobbs, Mackenzie, and handlungen der koniglichen Akademie Richardson; Tacullies of Harmon and Hale; der Wissenschafteii zu Berlin, aus dem Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, and 198-209. Alphabetische iind sys- 1852. Umpqua, p. Jahre zuden Wortverzeich- vol. tematische Verzeichnung Soc. [of London] Proc. 6, In Philological 210- 8. nissen der athapaskischen Sprachen, pp. pp. 188-206, London, 1854, 222. Comparative tables of words of the Kinai Kinai-Idiome Verwandtschaft der language of Dawydow, Resanow, Kinaize, des russischen Nordamerika s mit dem Wrangell, and Lisiansky, pp. 233-245. Alpha betische Verzeichnung zu den Kinai-Wortver- grosseii athapaskischen Sprachstamme. zu Berlin, zeichniasen, pp. 245-249. Divisions of the Ath- In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. apaakische and Kinai, p. 260. Ubersicht der Bericht aus dem Jahre 1854, pp. 231-236, Berlin, kinai-athapaskischen Worttafeln, pp. 264-266. [1855], 8. of the Alphabetische Verzeichnung zu den Worttafeln Comparative vocabulary of 66 words des athapaskischen Sprachstamms, pp. 266- Konai-Sprachen. (Kenai, Atnah, Koltschanen, with the 268. Comparative vocabulary of the Chepe Inkilek, Inkalit, and Ugalenzen), wyan, Tahkali, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlata- Athapaskische-Sprachen(Chepewyan,Tahkoli, kanai,Umpqua, Navajo,Ticorilla, Kinai, Atnah, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, and Ump Kutchin, and sheet 236. Ugalenzen, Inkilik, Inkalit, Koltschanen, qua), on folded facing p. Koloschisch, pp. 269-272; of the Chepewyan, ])er Sprachstamm, athapaskische Tahkali, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, Buschmann. dargestellt von Hrn. Umpqua, Navajo, Ticorilla, Kinai, Atnah, Ugal zu Ab- In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. Berlin, enzen, Koltschanen and Koloschisch, pp. 273- handlungen aus dem Jahre 1855, pp. 144-319, 282; of the Chepewyan, Tahkali, Dogrib, Tlata- In Berlin, 1856, 4. kanai, Umpqua, Kinai, Atnah. Ugalenzisch, 156- Divisions of the Athapascan family, pp. kilik, Inkalit, Koltschanen, and Koloschisch, and Kut- of the 161. Numerals 1-6 of the Chepewyan p. 283. Comparative tables words from in the Tali- 284-312. chin, p. 163. TTords Chepewyan, above-named languages, pp. and kali, Kutchin, Susseo, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, Issued separately as follows : and Umpqua, pp. 166-168. Vocabulary, English Der Sprachstamm | athapaskische Richardson), pp. 174-177. A Chepewyan (from von Joh. Carl Ed. | | fow words of the Tacullies (from Mackenzie), | dargestellt Taculliea Har Buschmann. Aus den of the | Abhandlungen p. 177. Vocabulary (from words mon), pp. 177-179. A few Kutchin (from dor konigl. Akademie der Wissen- of the llichardson), p. 179. Vocabulary Dog- schafteu zu Berlin 1855. | | 179-180. A short rib (from Richardson), pp. Berlin. Gedruckt in der Druckerei | of the TJmpqua (from Tolmie), p. vocabulary der Akademie der Wisseii- konigl. | 180. A short Chepewyan vocabulary (from vocabu schaften 1856. In Commission bei F. Mackenzie), pp. 180-181. Chepewyan | | 181-182. lary (from Thompson in Dobbs ), pp. Diimmler s Verlags-Buchhandlung. A few Chepewyan words (from Archa?ologia Cover title as above, title as above verso note 314- Americana), p. 182. Chepewyan vocabulary 1 1. text pp. 149-313, Inhalts-Ubersicht pp. Short vocab (from Richardson), pp. 182-183. 319, Berichtigungen p. [320], 4. 183. article ulary of the Dogrib (from Richardson), p. Linguistic contents as in original Short comparative vocabulary of the Chepe titled next above. and Richard British wyan of Thompson, Mackenzie, Copies seen : Astor, Brinton, Museum, son, p. 183; of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. Mackenzie, and Richardson) and Tacullie Trubner s catalogue, 1856, no. 639, prices it the no. 184 ; of (from 6s. the Fischer 273, (from Harmon), p. Chepewyan ; copy, catalogue brought no. Thompson) and Tahkali (from Harmon), p. 184; 11s.; the Squier copy, catalogue 142, $1.13; and Tab- 10 fr. the of the Chepewyan (from Mackenzie) priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2050, ; kali (from Harmon), p. 184; of the Chepewyan Murphy copy, catalogue no. 2850, brought $2 ; (from Richardson) and Tahkali (from Harmon), priced by Quaritch, no. 30031, 7s. Gd. 184. of the Chip- p. Comparative vocabulary Pie Spuren der aztekischeii Sprache and Kutchin (Sussee), p. 185; of the ewyan im nordlichen Mexico mid hoheren and Dogrib, pp. 185-186; of the Chepewyan eine 186 of the Tahkali amerikanischen Norden. Zugleich Chepewyan and Umpqua, p. ; des and Kutchin, p. 186; of the Tacullies and Dog- Musteruiig der Volker und Sprachen rib, pp. 186-187; of the Tahkali andUmpqua; nurdlichen Mexico s und der Westseite Kutchin and Sussee and Dogrib; Umpqna; Nordamerika s von Guadulaxara an bis 187 of the Tlatskanai and Umpqua, p. ; Dogrib Eisuieer. Voii Joh. Carl Ed. Busch- of zum and TJmpqua, p. 188. Comparative tables words of the Chepewyan, Tahkali (from Har- mauu, 16 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Buschmann (J. C. E.) Continued. Buschmann (J. C. E.) Continued. In Konigliche Akacl. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Chippewayan and Biber (both from McLean), Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1854, Zweiter pp. 529-531. General discussion, pp. 531-545. Supp.-Band, pp. 1-819 (forma the whole vol Systematische Worttafel des athapaskischen ume), Berlin, 1859, 4. Sprachstamms, including words of the Apache, General discussion of the Xavajo. pp. 293- Apachen der Kupfergruben, Atnah, Biber- j 298; of the Apache, pp. 298-322. Comparative Indianer, Chepewyan, Dogrib, Hoopah, Inkilik, j

vocabulary (42 words) of the Navajo and Ti- i Tnkalit, Kinai, Koltschanen, Koloschen, Kut- corilla (from Simpson), p. 320. General discus chin, Kwalliioqua, Loucheux, Navajo, Northern

" sion Athapaskischer Sprachstamm," pp. 322- Indians, Pinaleno, Sussee, Sicani, Tahkali oder vo 323. Remarks on the Hoopah, with a short Tacullies, Tlatskanai, Tgalenzen oder Ugal- s cabulary, pp. 575-576. Remarks on Halo Eth aclnnjut, Umpqna, and Xicarilla, pp. 546-581. nography and Philology, with linguistic classi Issued separately as follows: fication of 602-608. Remarks on languages, pp. Systematise!^ Worttafel des atha- the Atnahs, pp. 090-691. Wortverzeichn issder | paskischeii Atnah am Knpferflnss, nach Wraugell, pp. Sprachstamms, j aufgestellt the 695-696. und erlautert YOU Joh. Carl Ed. 601-692. | Remarks on Kinai, pp. | Remarks on the Inkilik and Inkalit, pp. 704- Busehmann. Dritte des | Abtheilung 707. Wortverzeiehniss der Inkilik nach Sagos- Aus den der Apache. | Abhandluiigen kin und WassiLjew, pp.707-708. AVortverzeich- konigl. Akademie der Wisseuschaften niss der Inkalit-Jug-elj nut, nach Sagoskin, p. /u Berlin 1859. 708. | Berlin. as follows : Gedruckt in der Druckerei Issued separately | der Akademie der Wisseu Die der aztekisclien kouigl. | j Spnreii Sprnehe schaften. 1860. In Commission | von iiu nordlicheu Mexico und hohereu | | | amerikaiiischen Norden. F. Dttmmler s Yerlags-Buchhandluug. | Zugleich | eine Musteruug der Volker und Spra- Cover title as above, title as above verso note 11. text Inhalts-tfbersicht ehen des nordlichen Mexico s und der pp. 501-581, pp. 582- | | 585, Bemerkungen p. 586, 4. Westseito Nordamerika s von Guadal- | Linguistic contents as under title next above. axara an bis zum Eismeer, Von Joh. | | Copies seen: Astor, Eames, Pilling, Trum- Carl Ed. Buschmann. bull, Watkinson. | Published at 7 M. 80 a at Berlin. Gedruckt in der Buchdruck- pf. ; copy the Fischer | no. 277, 13$. in erei der Konigl. Akademie der Wissen- sale, catalogue brought ; priced the Triibner catalogue of 1882, 3s. schaften. 1859. | Die Volker uud Sprachen im Iiineru Half-title verso blank 1 1. general title of the des britischeii Nordamerika s. series verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1 1. abgekurt/.te Inhalts-tlbersicht pp. vii-xii, Monatsberichte aus dem Jahre text pp. 1-713, Einleitung in das geographischo 1858, pp. 465-486, 8. Register pp. 714-718, geographiache Register Berlin, 1859, (National Museum.) devoted to the and its pp. 718-815, vermischte Xachweisungen pp. 816- Mainly Athapascan various divisions. 818, Verbesserungen, p. 819, 4. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Barnes, Malson- Das Apache als eino athapaskische Smithsonian nciivc, Quaritcli, Institution, Sprache erwiesen von Hrn. Buschmann Trunibiill, Pilling. in in it einer Published at 20 Marks. An uncut half-mo Verbindung systematischen Worttafel des rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, cata athapaskischen no. to for 21. 11*. the latter Erste logue 269, Quaritcli, ; Sprachstamms. Abtheilung. prices two copies, catalogue no. 12552, one 21. 2$. In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Ab- the other 21. 10*. the no. aus dem Jahro ; Pinartcopy, catalogue handlungen, 1860, pp. 187-282, 9 fr. no. 4. 178, brought ; Koehler, catalogue 440, Berlin, 1861, it 13 50 der prices M. pf. ; priced again by Quaritch, Geschichte athapaskischen Yerwandt- no. 30037, 21. schaft, pp. 187-202. Xachrichten iiber die 202-222. 223-244. Systematise-he Worttafel des atha Volker, pp. Sprachen, pp. Wortverzeichnisse, pp. 244-276. paskischen Sprachstamms, aufgestellt Under the three divisions first named occurs und erltiutert A OH Urn. Buschmauu. a general discussion of the various Athapascan (Dritte Abtheilung des Apache.) languages, with comments upon and examples In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, from the works of Turner, Eaton, Whipple, Abhandhmgen, aus dem Jahre 1859, pt. 3, pp. Bartlett, Schoolcraft, Henry, and others. 501-586, Berlin, 1860, 4. In the last division occur the following: General discussion, witli examples, pp. 501- Comparative vocabulary of the Apache j 519. Comparative vocabulary. English-Chop- (from Henry), Xavajo (from Eaton), Navajo j

ewyan (two dialects), Biber (two dialects) and I (from Whipple), Pinaleno (from Whipple), and

Siccaui (all from Howse), pp. 520-527; of the ! Hoopah. (from Gibbs), pp. 250-261, Compara- ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 17

Buschmann (J. C. E.) Continued, Buschmann (J. C. E.) Continued. tive vocabulary of the Apache (from Henry), In Konigliche Akad. derWiss. zu Berlin, Ab Navajo (from Eaton), and Pinalefio (from handlungen, aus dem Jahre 1862, pp. 195-252, Whipple), pp. 262-269. Comparative vocabu Berlin, 1863, 4. lary of the Navajo (from Eaton), and Pinaleno Die Sprachen zusammen, alle oder mehrere, (from Whipple), pp. 269-272. Vocabulary of pp. 196-208. Verwandsehafts - Verhaltnisse the Coppermine Apacho (from Bartlett), p. mit beschriinkten Sprachen, pp. 208-226. Bios 272. Vocabulary of the Xicarilla (from Simp /wei Sprachen vergleichen, pp. 226-236. Stu- son), p. 273. fenteiter der Verwandschaft der athapaskis

Issued separately as follows : chen Sprachen, pp. 251-252. The Das als cine languages treated are the Apache, Apache | athapaskische Navsuo, erwiesen von Joh. Carl Ed. Pinalefio, Xicarilla, Hoopah, Chepe- .Sprache | | wyan, Sussee, Tahkali, Tlatskanai, Umpqua, in niit einer Busehinann; | Vcrbinduug Kinai, Dogrib, Inkalik, Loucheux, Ugaleuzi. Worttafel des atha- Issued as follows: | systematischen separately

Erste Ab- - paskisehen Sprachstamms. | Die Verwandsehafts Verhaltnisse Aus den der theilung. | Abhandlungen der [ athapaskischen Sprachen | darge- Akadeinie der Wisseusehaften konigl. stellt von Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmaun. | zu Berlin 1860. | Zweite des | Abtheilung | Apache. | Berlin. Gedruckt in der Druckerei | Aus den Abhandhmgen der konigl. der Akademie der Wisseii- konigl. | Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Ber schaften. 1860. In Commission von | | lin 1862. | F. Diiiumler s Verlags-Buchhaudlung. Berlin. Gedruckt in der Druckerei | Cover title 1 1. text 4. title, pp. 187-252, der Akademie der Wissen konigl. | Linguistic contents as under title next above. 1863. In Commission bei schaften, | | Copies seen : Dunbar, Pilling, Watkinson. F. Diimmler s Die Verwandschafts - Verhaltuisse Verlags-Buchhandlung Harwitz uud Gossmann. der athapaskischen Sprachen darge- | Cover title, title 1 1. text pp. 195-252, 4. stellt von Hrn. Buschmann. Zweite Linguistic contents as under title next above. des Abtheihmg Apache, Copies seen: Bancroft, Pilling, Watkinson.

The affiliation of the Campbell (John). Campbell ( J. ) Continued. Algonquin languages. By John Camp eni Asiatic and Malay Polynesian families, re It abounds in words and sentences bell, M. A. spectively. In from and remarks concerning the American Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pt. languages, them the Tinneh. 1, pp. 15-53, Toronto, 1879, 8. among Comparison of characteristic forms in Algon Origin of the aborigines of Canada. with quin, the same in neighboring families, In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans, session them the among Athapascan. 1880-1881, pp. 61-93, and appendix, pp. i-xxxiv,

Issued as follows : separately Quebec, 1882, 12. (Pilling.) The first of The affiliation of the Algonquin lan part this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between various families guages. By John Campbell, M. A., pro of the New World and between these and va fessor of church history, Presbyterian rious peoples of the Old World, and contains Montreal. college, words in several American languages. Com [Toronto, 1879.] parative vocabulary of the Tinneh and Tungus No title-page, text pp. 1-41, 8. languages, about 75 words and phrases, pp. Linguistics as under title next above. xii-xiv.

Copies seen : Shea. Issued separately as follows : The of the human consid of the of Can unity race, Origin [ | aborigines ered from an American ada. A read before the standpoint. | paper Literary In British and Foreign and historical Evangelical Review, society, | Quebec, | by |

new : series, no. ,7, pp. 74-101, London, January, J. M. Mon prof. Campbell, A., | (of 1880,80. (Pilling.) General de 1 Institn- treal,) | Deldgud By a copious exhibition and comparison of tion de Paris. Ethnographique | grammatical and lexical forms, this article pro " fesses to : at the discover in America two main families Quebec | printed Morning of speech, and to connect these with the North- chronicle" office. 1881. | ATI! 2 18 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Campbell (J.) Continued. Catechism Continued. Printed cover as above, title as above verso Montagnais Legoff (L.) blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. text pp. Montagnais Perrault (C. O.) 1-33, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv. 8. Twenty-five Montagnais Vegreville (V. T.) copies printed. Slave Kirkby (W. W.) Linguistic contents as under title next above. Tukudh M Donald (II.)

seen : Copies Wellesley. Catliii (George). North and South Amer Asiatic tribes in North America. By ican Indians. | Catalogue | descriptive John M. A. Campbell, and instructive of Catliu s Indian | | | In Canadian Inst. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pp. Cartoons.] Portraits, types, and customs. 171-206, Toronto, 1884, 8. 600 in with | General comments on the Tinneh family, paintings oil, | | 20,000 tribes and full their with a list of examples, pp. 172-173, length iigures | illustrating 174-175. Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh various games, religious ceremonies, and Tungus languages (about 80 words, alpha and other and 27 canvas | customs, | | betically English words), pp. 190- arranged by of Lasalle s discoveries. paintings | | | 191. Numerals 1-10 of the Tinueh compared New York : Baker & Print with the Peninsular, p. 192. | Godwin,

Issued as follows : 1871. separately, repaged, ers, | Printing-house square) j Asiatic tribes in North America. Abridged title on cover, title as above verso | | blank 1 1. remarks verso note 1 1. text John M. Professor of pp. 5-92, By Campbell, A., | certificates pp. 93-99, 8. Church History, Presbyterian College, Proper names with English significations in Montreal. a number of American languages, among them the [Toronto, 1884.] JTavaho, Copper, Athapasca, Dogrib, and Half-title reverse blank 1 1. no inside title, Chippewyau. seen : As text pp. 3-38, 8. Extract from the Proceed Copies tor, Congress, Eames,Welle8- Wisconsin Historical ings of the Canadian Institute. ley, Society. as under title next 4- Linguistics above, pp. Chapiii (Col. G.) Vocabulary of the 5, 6-7, 22-23, 24. language of the Sierra Blanco Apaches. Copies teen : Brinton, Pilling, Wellesley. Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4, in the

Canadian Indian. Vol.1. October, 1890. library of the Bureau of Et hnology . Collected No. I [-Vol. I. September, 189L No. at Camp Goodwin, Arizona, July, 1867. The Canadian Indian Editors Recorded on one of the Smithsonian forms 12]. | | | | (no. 170), containing 211 words, equivalents of rev. E.F.Wilson H.B. Small. Pub | | | about 180 of which are given in the Apache. lished under the of the Cana Auspices | There is in the same library a copy (C 11. folio) dian Indian Kesearchal of the also made Dr. [tc] | Society vocabulary, by Chapin. Contents double each | | [&-c. columns, Charencey (Comte Charles Felix Hya- 20 cents. eight lines.] | Single Copies, cintheGouhier do). Recherches surlea Annual $2.00. Subscription, | noms des points de Pespace. Printed and Published by Jno. Ruth In Academie nationale des sciences, arts et erford, O wen Sound, Ontario [Canada]. belles-lettres de Caen, Mem. pp. 217-303, Caeii, 8^. [1890-1891.] .1882, Terms for the cardinal points of the compass, 12 numbers: cover title as above, text pp. 1- with discussion thereon in Peau de Lievre, pp. 356, 8. A continuation of Our Forest Children, 236-238 or 239 ; Chippewyan Montagnais, p. ; described elsewhere in this bibliography. The Dindjie, pp. 239-240. publication was suspended with the twelfth Issued separately as follows : number, with the intention of resuming it in 1892. The word "Kesearchal " on the Kecherches sur les noins des January, | | points cover of the first was corrected to tc number de 1 M. le C de j espace par | Chareucey | " " Research in the following numbers. meinbre two | [&c. lines.] | [Design.] Wilson (E.F.), A comparative vocabulary, Caen de F. le Blauc- | imprimerie vol. 1, pp. 104-107. Hardel rue 2 et 4 1882 seen : | Copies Earaes, Pilling, Wellesley. | Froide, Carrier Indians. See Taculli. Cover title as above, title as above verso note

Catechism : 11. text pp. 1-86,8.

Beaver See Bompas (W. C.) Famille Athabaskane : Peau de Lievre, Chip Beaver Garrioch (A. C.) pewyan or Montagnais, and Dindjie, pp. 21-23. Chippewyan Kirkby (W. W.) Copies seen : Brinton, Pilling, "Wellesley. Chippewyau Kirkby (W.W.) and Bom- Linguistic contents as under title next above. pas (W. C.) Chilig Takudh tshah zit. See M Donald Dene Clut (J.) Den6 Morice (A. G.) (E.) Cljin Indians. See Nagailer. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 19

Chipewyan primer. See Bompas (W. P.) Chippewyan: Baptismal card See Church. test. Bible, New Kirkby ("W. W.) Bible, four gospels Kirkby (W. W.) Bible passages Church. Catechism Kirkby (W. W.)

Catechism Kirkby ( W. W.) and Bompas (W. C.) General discussion Adelung (J. C.) and Vater(J. S.) General discussion Duncan (D.) General discussion Tach6 (A. A.) Grammatic comments Gallatin (A.)

Grammatic comments Graudin ( ). Grammatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.) Hymn book Kirkby (W. W.) Hymns Bompas (W. C.) Hymns Kirkby (W. W.) Hymns Kirkby (W. W.) and Bompas (W. C.) Legends Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Lord s prayer Apostolides (S.) Lord s prayer Bergholtz (G. F.) Lord s prayer Bompas (W. C.) Lord s prayer Kirkby (W. W.) Lord s prayer Lord s. Lord s prayer Host (R.) Numerals Buschmann(J.C.E.) Numerals Classical.

Numerals Ellis (II.) Numerals Haines (E. J.) Numerals James (E.) Numerals Kirkby (W. W.) Numerals Pott (A. F.) Numerals 20 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Classical. The classical for Coquille : | journal; | Tribal names See and December 1811. Vol. Dorsey (J. O.) | September | Vocabulary Abbott (G. H.) IV. lines in Greek | [Two ([notation Vocabulary Dorsey (J. O.) and a monogrammotic device.] | Coyotero Apache. See Apache. London: A. J. | printed by Valpy, | Crane The of Took s sold (Agnes). Origin Speech court, Chancery lane; | by and of and Pater | | Development Language. | | Sherwood, Neely, | Jones, Crane. noster roAV and all other booksellers. By | Agnes ; | [Brighton: J. G. Bishop, Printer, [1811.] " Herald" office, 188-?] Title verso blank 1 1. contents (of no. vii) pp. Cover title as above A erso printer, no inside iii-iv, text pp. 1-526, index pp. 527-537, verso p. title, text 1-43, authorities 16. 537 colophon giving date 1811. 8. pp. p. [44], Comments and in a number of Numerals 1-10 in Chippewyan (from Mac upon examples American them a few Tinne kenzie), p. 116. languages, among words, p. 21. Copies seen : Congress. Copies seen : AVellesley. [Glut (Archbishop J.)] Jdsns-Christ Life the c c (John C.) | Nnpankaniiweri, w6 dzc pany6nik et an Cremony among John C. 1 lawalessi im/in awo 16 si Apaches: | by | Cremony, | | yeniwen tta, four Mokeri Bare Alaco interpreter [&c. lines.] | [Mono de~gaye | panniyat-

c . gram.] | iui^on e ekkwaaddi : San Francisco: A. Roman & com [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper. | New York : 27 How 1888?] pany, publishers. | small about 3 5 inches in ard Street, 1868. A card, by size, | headed as above and containing twelve "Prom Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso 1 1. contents ises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary" blank pp. 5-10, preface pp. 11-12, in the Rib Plats- Cotes text 12^. Dog (" ) language. On pp. 13-322, the reverse is a colored picture of the sacred Apache numerals 1-1000, pp. 238-239. A heart, with verse in English. Mr. Kemper has short account of the Apache language, with published the same promises on similar cards examples, pp. 239-243. in many languages. Copies seen : Geological Survey. Copies seen .- Earaes, Pilling. of the Mescalero Vocabulary | | Dene" Castor catechism by K. P. J. John C. Cre Apache | language. | By | Glut, bishop of Ernndel. (*) IT. S. A. 1863 mony, | capt. | in of Father fimile Manuscript possession Manuscript, pp. 1-78, 4, in the Bancroft Petitot, France, who has Mareuil-les-Meaux, library. San Francisco, Cal. furnished me the above title. See kindly Vocabulary of words in common use, 352 Petitot (E. F. S. J.) words, pp. 1-15. Present, imperfect, and future Coleccion mica Mexieana tenses, indicative mood, verb to be, p. 16. polidio | que contiene la oracion dominical ver- Author unable to continue investigation by | | reason of the lack of ability on the part of the tida en cincnenta y dos idiomas indi- interpreter. Personal pronouns, p. 17. Pres de dedieada | genos aqnella repiibliea | ent, imperfect, and future tenses, indicative it N. S. P. el sefior Pio of verb to | IX, poiit. max. mood, and present subjunctive mood, la sociedad Mexicana de do, pp. 18-19. All the tenses of indicative | por | geo- estadistica. mood, part of subjunctive and all of imperative grafia y | [Vignette.] | moods, verb to 20-22. Indicative and Mexico libreria de Maille- love, pp. | Engenio imperative moods, verb to eat, pp. 24-26. Same fert del y | comp. esqnina Kefiigio y moods, verb to sleep, pp. 26-28. List of 125 Pte. del santo de verbs in common use. 28-40. of Espiritu | [Imprenta pp. Vocabulary Andrade y Escalante] 1860 fifty-four miscellaneous words, pp. 40-44. short in Title verso printers 1 1. text pp. i-vii, 1-52, Thirty-eight phrases ordinary use, pp. folio. 48-54. Numerals to 20, irregularly to 100, for Lord s prayer in the Lipan language, p. 12. 200, 1000, 2000, pp. 56-58. Apache and Spanish Copies seen : Pilling. names of thirty-six men and thirteen women of the witli in Congress: This word following a title or within tribe, signification English, pp. 60-64. Mode of names on parentheses after a lu.te indicates that a copy bestowing persons, 64-66. words and of the work referred to has been seen by the pp. Additional phrases, pp. 68-78. compiler in the Library of Congress, AVashing- ton, 1). C. Vocabulary of the language of the Cook s Inlet Indians. SrrKenai. Mescalero Apaches. Copper Indians. See Ahtinne. Manuscript, 6 unnumbered 11. folio, in the Coppermine Apache. See Apache. library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Obtained ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Cremony (J. C.) Continued. Crook (G.) Continued. by Capt. Cremony at Fort Sumner, Bosque the cavalry of the Army of the Potomac from on the Pecos N. in 186:!. Redoudo, River, Mex., March 26 till April 9, during which time he was Recorded on one of the blank forms of 180 engaged at Dimviddio Court-House, Jetters-

issued the Smithsonian Institution. \ words by ille, Sailor s Creek, and Farmville, till the sur The Apache equivalents of about 160 of the render at Appomattox. He was afterward words are is English given. This manuscript transferred to the command of Wilmington, N. a Dr. Geo. Gibbs the whereabouts of copy, by ; C., where he remained from Sept. 1, 1865. till the original, which was forwarded to the Smith Jan. 15, 1866, when he was mustered out of the sonian Institution by Brig. Gen. James H. volunteer service. After a six weeks leave of Carleton, then commanding the Department of absence he was assigned to duty on the board I do not New Mexico, know. appointed to examine rifle tactics, was com missioned lieutenant-colonel of Crook (Gen. George). Vocabulary of the Twenty- third F. S. on and the Hoopah or Indians of the lower infantry, Army, July 28, 1866, assigned to the district of Boise, Idaho, where Trinity river. he remained until 1872, actively engaged against Manuscript, 2 leaves, 4, in the of the library the Indians. In 1872 Gen. Crook was assigned Bureau of D. C. Ethnology, Washington, to the Arizona district to quell the Indian dis Consists of about 150 words selected from turbances. He sent an ultimatum to the chiefs those used by the Smithsonian on its blank to return to their reservations or "be wiped form of 180 words. from the face of the earth." No attention was Vocabulary of the Taluwa language. paid to his demand, and he attacked them in Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves, folio, in the Tonto basin, a stronghold deemed impreg the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Wash nable, and enforced submission. In 1875 he ington, D. C. was ordered to quell the disturbances in the Recorded on one of the Smithsonian forms Sioux and Cheyenne nations in the northwest, issued for the collection of American linguis and defeated those Indians in the battle ot tics. The English words given number 180, Powder River, Wyoming. In March another and the corresponding blanks in this vocabu battle resulted in the destruction of 125 lodges, lary are all filled. and in June the battle of Tongue River was a In the same library is a copy of this vocabu victory for Crook. A few days later the battle him lary, made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. of the Rosebud gave another, when the maddened savages massed their forces and suc George Crook, soldier, was bom, near Dayton, ceeded in crushing Custer. Crook, on receiving Ohio, Sept. 8, 1828. He was graduated at the reinforcements, struck a severe blow at Slim IT. S. Military Academy in 1852, and was on Buttes, Dakota, and followed it up with such duty with the Fourth Infantry in California in relentless vigor that by May, 1877, all the hos 1852-1861. He participated in the Rogue river tile tribes in the northwest had yielded. In expedition in 1856, and commanded the Pitt 1882 he returned to Arizona, forced the Mor river expedition in 1857, where he was engaged mons, squatters, miners, and stock-raisers to in several actions, in one of which he was vacate the Indian lands which they had seized. wounded by an arrow. He had risen to a cap In the spring of 1883 the Chiricahuas began taincy, when, at the beginning of the civil war, a series of raids. General Crook struck the he returned to the east and became colonel of trail, and, instead of following, took it back the Thirty-sixth Ohio Infantry. He afterward ward, penetrated into and took possession of served in the "West Virginia campaigns, in their strongholds, and, as fast as the warriors command of the Third provisional brigade, returned from their plundering excursions, from May 1 to Aug. 15, 1862, and was wounded made them He marched over 200 in the action at Lewisburg. He engaged in the prisoners. miles, made 400 prisoners, and captured all the northern Virginia and Maryland campaigns in horses and plunder. During the two years fol August and September, 1862, and for his he had sole of the and services at Antietam was brevetted lieutenant- lowing charge Indians, no depredation occurred. [He died in Chicago colonel, U. S. Army. He served in Tennessee March 21, 1890.] Appleton g Cydop.of Am.Biog. in 1863, and on July 1 he was transferred to the command of the Second cavalry division. After Curtin (Jeremiah). [Words, phrases, various actions, ending in the battle of Chick - and sentences in the of the aniauga, he pursued Wheeler s Confederate language cavalry from the 1st to the 10th of October, Hoopa Indians, Hoopa Valley, Oregon . ]

defeated it, and drove it across the Tennessee Manuscript, 101 pp. 4, in the library of the with great loss. He entered upon the command Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in the Hoopa - of the Kanawha district in western Virginia in Valley, December, 1888 January, 1889. Re February, 1864, made constant raids, and was corded in a copy of Powell s Introduction to in numerous actions. He took part in Sheri the Study of Indian Languages, second edition, dan s Shenaudoah campaign in the autumn of pp. 77-102, 105, 109-111, 113-125, 127-130, 132-136, that year and received the brevets of brigadier- 184-187, 189-228, and 5 unnumbered pages at Hie general and major-general in the U. S. Army, end. Of the schedules given in the work uos. March 13, 1865. Geu. Crook had command of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 18, 22, 24. 25, 26, 27, and 28 are 22 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Curtin (J.) (Continued. Gushing (F. H.) Continued. tilled, completely nos. 10. 1L , 2. 14, 1<>, 17, 18, 19, See Gatschet and 23 are (A. S.) 21, partly filled, and nos. aud 1 9, 11, Frank are blauk. Hamilton Cushiug was born iti North Erie The alphabet adopted by the Bureau of Eth east, County, Pa.. July 22, 1857. He mani fested in nology is used. early childhood a love for archeolog- ical aud at Jeremiah Curtin was born in Milwauke pursuits, the ago of eight years began to collect fossils and Wis., about 1835. He had little education i minerals, made a complete Indian and Childhood, but at the age of twenty or twentj costume, lived in a bark one hut in the woods. He learned that prepared himself to enter Phillips Exete wherever Indian encampments had been Academy, made extraordinary progress, an long established sooii the soil and had entered Harvard College, where he wa vegetation undergone a change, which assisted him in his graduated in 1863. By this time lie had becor search for relics; At noted the age of fifteen he had among his classmates aud acquaintance discovered the process for his of making arrow-heads from flint wonderful facility as a linguist. O by pressure with bone. In 1870 his father leaving college he had acquired a good knowl moved to Medina, N. Y., where the son s edge of French, Spanish. Portuguese, Italian researches found new ground. In the town of Rumanian, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, Icelandic Shelby were ancient remains of Gothic, German, and Finnish, besides Greek fortifications, rich in relics, and they, with ancient aud Latin. He had also made considerabl burial grounds and camp sites in in Madison and progress Hebrew, Persian, and Sanskrit, am Onondaga counties, were carefully searched. In was beginning to speak Russian. When Ad the .spring of 1875 he became miral s fleet a student in Cornell but later Lissofsky visited this country, ii University, spent most of his time 1864, Curtiii became acquainted with the officer as assistant to Dr. Charles Ran in the and accompanied the expedition on its return preparation of the Indian to Russia. collections of the National In St. Petersburg he obtaiiiec Museum for the Cen as a tennial exposition at aud employment translator of polyglot Philadelphia, was curator of the entire collection until the close telegraphic dispatches, but he was presently of the appointed by Mr. Seward to the office of secre exhibition, when he was appointed of the curator of the tary United States legation, and he ethnological department of the held this till National Museum. the summer of 1876 place 1868. During this period During he became he his first of the familiar with the Polish, Bohe gained knowledge Pueblo Indians, and in 1879 he rnian, Lithuanian, Lettish, and Hungaria.. joined Maj. J. W. Powell in his to languages, and made a beginning in Turk expedition New Mexico. The ish. two From 1868 till 1877 he traveled in east expedition spent months among the Ziifii ern and in Indiana, and Mr. at his own Europe Asia, apparently in the Cushiug, request, service of the Russian was left there. the second of his government, In 1873, at During year he had so the celebration at Prague of the 500th anni sojourn far made himself one of the of tribe and the versary the birth of Jolm Hnss, he delivered gained esteem of the chiefs that the he was and oration, speaking with groat eloquence in formally adopted initiated into the the sacred esoteric Bohemian language. During his travels in society, the "Priesthood of the the Danube Bow." In 1882 he visited the east with country he learned to speak a party of six Zufiis, who came for the of Slovenian, Croatian, Servian, and Bulgarian. purpose He lived for water from the "Ocean of some time in the Caucasus, where taking Sunrise," as a he learned Mingrelian, Abkasian, and Arme religious ceremony, and carrying it to their nian. At the beginning of the Russo- Turkish temple in the Pueblos. Four of the Zufiis war in he left the returned, while Mr. remained with 1877, Russian dominions, and, dishing the other after a year in London, returned to his native two during the summer in Washington, for the of with country. Since then he has been studying the purpose writing, their aid, a languages of the American Indians and has paper on Zufii fetiches. In September of the made valuable same he returned to Zufii but in the researches under the auspices year ; spring of of Maj. John W. Powell and the Hureau of 1884 failing health obliged his return fortwo to the Ethnology. He is said to be acquainted with years east. Again he had with him for more than some time three of the to aid fifty languages. Appleton s Cyclop, Zufiis, him in the of Am. Bioy. preparation of a dictionary and grammar of their language and in translations of myth and Gushing (Frank Hamilton). Vocnhu- beast stories, songs, and rituals. In 1886 Mr. lary of the Navajo language. dishing organized the Hemenway Archapolog- in Manuscript possession of Mr. A. S. Gat- ical Expedition, and as its director discovered schet, D. C. Washington, and excavated extensive buried cities in Ari Recorded in a folio blank book, on 46 of zona and New Mexico but in 1888 p. ; he was again which are twenty-foursentences, and, on p. 73, prostrated by illness. He is now writing con- twenty-five words and phrases. This is a copy, tiibutions for the Bureau of Ethnology on the made Mr. Gatschet from by the original, which relation of primitive drama to creation lore aud is in the possession of its compiler. other Zufii works. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Baa (Liulwig Kristensen). On the affin Ball (W. H.) Continued. ities between tbe languages of the - Address by William H. Dall. Vice- northern tribes of the old and new con president, section H, anthropology, tinents. By Lewis Kr. Daa, Esq., of The native tribes of Alaska. In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. Christiania, Norway. (Read December 34, pp. 363-379, Salem, 1886, 8. (Pilling.) the 20th.) General discussion of the habitat and affin In Soc. [of London] Trans. 1856, Philological ities of the Tinneh or Athabaskans, p. 376. London 8. (Congress.) pp. 251-294, [1857], Tribal divisions of the Tinneh, pp. 378-379. Comparative tables showing affinities be Issued separately as follows : tween Asiatic and American languages, pp. - The native tribes of Alaska. An 264-285, contain words from many North | | American the as address before the section of languages, Athapascan being | |

Boston : Lee and 1870. | Shepard. | Mass. 1885. | Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright and Cover title as above, title as above verso printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. intro blank 1 1. text pp. 3-19, 8. duction pp. v-viii, contents pp. ix-xii, half-title General remarks xtpon the habitat and affin verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-526, appendix pp. ities of the Tinneh or Athabaskaus, p. 16. 527-609, index pp. 610-627, notes etc. p. [628], Tribal divisions of the Tiuneh, pp. 18-19. maps and plates, 8. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. of 26 words and the Comparative vocabulary William Healey Dall, naturalist, was born in numerals 1-10 of the Ugalentsi, Ahtena, Kenai- Boston, Mass., Aug. 21, 1845. He was educated Tenan-Kutch Kutcha-Kutch Kai- tena, in, in, at the Boston public schools, and then became (north yuhkhatana (Ulukuk), Kaiyukhatana a special pupil in natural sciences under Louis and TTuakhataua, 550-551 . "Words eastern) pp. Agassiz and in anatomy and medicine under towards vocabularies of the Tinneh tribes," Jetfries Wyman and Daniel Brainard. In 1865 he a of the constituting comparative vocabulary was appointed lieutenant in the International Nulato In Ulu kuk In Tanana galik, galik, telegraph expedition, and in this capacity vis In Unakhatana, and Tenau galik, Kutchiu, ited Alaska in 1865-1868. From 1871 till 1880 566-575. pp. he was assistant to the U. S. Coast Survey seen; Boston British Mu Copies Athenreum, and uuderits direction spent the years 1871 to seum, Congress, Eames, Powell, Trumbull, 1874 and 1884 in that district. His work, besides Watkinson. the exploratiou and description of the geog A at the Field no. copy sale, catalogue 480, raphy, included the anthropology, natural his $1.50. brought tory, and geology of the Alaskan and adjacent

Some have the London : copies imprint, | regions. From the field work and collections and Crown Son, | Sampson Low, Marston, have resulted maps, memoirs, coast pilot, and 188, Fleet Street. 1870. Buildings, | (British papers on these subjects or branches of them. Museum. Bureau of Ethnology.) [Since 1884 he has been] paleontologist to the On the Distribution of the Native U. S. Geological Survey, and since 1869 he has been honorary curator of the department of Tribes of Alaska and the ter adjacent mollusks in the U. S. National Museum. In this II. ritory. By W. Ball. office he has made studies of recent and fossil of In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 18, pp. mollusks of the world, and especially North from which new information has 26:5-273, and 2 folding sheets, Cambridge, 1870, 8. America, been Contains, on a folding sheet between pp. 272- derived concerning the brachiopoda, patellidaa, of 273, a vocabulary of 26 words and the numerals chitonidaj, and the mollusk fauna the deep 1-10 of the Ugaleutsi, Ahteua, Teuan-kutchin, sea. These studies have grown out of those Kutcha-kutchin, Unakhatana, Kaiyuhkhotaua devoted to the fauna of northwestern America of Ululuk River and Kaiyuh River. and eastern Siberia. Mr. Dall lias been honored BIBLiOGBAPHY OF THE

-^ Dall (W. H.) Continued. Davidson (G.) Continued. with elections to nearly all the scientific soci of 19th of December last, transmitting corre eties in tliis cdihltry, and to many abroad. In spondence in relation to Russian America. 1882 and in 1885 lie was vice president of the [Washington, 1868.] Pp. 1-361, pt. 2, pp. 1-19, 8. American Association" for the Advancement of (Geological Survey.) Science, and presided over the sections of biol Mr. Davidson s report occupies pp. 219-361, ogy and anthropology. His scientific papers and contains, pp. 328-333, a vocabulary of the include about two hundred titles. Among the Keuay (from Lisiansky) of 300 words, alphabet separate books are "Alaska and its Resources" ically arranged by English entries.

" (Boston, 1870) ; Tribes of the Extreme North Reprinted as follows :

" west (Washington, 1877); "Coast Pilot of United States coast Alaska. Appendix 1, Meteorology and Bibliog survey, j Benja "The Currents and min Pacific raphy" (1879) ; Tempera Peirce, superintendent. | tures of Bering Sea and the Adjacent Waters" coast. Coast of | pilot Alaska, | (first (1882); "Pacific Coast Pilot and Islands of from southern to part,) | boundary Alaska, Dixou Entrance to Yakutat with Bay, Cook s inlet. | By | George Davidson, | the Inland Passage" (1883); "Prehistoric assistant coast 1869. America," by the Marquis de Nadaillac, edited survey. | |

1885); and "Report on the Mol- Government (New York, Washington: | printing lusca, Brachiopoda, and Pelecypoda" of the office 1869. | Blake in the West In dredging expedition Title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. 3-4, dies s (Cambridge, 1880). Applcton Cyclop, of text pp. 5-192, appendices pp. 193-246, index pp. Am. Biog. 247-251, 8. Linguistic contents as under titles above, vi Tukudli. See David psalinut M Dou- pp. 215-221. ald(K.) Copies seen : Pilling. Davidoff Davis Watts El (Gavrilalvanovich). (William Hart). Gringo ; Bb New Mexico and her nyxeiiiccTBie | AMepiiny | MopcKaxx o*Hqc- | or, | people. | XBOcroBa n nncaunoe CHMT, W. W. H. late United pOB-b | 4<iBbi40Ba, | By | Davis, | TIacrb States noc.rfejHHMb. attorney. | | ncpaaa [-Biopaa]. |

New York : Bb C. Hc iaiiiaiio BT> & | IIeTepr,yprt | MopcKoii Harper brothers, 1810 Franklin 1857. Tiinorpa*iii [-1812] roja. publishers, | square. |

1 1. title verso 1 1. ded Translation. Two to America Frontispiece copyright voyages | | by ication verso blank 1 1. verso blank 1 1. the naval officers Khwostoff and preface | Davidoff, | contents text 12. written the latter. Part pp. vii-xii, pp. 13-432, | by first[-second]. | of of words in At St. in the "Vocabulary upward sixty Petersburg | printed Naval Navajo and English, "pp. 419-420, furnished by Printing Office in the year 1810[-1812J. Captain H. L. Dodge and a young Indian. 2 vols. 8. Vocabulary of the Kenai (of tribes Copies seen : British Museum, Congress, living on Keuai Gulf, Cook s Inlet), vol. 2, pp. xiii-xxviii. Eames, Geological Survey, Pilling.

Copies seen .- British Museum, Congress. Dawson (George Mercer). Geological The German edition, Berlin, 1816, 8, contains and natural history survey of Canada. no linguistics. Alfred K. C. C. M. LL. | Selwyn, G., Davidson (George). Report of Assistant F. R. Director. on an D., S., | Report | George Davidson relative to the re in the Yukon N. exploration | district, sources and the coast features of Alaska W. and northern T., | | adjacent por Territory. tion of British Columbia. 1887. j | | By In Coast Survey Ann. Rept. 1867, pp. 187-329, M. D. F. G. S. | George Dawson, S., | 4. Washington, 18G9, (Geological Survey.) of Published author [Coat arms.] | by Vocabulary of the of the. natives of language of ity parliament. | i Kenai (about 300 words), alphabetically Montreal : Dawson brothers. 1888. arranged by English entries (from Lisiausky), | | pp. 293-298. In Geological and Nat. Hist. Survey of Can vol. Reprinted as follows: ada, Ann. Kept, (new series), 3, part 1, report B, Montreal. 1889. Title as above verso -- Report of Assistant Davidson George blank 1 1. letter of transmittal verso blank 1 1. relative to the coast features re and text pp. 5B-277B, 8. sources of Alaska territory. Appendix II. Notes on the Indian tribes of In 40th Congress, 2d session, House of Repre the Yukon district and adjacent northern por sentatives. Ex. Doe. No. 177, Russian America, tion of British Columbia (pp. 191B-213B), con Message from the President of the United tains a general account of the languages of the States, in answer to a resolution of the House region and "Short vocabularies [about 100 ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 25

Dawson (G. M.) Continued. Dene Continued. words of the Tahl-tan, and Catechism each] Ti-tsho-ti-na, Seguin ( ).

obtaiued in 1887," 208B-213B. Ta-gish, pp. Dictionary Morice ( A . G.)

seen : Copies Geological Survey. Dictionary Petitot (E. F. S. J.) The appendix was issued separately as fol Grammar Morice (A.G.) lows : Grauimatic comments Morice (A. G.) Notes on the Indian tribes of the Grammatic treatise Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Yukon district and adjacent northern Hymns Morice (A. G.) Prayer book Morice portion of British Columbia. By (A. G.) Prayers Morice (A. G.) George M. D. F. G. S., Dawsou, S., Primer Morice (A.G.) Assistant Director, Geological Survey Sermons Morice (A. G.) of Canada. (Reprinted from the An Songs Morice (A. G.) Text Morice nual Report of Geological fSurvey of (A. G.) Tribal names Morice Canada, 1887.) (A. G.) Vocabulary Petitot (E. F. S. No as text 1- J.) title-page, heading Above; pp. Words 23, 8. Charencey (H. de). See also Tinne. Linguistics as under title next above, p*i. 18- 23. Dene" Dindjie. See Dene. Copies scin: Pilling. Dictionary : See Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. Deu6 See Morice (A. G.) M.) Den6 Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Kenai Kadloff George Mercer Dawson was born at Pictou, (L.) Loucheux Petitot F. S. Nova Scotia, August 1, 1849, and is the eldest (E. J.) Petitot F. S. J son of Sir William Dawson, principal of Montagnais (E. .) McGill Montagnais Vegr6ville (V. T.) University, Montreal. He was edu- , Matthews cated at McGill College and the Royal School Navajo (W.) de of Mines; held the Duke of Cornwall s schol Peau Lievre Petitot (E. F. S. J.)

arship, the Prince of "Wales and took given by ; Dobbs An account Of the (Arthur). | the | Edward Forbes medal in palaeontology and Countries to Hudson s adjoining | the Murchison medal in geology. He was ap bay, in the North-west Part of America: pointed geologist and naturalist to Her | | s North American A of their Majesty Boundary Commis | containing | Description sion in and at the 1873, close of the commission s Lakes and Rivers, the Nature of the in he | work, 1875, published a report under the Soil and and their Methods of " Climates, title of Geology and Resources of the Forty- &c. the Benefit Commerce, | Shewing ninth Parallel." In July, 1875, he received an on the to be made by and appointment geological survey of Can settling Colonies, | ada. From 1875 to 1879 he was occupied in the opening a Trade in these Parts; where geological survey and exploration of British the French will be in a by | deprived Columbia, and subsequently engaged in similar great Measure of their Traffick in Furs, work both in the Northwest and Territory and the Communication between Can British Columbia. Dr. Dawson is the author of | numerous on ada and be cut off. With papers geology, natural history, Mississippi | | and ethnology, published in the Canadian Nat An Abstract of Captain Middleton s uralist. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Journal, and Observations his upon | Society, Transactions of the of Royal Society Behaviour during his Voyage, and since Canada, etc. He was in 1887 selected to take his Return. To which are | I. added, | charge of the Yukon expedition. A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, De Meulen of (Lieut. E.) Vocabulary Vice-Admiral of Peru and | Mexico; | the Kenay (Kai-ta-ua) language of giving an Account of his from Cook s Inlet. Voyage | Lima in Peru, to prevent, or seize upon Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, folio, in that should to find the | any Ships library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Ob attempt tained in 1870. a North-west to the South | Passage Recorded on one of the blank forms Sea. II. An Abstract of all the Discov (no. 170) | issued by the Smithsonian Institution, contain eries which have been of the | published the standard of ing vocabulary 211 words, equiv Islands and Countries in and | adjoin alents of all of which are given in the Kenay. to the Great Western be Dfeuh ing | Ocean, tween Arne- and | rica, India, China, &c. Bible lessons See Faraud (H. J.) out the that Bible passages Grouard (E.) pointing | Advantages may Catechism be if a short should be Glut (J.) made, j Passage Catechism Morice(A.G-) fouud thro Hudson s to that | Straight BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TltE

Dobbs (A.) Continued. Domenech (E. H. D.) Continued. Ocean. III. The Hudson s Com Canon of | Bay Missionary: Montpellier: s Charter. IV. The Standard of Member of the Pontifical pany | Academy Tradeiiitho.se Parts of with and of the and | America; Tiberina, | Geographical an Account of the and Profits Societies of &c. | Exports Ethnographical France, made an- the Hudson s Illustrated with woodcuts | nually by Bay | fifty-eight V. Vocabularies of the Lan A. three of ancient Company. | by Joliet, | plates of several Indian Nations Indian and a the guages | music, map showing to Hud- sou s The actual situation of the Indian tribes adjoining | Bay. | | whole intended to shew the great Prob and the country described by the author of a North-west so In Two Volumes Vol. I ability | Passage, | | [-II]. | and which discovered) London long desired; (if | Longman, Green, Longman, would be of the and Roberts 1860. The of trans- | highest Advantage | | right to these Arthur lation is reserved. Kingdoms. | By Dobbs, Esq;| Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. v-vi, preface pp. vii-xiii, con London : Printed for J. at | Robinson, tents list of illustrations xxiii- the Lion in pp. xv-xxi, pp. Golden Ludgate-Street. | text 1-445 half-title 1 xxiv, pp. ; verso printers MDCCXLIV [1744]. 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-xii, text " " Title verso blank 1 1. To the king pp. i-ii, pp. 1-465, colophon p. [466], map, plates, 8. folded text 4. map, pp. 1-211, List of Indian tribes of North America, vol. (E.), A short vocabulary of the Thompson 1, pp. 440^45. Vocabularies, etc. vol. 2, pp. 164- the Northern Indiana, language spoken among 189, contain 84 words of the Navajo. 206-211. pp. Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit seen: Boston Brit Copies Astor, Athenaeum, ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson. ish Museum, Survey, Congress, Geological At the Field sale a copy,no. 550, brought $2.37, Trumbull. Lenox, and at the Pinart sale, no. 328, 6 fr. Clarke &

Stevens no. a 10s. 6<L Nuggets, 906, prices copy co. 1886, no. 5415, price a copy $5. A copy at the Field sale, no. 538, brought $2.50. Emanuel Henri Dieudonne Domenech, French Priced no. 11G50, M. 5s., by Quaritch, large author, was born in Lyons, France, November 4, paper. At the Murphy sale, no. 804, a copy 1886. 1825 ; died in France in June, He became Priced no. brought $3.25. by Quaritch, 28278, a priest in the Roman Catholic church, and Avas II. 4s. sent as a missionary to Texas and Mexico. Dur Dodge (Capt. H. L.) See Davis (W.W. ing Maximilian s residence in America, Dome H.) nech acted as private chaplain to the emperor, and he was also almoner to the French Dog Rib: army during its occupation of Mexico. On his return Hymns See Bompas (W. C.) to France he was made honorary canon of Lord s prayer Bompas (W. C.) Montpellier. His "Manuscrit pictographique Numerals Tolinie(W. F.) and Daw- Aniericain, preced6 d une notice sur 1 ideo- son (G.M.) graphie des Peaux Rouges" (1860) was pub Prayers Bompas (W. C.) lished by the French government, with a fac Primer Bompas (W. C.) simile of a manuscript in the library of the Paris Proper names Catlin (G.) arsenal, relating, as he claimed, to the American Ten commandments Bompas (W. C.) Indians; but the German orientalist, Julius Text Olnt (J.) Pet/holdt, declared that it consisted only of Vocabulary Bancroft (II. IT.) scribbling and incoherent illustrations of a local Vocabulary Busehmann (J. C. E.) German dialect. Domenech maintained the Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) authenticity of the manuscript in a pamphlet Vocabulary Lefroy (J. H.) entitled "La verite sur le livro des sauvages" Vocabulary Morgan (L. II.) (1861), which drew forth a reply from Petzholdt, ( ). Vocabulary Murray " translated into French under the title of Le Vocabulary O Brien ( ). livre des sauvages an point de vue de la civili Richardson (J.) Vocabulary " sation fnu^aisc (Brussels, 1861). During the Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) latter part of his life lie produced several works Words Daa (L. K.) pertaining to religion and ancient history. Words Ellis (R.) Appleton s Cyclop, of Am. Biog. AVords Tolmio ( W.F.) and Daw- son (G. M.) Dorsey (Rev. James Owen). Indians of Siletz J. Owen Dog Rib primer. See Bompas (W. C.) reservation, Oregon. Uy Domenech (Abbe Emanuel Henri Dieu- Dorsey. In American Anthropologist, vol. 2, pp. 55-61, donne ). Seven residence in the years | Washington, 1889, 8. (Pilling.) deserts of North America great | | by Grammatic notes and examples of the Atha the abbe" Em, Domeuech 56. terms, 58. | | Apostolical pascan, p. Kinship p. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 27

1 Continued. Dorsey (J. O .) Continued. Dorsey (J. O.) Of the schedules in the work no. 30 ia The gentile system of the Siletz given filled and nos. 1, 2, 18, and 25 are partly filled. tribes. The final unnumbered pages at the end give the In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 3, pp. parts of the body in detail. 227-237, Boston and New York, 1890, 8. (Pil of words and in ling.) [Vocabulary phrases List of Upper Coqnille villages (32), with the Kwa-ta -mi or Sixes dialect of the north English definitions, p. 232. Athapascans Tft a on qwe-t ^uii-ue , formerly living of River (22 names of villages with mean Rogue Sixes Creek, Oregon.] ings), pp. 232-233. Chasta Costa villages (33), Manuscript, 23 pp. 4, in the library of the with meanings, p. 234. Athapascan villages Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz south of Hiver, pp. 235-236. Atha (21) Rogue Indian 236- Agency, Oregon, August-October, 1884, pascan villages in northwest California, pp. 1 with the assistance of Jake Rooney and Jake 237. Stuart. Recorded in a copy of Powell s Intro [Vocabulary of words and phrases duction to the Study of Indian Languages, sec in the dialect of .the Chasta Costa or ond edition, pp. 77-78, 82, 97-102, 109-112, 115-116, Ci -sta kqwu -sta Indians who lived on 196, 206-207, 210, 220, 228, and three unnumbered at the end. the Rogue River or on one of its pages Of the schedules given in the work nos. 1, 2, branches, Oregon.] 3, 8, 12, 25, 27, 28, and 30 are partly filled, the 13 4, in the lihrary of the Manuscript, pp. remainder being blank. The entries sum up a Bureau of Collected at the Siletz Ethnology. total of 356. The three pages at the end contain Indian Oregon. September and Octo- Agency, a number of partial verbal conjugations. her, 1884, with the assistance of Government of words and of George or Tut-qe-6-sft and two other Indians of [Vocabulary phrases the tribe. Recorded in a copy of Powell s Intro the Mi -kwfi-nu ^fin-lie tribe or gens, duction to the Study of Indian Languages, sec formerly living on the Lower Rogue ond 97, 122, 182-184, 192- edition, pp. 77-79, 131, River, Oregon.] 193, 196, 228. Manuscript, 10 pp. 4, in the library of the Of the schedules given in the work no. 1 is Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz filled and nos. 2, 8, 12, 14, 18, 24, 25, and 30 are Indian Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the filled. partly assistance of William Simpson, a native. [Words, phrases, and sentences in Recorded in a copy of Powell s Introduction to the language of the Chetco (Tce -ti- the Study of Indian Languages, second edition, pp. 76-81, 97, 196, 220, 228, and 8 unnumbered ^un-ne ) formerly of Chetco River, pages at the end. Oregon.] Of the schedules nos. 1, 2, 8, and 30 are partly Manuscript, 32 pp. 4, in the of the lihrary filled; the unnumbered pages at the end con Bureau of Collected at the Siletz Ethnology. tain an extended list of the parts of the body, Indian September, 1884, with Agency, Oregon, pronouns, nouns used as classifiers, partial the assistance of Baldwin Fairchild, a Chetco. conjugation of a number of verbs, etc. Recorded in a copy of Powell s Introduction to and sentences in the the Study of Indian Languages, second edition, [Words, phrases, of -tnn-ne pp. 77-228 and 7 extra leaves at the end, many of language the Nal -^ftn-ne the pages being left blank. gens.] in the Of the schedules given work nos. 1, 2, Manuscript, 75 pp. 4, in the library of the and 30 are filled; nos. 3, 5, 7, 8, 12, 18, 24, 25, and Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz 27 are filled and the numbers partly ; remaining Indian Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the The unnumbered leaves at the are blank. end assistance of Alex Ross, chief of the gens, and contain a list of the parts of the body in great a full-blood. Recorded in a copy of Powell s dress and the detail, ornaments, conjugation of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, a numher of a table of verbs, classifiers, and second edition, pp. 77-228, and 5 unnumbered total of is pronouns. The number entries 480. leaves at the end, a number of the pages being [Vocabulary of words and phrases left blank. Of the lists of words given in this work in the language of the Da-ku-be tg -de, schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15. 18, and 30 are formerly living on Applegate Creek, completely filled and schedules 6, 7, 9, 14, 17, 22, Oregon.] and 24 partly filled. The extra leaves at the Manuscript, 9 pp. 4, in the library of the end contain the parts of the body in great de Bureau of Collected at Ethnology. the Silotz tail, a list of pronouns, verbal classifiers, cor Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the assist relatives, and the conjugation of a number of ance of Rogue River John, a Ta-kel-ma, whose verbs. There are 1.345 entries in all. mother was a D&-ku-b5 te -de. Recorded in a of the -am-o te-ne [Vocabulary Qa , copy of Powell s Introduction to the Study of at the mouth of Smith Indian Languages, second edition, pp. 77-79, 184, formerly living 196, 228, and 3 unnumbered pages at the end. River, California.] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Dorsey (J. O.) Continued. Dorsey (J. O.) Continued. Manuscript, 7 pp. 4, in the library of the Of the schedules in the given work nos. 1, 2, Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz 18, 24, and 30 are filled, and nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. 9, 12, Indian Reservation, Oregon, Sept., 1884, with 13, 14, 16, 25 17, 22, and are partly filled; the the assistance of Smith River John. Recorded remaining numbers are blank. There is a total in a copy of Powell s Introduction to the Study of 745 entries. of Indian Languages, second edition, pp. 77-78, A of the Yu 82, 122-123, 182, 184, the remaining pages of the vocabulary -ki-tc8 or Yu work being left blank. -ki-tce tun-ne dialect spoken by Of the schedules in the work nos. the given 1, 2, Indians formerly living on Euchre and 18 are filled. The total entries amount partly Creek, Oregon. to 57. 6 Manuscript, 11. 4, written on one side only, in the [A vocabulary of words and phrases library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col lected at the Siletz Indian in the dialect of the Tal -t uc-t un tiV- Agency, Oregon, September, 1884, with the assistance of James de, or Galice Creek Indians who Warner, sr., who could speak a little English. lived in The formerly Josephine County, entries number 236, and are arranged in the Oregon, 30 miles north of Kerby.] order of the schedules given in Powell s In troduction Manuscript, 10 pp. 4, in the library of the to the Study of Indian Languages, Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz second edition. Indian Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the James Owen Dorsey was born in Baltimore, assistance of Yacl -tun or Galice Creek Jim Md., in 1848. He attended the Central High School the and Peter Muggins. Recorded in a copy of (now City College) in 1862 and 1863, Powell s Introduction to the Study of Indian taking the classical course. Illness caused him Languages, second edition, pp.77-228 and 2 extra to abandon his studies when a member of the second leaves at the end, many of the pages being left year class. In a counting room from 1864 to 1866. blank. Taught from September, 1866, to June, 1867. Of the schedules given in the work none is Entered the preparatory department of the of completely filled, and nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 18, 24, Theological Seminary Virginia in Sep and 30 are but partly filled. The 2 leaves at the tember, 1867, and the junior class of the semi in end contain the parts of the body in great nary September, 1869. Was ordained a deacon of the detail, a few possessive pronouns, and the con Protestant Episcopal Church in the jugations in brief of the verbs to dexire and to United States by the bishop of Virginia, Easter know. The entries as a whole number 254. day, 1871. Entered upon his work among the Ponca Indians, in Dakota Territory, in May of [Words, sentences, and grammatical that year. Had an attack of scarlet fever in material in the Tu-tii tftn-ne or Tu -tu , April, 1872, and one of typho-malarial fever in language (dialect of several villages.)] July, 1873. Owing to this illness he was Manuscript, 155 pp. 4, in the library of the obliged to give up the mission work in August, Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz 1873, soon after he had learned to talk to the Indian Reservation, Oregon, August-October, Indians without an interpreter. He returned to with 1884, the assistance of twelve members of Maryland and engaged in parisli work till July, the Tu -tu tribe. Recorded in a copy of Powell s 1878, when, under the direction of Maj. J. W. Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, Powell, he went to the Omaha reservation in second edition, pp. 76-86, 88-89, 95-103, 106, 108- Nebraska in order to increase his stock of lin 129, 131-147, 149-155, 162-173, 180-185, 188-199, guistic material. On the organization of the 206-213, 220, 228, and 46 unnumbered pages at Bureau of Ethnology, in 1879, he was trans the end, with many intercalated pages passim. ferred thereto, and from that time he has been

Of the schedules given in the Avork nos. 1, 2, 3, engaged continuously in linguistic and socio- 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 22, 23, 25, and 30 are filled work for the Bureau. He remained ; logic among nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 17, 19, 21, 24, 26, 27, and 28 are the Omaha till April, 1880, when he returned to partly filled, and nos. 11, 20, and 29 are blank. Washington. Since then he has made several The total entries number 3,962, besides a text trips to Indian reservations for scientific pur with interlinear and free translation. poses, not only to those occupied by tribes of the Siouan family, but also to the Siletz reser. - of the Vocabulary Upper Coquille vation, in Oregon. At the last place, which he or Mi-ci-qwut-me tfln-n6. visited in 1884, he obtained vocabularies, gram- Manuscript, 38 pp. 4, in the library of the matic notes, etc., of languages spoken by In Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz dians of the Athapascan, Kusan, Takilmau, Indian Agency, Oregon, August-October, 1884, and Takouan stocks. The reports of his office with the assistance of Coquille Thompson and and field work will bo found in the annual Coquille Solomon. Recorded in a copy of reports of the Bureau of Ethnology. Powell s Introduction to the Study of Indian Drake The Abo (Samuel Gardiner). | Languages, second edition, pp. 77, 81, 84, 88-89, races of North 96-98, 100-103, 109-111, 128-129, 132-136, 183-184, riginal | | America; | 192-198, 228, and 4 unnumbered leaves at the end. sketches of comprising | biographical ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 29

Drake (S. G.) Continued, Duflot de Mofras (E.) Contimied.

524 half-title verso 1 1. eminent and an histor ; printers title verso blank individuals, | | 1 1. text table des 501- ical account of the different pp. 1-500, chapitres pp. tribes, | 504, table des cartes pp. 505-506, table analy tiqne from the first of the conti | discovery etc. pp. 507-514, 8. nent to the with a | | present period | Numerals 1-10 of a number of American lan dissertation on their them the vol. 401. | Origin, Antiq guages, among TJmpqtia, 2, p. uities. Manners and Customs, illustra Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe tive narratives and and a naeum, British Museum, Congress, Geological anecdotes, | index Samuel Survey. | copious analytical | by Americana de G. Drake. Fifteenth revised, Dufosse(E.) | Catalogue edition, | livres relatifs a with valuable Prof. 11. | FAmerique | Europe, additions, | by etOc6anie L.Williams. six Asie, Afrique | | [&c. thirty- | [Quotation, lines.] | four New York. Hurst & lines] | | company, pub lishers. 122 Nassau Street. Librairie ancienne et moderne do E. | [1882.] Dufoss6 rue Guene 27 Title verso 1 1. con | copyright preface pp. 3-4, 27, gaud, | pres tents 5-8, Indian tribes and nations pp. 9-16, le Pout-neuf Paris pp. | [1887] half-title 1 1. verso blank text pp. 19-767, index Printed cover as above, no inside title, table pp. 768-787, 8. des divisions 1 1. text pp. 175-422, 8. G-atscht (A. S.), Indian languages of the Contains, passim, titles of works in various Pacific states and territories, pp. 748-763. Athapascan languages. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Wisconsin His Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. torical Society. This series of catalogues was begun in 1876. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6377, price a copy $3. Dugan (LicHl. T. B.) Numerals [1-10] Duflot de Mofras (Eugene). Explora of the White Mountain Apache. tion du territoire de FOre des In Allen of an | | gou, | (II. T.), Report expedition to Califoruies et de la mer the Copper, Tamm and rivers, | Koyukuk p. Vermeille, j 8. execute o pendant les aim des 1840, 1841 135, Washington, 1887, in other articles Allen et M. Duflot de Keprinted by (H. T.), 1842, | par Mofras, q.v. Attach6 a. la de France a, | Legation Dunbar: This word following a title or within ordre du Mexico; | ouvrage public par parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of sous les de M. le mare- the work referred to has been seen the com roi, | auspices by due President piler in the library of Mr. John B. Dunbar, chalSoult, deDalmatie, | N\ J. du et de M. le ministre des Bloomfield, Conseil, | affaires Tome Duncan (David). American races. Com 6trangeres. | premier piled and abstracted by Professor Dun [-second]. | M. Arthus can, A. Paris, | Bertram!, dditenr, | Forms Part 6 of libraire de la Socie"t6 de Spencer (H.), Descriptive geographic, | sociology, London, 1878, folio. (Congress.) Rue 11 23. 1844. Hautefeuille, | " Under the heading Language," pp. 40^2, 2 vols. : half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso there are given comments and extracts from blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. avant- various authors upon native tribes, including propos pp. vii-xii, avertissement verso note 1 1. examples of the Chippewyan. nota verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-518, table des Some copies have the imprint New York, D. table des cartes <fc chapitres pp. 519-521, pp. 523- Appleton co. [n. d.] (Powell.)

Eames: This word a title or within ! following Elliot (Lieut. William G.) See Bourke parentheses after a note indicates that a of copy (J.G.) the work referred to has been seen the, com- by | piler in the library of Mr. Wilberforce Eames, Ellis j On numerals as (Robert). | j signs Brooklyn, X. Y. of mankind. primeval unity | among | Baton (Capl. J. H.) of the Robert B. late fellow of Vocabulary | By Ellis, D., | language of the Navajo of New Mexico. St. John s college, Cambridge. | J. H. By Capt, Baton, IT. S. A. London: Tnibncr*.Y | co.^&.^OLud- In Schoolcraft (H. II.). Fudian Tribes, vol.4, hill. 1873. All reserved. 5 gate | | rights pp. 416-431, Philadelphia, 1854, 4 . A of 300 words vocabulary and the numerals Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printer

1-100,000. 1. 1 contents pp. i-iii, text pp. 1-94, 8. 30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Ellis (R.) Continued. Ellis (R.) Continued. 52 Numerals and other words in ; of the Etruscan Atnah, p. Sources | and | Basque 54 Chepewyan, pp. 42, 45, ; Keiiay ( Athabaskan), Robert B. | languages. | T3y | Ellis, D., Slave (Great Slave Lake), pp. 5.10,11; p. 88; late fellow of St. John s 24 | college, Tahlewah (California), pp. 5, 10, ; Takulli, pp.

Cambridge. | 8,11,54; Tlatskanai, p. 88. London : Triibuer & Copies seen : Eames. | co., Ludgate hill. 1886. Peruv.ia The | | (All rights reserved.) Scythica. | | Quichua of Peru: its derivation Title verso printers 1 1. prefatory notice verso language | | blank 1 1. contents Asia with the American pp. v-vii, remarks on pro from central | nunciation p. [viii], text pp. 1-166, 8. in general, and with the languages A few numerals and words in Atnah, pp. 13, Turanian and Iberian of 9. | languages 17; Hoopah, p.

old the seen : Eames. the | Basque, Copies world, | including and the lan the Pre-Aryan | Lyciaii, Erman (Georg Adolph). Ethnographische of Etruria. Robert | By | Ellis, guage Wahruehmungen mid Erfahrungen an author of " The Asiatic affinities B.D., | den Kiisteu des Berings-Meeres von A. and late fellow of of the old Italians", | Erman. s St. John college, Cambridge. | [Quo In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, vol. 2 (1870), three lines.] | 309-393 vol. 3 tation, pp. 295-307, ; (1871), pp. 149-175, London: Triibner & co., 57 &. 59, 205-219, Berlin [n.d.],8. | hill. 1875. All re Numerals 1-200 and a few words of the Ttynai Ludgato | | rights oder vol. 216. served. Kenaizi, 3, p.

Title verso printer 1 1. preface pp. iii-vii, con Ettunetle choh . . . Takudh. See 8. tents pp. ix-xi, errata p. [xii], text pp. 1-219, M Donald (R.) Words in Atna, pp. 78, 81, 85, 105, 117, 131; Ettunetle tutthug . . . Takudh. See Athabaskan, p. 120; Apatsh, pp. 105, 123; M Donald Chepewyan, pp. 62, 81, 96, 99; Dog-Rib, p. 127; (R.)

78 78, 91, 104, 106, 117 ; Hoopah, p. ; Kenay, pp. 56, Everette (Will E.) [Words, phrases, and Kutshin, pp. 104, 106; Navaho,pp.63, 68, 83,104, sentences in the language of the Tu-tu- 107, 120, 122, 130, 134; Pinalero, p. 85; 105, 106, tS-ne and nine confederated tribes of Slave, p. 105; Takulli, pp. 51, 54, 61, 78, 91. 105, Siletz 127; Tlatskanai, pp. 83, 85; TJmkwa, pp. 31,83, River, Oregon.] 158 in the of the 89, 104, 120. Manuscript, pp. 4, library Bureau of Collected Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Wat- Ethnology. December, kinson. 1882. Recorded in a copy of Powell s Introduc Etruscan numerals. Robert tion to the Study of Indian Languages, second | | By " edition. Transliterated at the request of the B. late fellow of St. John s Ellis, D., | Director of the Bureau of Ethnology from vol. college, Cambridge. | 22 of [Everette s] Indian Languages of North London: Triibner & 57 & into the Bureau at "Wash | co., 59, America, alphabet

hill. 1876. ington, July 1, 1883, and at Fort Simcoe, Wash Ludgate | | (All Rights Price Two and ington Ty., July 23, 1883. Completed August Reserved.) | Shillings 20, 1883." Sixpence. Almost every word, phrase, and sentence Cover title as above, inside title (as above, " given in the 30 schedules of the "Introduction the last two lines) verso 1 1. omitting printer has its equivalent given in Tu-t-t8-ne, and remarks on verso erratum and pronunciation nearly every schedule has explanatory notes. addendum 1 1. text 1-52, 8. pp. On the blank pages following the schedules Mr. few numerals and words in A Atnah, pp. 9, Everette has given the phonetic alphabet with 9. Remarks and criticisms on 13; Hoopah, p. notes and explanations. Dr. J. H. Trumb nil s essay on numerals in In Ewbank (Thomas). See (A. dian languages, pp. 12-13, note. Whipple and Turner Copies seen : Eames. W. ), Ewbaiik(T.), (W.W.)

4. 1866 Droits de traductiou et de re 1 1. 1-142, 16. | | p. i-xi, s. production reserve Copies seen : British Museum. Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title and Language languages. | Being | verso blank 1 1. vii-xvi, text pp. " preface pp. on and "Fam Chapters language" | | 1-447, table pp. 449-456, 8. ilies of the rev. Frederic speech." | By | Tribus sauvages, pp. 333-383, contains names W. D. D. F. R. S. late fellow of tribes, with meanings, scattered through. Farrar, |

seen : British Shea. three New edition. Astor, Museum, [&.c. lines.] | Copies |

London : and co. Dix-huit ans chez les | Longmans, Green, | | Sauvages | 1878. reserved. et missions dans Pextreme | | (All rights ) Voyages | nord de Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank FAmdrique Britannique | 1 1. preface (November 15, 1877) verso quotations d apres les documents de Mgr Henry 1 1. half-title (Chapters on language) verso dedi Faraud one | Eveque [&c, line] | par cation 1 1. preface to the first edition (August, Fernand-Micliel list of | illustrations verso blank | [Design] 1865) pp. ix-xii, Nouvelle Maisou Perisse Freres de 1 1. synopsis pp. xiii-xx, text pp. 1-256, books Paris Librairie et Classi- consulted pp. 257-260, half-title (Families of | Catholique speech, etc.) verso dedication 1 1. preface to the five 1870 Droits de que | [&c. linos] | | second edition (August, 1873) verso blank 1 1. traduction et de reservds. reproduction contents pp. 265-267, text pp. 269-403, table of Printed cover, title 1 1. pp. i-xix, 1-364, 12. languages p. [404], index pp. 405-411, verso as in earlier edition titled next Linguistics, printers, two maps and two tables, 12. 260-312. above, pp. A few Tlatskanai words, pp. 396-397. seen : British Museum. Copies Copies seen : Astor.

Abridgment of the bible in Dene" and Language languages. | Being | Tchippewayan, by Mgr. Faraud, Vicar on and "Fam "Chapters language" | | Apostolique of Mackenzie. (*) ilies of the rev. Frederic speech." | By | In a letter from Father iCmile dated Petitot, W. D. D. F. R. S. late fellow Farrar, | from Mareuil, France, April 24, 1889, he tells me three New edition. [&c. lines.] | that among the manuscripts left by him at his | London : and co. last residence, St. Raphael des Tchippewayans, | Longmans, Green, was a written 1887. Saskatchewan, copy, by himself, | | (All rights reserved.) of the above-named work. See G-rouard (E.) Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface (November 15, 1877) verso Farrar (Rev. Frederic William). Families quotations 1 1. half-title on verso dedi of four lectures delivered (Chapters language) speech: | | cation 1 1. preface to the first edition (August, before the institution of Great | Royal 1865) pp. ix-xii, synopsis pp. xiii-xx, text pp. 1- Britain In March 1869 the rev. books consulted half-title | | by | 256, pp. 257-260, (Fam Frederic W. M. F. R. S. ilies of speech, etc.) verso dedication 1 1. preface Farrar, A., | to the .second edition verso list late fellow of Trinity college [&c. four (August, 1873) of 1 1. Published illustrations contents pp. 265-267, text pp. lines.] | by request. | 269-403, table of languages p. [404], index pp. London : and co. | Longmans, Green, 405-411, verso printers, two maps, and two 1870. | tables, 12. as List of works verso blank 1 1. half-title verso Linguistics under the next preceding title, 397. printers 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso pp. 396,

blank 1 1. seen : Eames. preface pp. ix-x, contents pp. xi-xiii, Copies list of illustrations text p. xiv, pp. 1-187, table Faulmarm Illustrirte Geschichte of the (Karl). | chief allophylian languages p. [188], der Schrift Wissenschaftliche index pp. 189-192, two tables and two maps, 12. | Popular- A few words in der der Tlatskanai, p. 178. Darstellung | | Eiitstehimg Copies seen: Boston Schrift der und der Zahlen AthenaBum, Congress, | | Sprache Eames. allerVolker |sowieder | Schriftsysteme

Families of : Four Lectures der Erde von Karl Faulinann Pro Speech | | | | delivered | before the Institu fessor der two | Royal Stenographie [&c. lines.] tion of Great Britain In March 1869. Mit 15 Tafelu in Farbeu- | und | Tondruck the i Frederic | By Rey, W. P. und vielen in den Text Farrar, j gedruckten 32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Faulmann (K.) Continued. Field (T. W.) Continued. At the Field no. Sehriftzeichen utul sale, 688,acopy $4.25 ; Schriftproben. | brought s at the Menzies sale, no. 718, a "half-crushed, red [Printer ornament.] | levant morocco, gilt top, uncut Wien. Pest. A. Hartlebeii s copy," brought Leipzig. | Triced 18 fr. $5.50. by Leclerc, 1878, ; by Quar- 1880. Alle Kcchte vorbehal- Verlag. | | itch, no. 11996, 15*.; at the Pinart sale, no. 368, teu. it 17 fr. at the brought ; Murphy sale, no. 949, Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printers $4.50. Priced by Quariteh, no. 30224, 11 1 1. v-x, contents text preface pp. pp. xi-xvi, pp. | of the | Catalogue | library | belong 1-6:52, 8. to Mr. Thomas W. Field. To be ing | Schrift tier Tinne-Iiulianer, p. 231. | sold at seen: "\Vat- | Merwin Copies Astor, British Museum, auction, by | Bangs, kinsou. & 1875. and co., | May 24th, following

Featherman Social of the days. | (A.) history | New York. 1875. races of mankind. First division : | | | | division: Aoneo- Cover title 22 lines, title as above verso blank Nigritians [-Third | 1 1. notice etc. text A.Feathermaii. pp. iii-viii, pp. 1-376, list of Maranonians]. | By | | prices pp. 377-393, supplement pp. 1-59, 8. Com lines [Two quotation.] | piled by Joseph Sabin, mainly from Mr. Field s London: Triibner & title of which is | eo., Essay, above. Ludgate | given Hill. Contains titles of a number of works in | 1885[-89]. (All rights reserved.) 3 vols. 8. various Athapascan languages. A general discussion of a number of North Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. American families occurs in vol. 3, among them : At the no. an uncut the Apaches (pp. 184-192), including, on p. 188, Sqiiier sale, 1178, copy .1 brief sketch of their grammar, with a few brought $1.25. examples, among them the verb to drink; Nav- Four gospels . . . Slave language. and ajos, pp. 193-200; Taculles, pp. 378-384. See Bompas (W. C.) Copies seen : Congress. Friese ( Prof. Valentine). See Ariiy ( W. Field (Thomas An F. Warren). essay | M.) an Indian towards | Froebel Aus Amerika. Er- | bibliography. (Julius). | a of Reisen und Studien von Being | catalogue books, | relating fahrungen | | to the Julius Froebel. Erster | history, antiquities, languages, | [-Zweiter] Band. Zweite wohlfeile customs, | | religion, wars, literature, Ausgabe. | and of the American Dut sche origin | Indians, | Leipzig | Buchhaudlung. ill the of Thomas W. Field. library | | [1858.] With bibliographical and historical 2 vols. 12. and of the contents of A short Mescalero- Apache vocabulary, vol. notes, | synopses 2. 163. some of the works least known. p. | | Copies seen : Bancroft. British Museum.

New York: I | Scribner, Armstrong, First edition, Leipzig, 1857-1858, 2 vols. 8. (*) and co. 1873. There is an edition of this | English work, Title verso printers 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, text London, Bentley, 1859, 8, which does not con pp. 1-430, 8. tain the vocabulary. (Astor, Bancroft, Boston Titles and descriptions of works in or relating Athen;pum, British Museum, Congress.) to Athapascan languages passim. Sabin s Dictionaiy. no. 25993, titles an edition Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. Bruxelles, 1861, 3 vols. 12.

Gabelentz (Hans Georg Conor von der). Gabelentz (H. G. C.) Continued. Die ihre Brief discussion and a fe\v examples of Ath Sprachwisseiisehaft, | Aufga- Methodeu und apascan, p. 402. ben, | | bisherigen seen : (latschet. Von von der Copies Ergebnisse. | | Georg Gabelentz. Galice Creek Jim. See | Dorsey (J.O.) [Vignette.] | T. 0. Leip/ig, | Weigel nachfolger | Gallatin (Albert). A svnopsis of the (Clir. Herm. 1891. Tancliiiit/). | Indian tribes within the United States Cover title as above, title as above verso east of the Rocky Mountains, and in the blank 1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-vii, Inhalts-Ver/eich- niss British and Russian in North pp. viii-xx, text pp. 1-40G, Register pp. possessions 467-502, Berichtigungen p. 502, 8. America. By the Hon. Albert Gallatin. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 33

Oallatin (A.) Continued. Garrioch (Rev. Alfred Campbell). The In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Ar- to St. trans gospel according | Mark, | chaeologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam lated into the Beaver Indian lan 8. | bridge, 1836, the rev. A. C. guage | by | Garrioch, | Subdivisions by geographic limits of the of the Church Kinai, pp. 14-16; of the Athapascas, pp. 16-20. missionary missionary

Indian languages, with grammatical examples society. |

of the p. 170. Grammatical London : British and Bible Cheppeyan, | Foreign notices, Athapascas, pp. 215-216. Cheppeyan 1886 Society. | p. 269. Comparative vocabulary conjugations, Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Bea of 180 words of the Kiuai (from Resanoff in ver language (roman characters) pp. 3-79, colo Krusenstern), Tacullie (from Harmon), Chep phon p. [80], 16. (from M Keuzie), pp. 307-367. Vocab peyan Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So ulary of 44 words of the Sussee (from Umfre- ciety, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. ville), p. 374. Vocabulary of 13 words of the Issued also in syllabic characters as follows: Atnah or Chin, p. 378. line The [One syllabic characters.] | Male s Indians of north-west Amer to St. Mark. vocabularies of North America gospel | according | | ica, and ; Translated the Rev. Alfred C. with an introduction. By Albert Gal- by | of the Church latin. Garrioch, | missionary In American Eth. Soc. Trans, vol. xxiii- into the lan 2, | pp. missionary society, | clxxxviii, 1-130, New York, 1848, 8. of the Beaver of the guage Indians, | Brief reference to the Athapascas, their hab diocese of Athabasca. of the | [Seal itat, etc., p. ci. The Tahkali-TJmkwa family

S.P.C.K.] | (general discussion), pp. 9-10. Vocabulary of London : for 180 words of the Tabculi (from Anderson), pp. | Society promoting 78-82. of 60 words of the Kenai Christian Northumber Vocabulary knowledge, | of the (from Resanoff), pp. 99-101. Vocabulary land avenue, Charing cross, W. C. Tlatskani, and Uinkwa (50 words Cheppeyan, [1886.] and numerals 1-10 each), p. 105. Frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. sylla- Table of generic Indian families of barium verso blank 1 1. supplementary syllaba- languages. rium verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in syllabic In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol.3, characters) pp. 1-47, sq. 16. pp. 397-402, Philadelphia, 1853, 4. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro Includes the Athapascans, p. 401. moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Albert Gallatin was born in Geneva, Switzer Manual of devotion in the Beaver | | land, January 29, 1761, and died in Astoria, L. I., Indian the Rev. Alfred August 12, 1849. He was descended from an an language. | By | cient of Geneva, whose name had C. of the Church patrician family Garrioch, | missionary long been honorably connected with the history of the S. P. missionary society. | [Seal of Switzerland. Yonng Albert had been bap C.K.] | tized by the name of Abraham Alfonse Albert. London: for | Society promoting In 1773 he was sent to a boarding school, and a Christian Northumber year later entered the University of Geneva, knowledge, | where he was in 1779. He sailed from land W. C. graduated avenue, Charing cross, j L Orient late in May, 1780, and reached Boston 1886. on 14. He entered on December July Congress 7, Frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. sylla- and continued a member of that until 1795, body barium verso blank 1 1. supplementary syllaba- his as of the in appointment Secretary Treasury rium verao blank 1 1. text (in syllabic characters, which office he held until 1813. 1801, continuously with some headings in English and Latin) pp. His services were rewarded with the appoint 1-87, 16o. ment of minister to France in 1815 February, ; Order for morning prayer, pp. 1-23. Order he entered on the duties of this office in Janu for evening prayer, pp. 24-39. Prayers, etc., 1816. In at the solicitation of ary, 1826, President pp. 40-52. Watts s first catechism, pp. 53-57. Adams, he accepted the appointment of envoy Grace, ten commandments, prayers, etc., pp. . extraordinary to Great Britain. On his return to 57_62. Hymns, pp. 63-74. Selections from the United lie settled in States New York City, scripture, pp. 75-87. from 1831 till he was of the where, 1839, president Copies Keen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro National Bank of New York. In 1842 he was moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. associated in the establishment of the American See Bompas (W. C.) for other editions of this Ethnological Society, becoming its first presi work. and in 1843 he was elected to hold a simi dent, A of the -Beaver | Vocabulary | | lar office in the New York Historical Society, an Indian of Part honor which was annually conferred on him Language- | consisting | until his death. s I Part II Appleton Cyclop, of Am.Biog. Beaver-English | English- ATH 3 34 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

(ftamoch (A. C.) Continued. Gatschet (A. S.) Continued. Beaver-Cree- the Rev. A. C. Gar- Die Sprachen des Siidwestens (pp. 37-86) con | By tains and on rioch of the Church Mis Apache Ndvajo examples pp. 39, | Missionary | 40, 52, 55, 59, 62; general discussion of the

sionary Society- | Apache, linguistic divisions, etc., with com Society for Promoting Christian parison of Apache and Ndvajo words with those London. Northumberland of the Zuni, Kiowa, Comanche, and Shoshone, Knowledge, j E. S. Brewer. pp. 62-69; Tinne (Apache, Navajo, Hoopa, Avenue. | Cyclostyled by | and Taculli) words, p. 79. Samrulung von Wor- Printed M rs Garrioch [1885] | by tern und Satzen (pp. 87-91) contains a short Title verso blank 1 1. text (on one side of the Apache vocabulary and one of the Navajo, p. leaf only) 11. 1-138, 4. 88; an Apache vocabulary (from White and Part I Beaver-English (alphabetically ar Henry), p. 88-89. Auswahl von Satzen aus den Beaver words in double columns), 11. ranged by Sprachen der Tehuas, Apaches, Tonkawas und 1_64. Part II English and Beavor [sic] [and Acomas (pp. 91-95) contains 20 phrases in arranged by English Crce] (alphabetically Apache (from Loew). Worttabellen der zwolf words, in triple columns), 11. 65-138. Sprachen und Dialecte (pp. 97-115) contains a seen : Eanies, Society for Pro Copies Pilling, vocabulary of 200 words of the Apache (from Christian Knowledge. moting Loew), Navajo (from Loew), and Apache (from The of this work is in original manuscript White). Aninerkungen zu den Worttabellen the of its author. Fifty copies of the possession (pp. 117-138) contains comments upon the vari work were printed from the copy made with the ous vocabularies. Zahlwbrter (pp. 139-143) con Mr. Brewer, an employe of the cyclostyle by tains the numerals 1-10 of the Navajo (from society. Eaton) and Hoopa (from Schoolcraft). Mr. Garrioch, of St. Xavier s Mission, Fort Copies seen : Astor, Brinton, British Museum, Peace River, was born in St. Paul s Dunvegan, Eames, Gatschet, Pilling, Trumbull,Wellesley. or Feb. Parish, Red River Settlement, Manitoba, - Indian languages of the Pacific 10, 1848, and is of Scotch and English parentage. territories. He was for three years a student at St. John s states and in 1874 as In of American vol. 1, College, "Winnipeg, and was engaged Magazine History, 4. schoolmaster by Bishop Bonipas for the Church pp. 145-171, New York, 1877, (Congress.) A with Missionary Society. The winter of 1875-76 he general discussion, examples passim. The Tinne with its spent in study with the bishop at Fort Simp family, linguistic divisions, the and is son, McKenzie River, and was admitted to dea Hoopa, Rogue River, Umpqua, treated on 165-166. con s orders, and in the autumn of 1876 he pp. as follows: established a Churcli Missionary Society station Issued separately at Fort Vermilion under the name of TJnjaga Indian of the Pacific languages | | Mr. visited Mission. Garrioch subsequently states and territories Albert S. | by | Canada and where he saw his trans England, Gatschet from March Num | Reprinted lations printed; but in the spring of 1886 he ber of The of American His returned to mission work among the Beavers of Magazine Peace River, but at Dunvegan instead of Ver tory. milion. [New York, 1877.]

G-atschet : This word following a title or within Half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 145-171, 4.

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of Copies seen : Astor, Congress, Eaines, Pilling, the work referred to has been seen by the com Wellesley. piler in the library of Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Reprinted in the following: Washington, D. C. Beach (W.W.), Indian Miscellany, pp. 416- 8. Gatschet (Albert Samuel). Zwolf 447, Albany, 1877, Drake Races of North aus dem Siidwesten Nord- (S. G.), Aboriginal Spracheu | | America, pp. 748-763, New York [1880], 8. amerikas und | (Pueblos- Apache- A later article, with the same title, appeared in the number of the same Mundarten; Tonto/JToukawa, | Digger, April, 1882, peri Wortverzeichuisse heraus- odical, and was also issued separately. It con Utah.) | | tains no gegeben, erlautert uud init einer Ein- Athapascan linguistics. iiber U. S. geographical surveys west of leitung Ban, | Bcgrifisbilduug und locale Gruppimng der amerikan- the one hundredth meridian, 1st Lieut. ischen versehen von Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, | Spracheu | | Albert S. Gatschet. U. S. Army, in Charge. Appendix. | [Vignette.] | Weimar Hermann Bohlau 1876. Linguistics. Prefaced by a classification | | of western Indian Albert Cover title as above, title as above verso note languages. By

1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-iv, Inhalt p. v. Einleitung S. Gatsohet.

1- f>- U. S. pp. ,J, Lautbez.-iclmung p. 4, Literatnr pp. Jn Wheeler (G. M.), Report upon Geo text 0, pp. 7-148, illustrations pp. 149-150, large graphical Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 399-485, Washing - 8. ton, 1879, 4, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 35

Gatschet (A. S.) Continued. Gatschet (A. S.) Continued. Areas and dialects of the seven linguistic Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, stocks (pp. 406-421), embraces the Tinn6, pp. first edition. Collected at Grande Ronde 406-408. General remarks, pp. 467-485. Agency, Oregon, in 1877. Gilbert (G. K.), Vocabulary of the Arivaipa, [Words, phrases, and sentences in pp. 424-465. the language of the Final Loew (0.), Vocabulary of the Arivai pa, pp. Apache.] 468-469. Manuscript, pp. 3-108, sm. 4, in possession of its compiler. Collected from an Vocabulary of the Navajo, pp. 424-465, Na-ki, whose is 469. Apache English name Kobt. Mclntosh, a student at Hampton, Va., in 1883. Yarrow (H. C.), Vocabulary of the Jicarilla, August, Contains also a number of texts with inter pp. 424-465, 469-470. linear English translation. Dialect of Albert Samuel Gatschet was born in St. Beat- Apache-Tinne" language. | the Na-isha band. Collected at euberg, in the Bernese Obeiiand, Switzerland, | Kiowa, and Comanche Ana- October 3, 1832. His propaedeutic education was Apache Agency, | acquired in the lyceums of Neuchatel Ind. in Nov. and (1843-1845) darko, Territory, | and of Berne (1846-1852), after which he followed Dec. 1884 Albert S. Gatschet. | by | courses in the universities of Berne and Berlin sin. in the of Manuscript, pp. 1-74, 4, library (1852-1858) . His studies had for their object the the Bureau of Ethnology. ancient world in all its phases of religion, his Consists of and short texts words, phrases, tory, language, and art, and thereby his atten with interlinear translation into English. tion was at an early day directed to philologic researches. In 1865 he the a dialect of the began publication of Lipau, | Apache- a series of brief monographs on the local ety

Tiniie collected at Fort " family | | mology of his country, entitled Ortsetymolo- Griffin, Texas, (Shackleford county), gische Forschungen aus der Schweiz " (1865-

from a Mexican and 1867) . In 1867 he spent several months in London Apache John, | a scout. Albert S. Gatschet pursuing antiquarian studies in the British Louis, | By Museum. In 1868 lie settled in New York and 1884. | September, became a contributor to various domestic and Manuscript, pp. 1-69, sm. 4, in the library of foreign periodicals, mainly on scientific sub the Bureau of Ethnology. jects. Drifting into a more attentive study of Consists of words, phrases, and sentences, the American Indians, he published several tribal and clan names, and short stories, all compositions upon their languages, the most accompanied by an English translation. important of whicli is "Zwolf Sprachen aus This manuscript has been partially copied by dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, Weimar, 1876. Mr. Gatschet into a copy of Powell s Introduc This led to his appointment to the position tion to the Study of Indian Languages, second of in the United States edition. ethnologist Geological Survey, under Maj. John W. Powell, in March, Terms, and sentences from 1877, when he removed to Washington, and first phrases | dialects from various employed himself in arranging the linguistic Apache | gathered manuscripts of the Smithsonian Institution, informants Albert S. Gatschet. j by | now the property of the Bureau of Ethnology, Manuscript, pp. 3-19, sm. 4, in the library of which forms a part of the Smithsonian Institu the Bureau of Ethnology. tion. Mr. Gatschet has ever since been actively Tribal names and other terms of the Chiraca- connected with that bureau. To increase its hua Apaches, obtained from delegates visiting linguistic collections and to extend his own Washington, Feb. 12, 1881, pp. 5-6. Short studies of the Indian languages, ho has made vocabulary of the Tsigakinii dialect, pp. 7-8. extensive trips of linguistic and ethnologic ex Sentences and words in the Kiivajo dialect, ploration among the Indians of North America. obtained from F. H. Cushing, 1882, pp. 9-12. After returning from a six months sojourn Navajo terms obtained from the iuterpreter of among the Klauiaths and Kalapuyas of Oregon, a Navajo delegation present in AVashington in settled on both sides of the Cascade Range, he March, 1885, pp. 14-16. Some words of Jicarilla visited the Kataba in South Carolina and the Apache, from Eskie, an Apache in Washington, Cha hta and Shetimasha of Louisiana in Jan. 1884, pp. 18-19. 1881- 82, the Kayo we, Comanche Apache, Yat- Vocabulary of the Navajo language. tassee, Caddo, Naktehe, Modoc, and other tribes Manuscript, 2 leaves, folio (a blank book), in the Indian Territory, the Toukawe and in possession of its compiler. Obtained from Lipans, in Texas, and the Atakapa Indians of Mr. Frank H. Cushing in 1884. Louisiana in 1884- 85. In 1886 he saw the Consists of 10 words and 50 phrases. Tlaskaltecsat Saltillo, Mexico, a remnant of the Nali 11 a race, brought there about 1575 from and [Words, phrases, sentences in Aiiahuae, and was the first to discover the the Umpkwa language.] affinity of the Biloxi language with the Siouau Manuscript, 22 11. 4, in the library of the family. He also committed to writing the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of Tuni^ka or Tonica language of Louisiana, never 36 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Gatschet (A. S.) Continued. General discussion Continued. before investigated, and forming a linguistic Tinne See Brinton (I). G.) family of itself. Excursions to other parts of Tinne Faulmann (K.) the country brought to his knowledge other Tukudli Bompas (W. C.) Indian languages, the Tuskarora, Caughna- Umpkwa Gallatin (A.) wagti, Penobscot, and Karaukawa. TTmpkwa Gatschet (A. S.) Mr. Gatschet has written an extensive report, Gentes : embodying his researches theKlamath among Apache See Bourke (J. G.) Lake and Modoc Indians of which Oregon, Navajo Matthews (W.) forms Vol. II of "Contributions to North Taculli Hale (H.) American Ethnology." It is in two parts, TJpmkwa Hale (H.) which 1 528 the tribes aggregate , pages. Among Geographic names : and languages discussed by him in separate Athapascan See Petitot (E. F. S. J.) publications are the Timucua (Florida), Toii- kawe (Texas), Yuma (California, Arizona, Mex Geological Survey: These words following a title or within after a note ico), Chumeto (California), Beothuk (New parentheses indicate that a foundland), Creek and Hitchitl (Alabama). His copy of the work referred to has been seen by the numerous publications are scattered through compiler in the library of the United States magazines and government reports, some being Geological Survey, "Washington, I). C. contained in the of the American Proceedings Gibbs (George). Observations on some of Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. the Indian Dialects of Northern Cali General discussion: fornia, By G. Gibbs. Ahtinne See Buschmann (J. C. E.) In Schoolcraft (H. K.), Indian Tribes, vol. 3, Apache Adelung (J. C.) and Vater pp. 420-423, Philadelphia, 1853, 4. (J. S.) Includes brief remarks on the Hoopah, Tahle Apache Bancroft (H. II.) wah, and Nabiltse. Apache Berghaus (II.) Vocabularies of Indian Languages Apache Buschmaim (J. C. E.) in northwest California. Apache Cremony (J. C.) By George Apache Jehan (L. F.) Gibbs, esq.

Apache Orozco y Berra (M.) In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 3, Apache Pimentel (F.) pp. 428-445, Philadelphia, 1853, 4. Apache Smart (C.) Among these vocabularies are one of the Apache White (J. B.) Hoopah and one of the Tahlewah, pp. 440-445. Athapascan Bastian (P. W. A.) Notes 011 the Tinneh or Chepewyau Athapascan Buschmanu (J. C. E.) Indians of British and Russian Amer Athapascan Campbell (J.) ica. Athapascan Gabelentz (II. G. C.) Communicated by George Gibbs. Athapascan Keane (A. II.) In the Smithsonian lust. Annual Report for Athapascan Scouler (J.) I860, pp. 303-327, Washington, 1867, 8. (Pil Athapascan Trumbull (J. H.) ling.) Chippewyau Adelung (J. C.) and Vater The Loucheux Indians (pp. 311-320). based (J. S.) upon communications from W. L. Hardesty, of Chippewyan Duncan (D.) the Hudson s Bay Co., contains a number of Chippewyau Tachc (A. A.) Loucheux words on p. 315. Hupa Gatschet (A. S.) Issued separately also, without change. Hupa Gibbs (G.) (Eames, Pilling.) Hupa Powers (S.) Vocabularies of the Alekwa Arra | | Inkalik Buschmann C. (J. E.) Arra & of the Klamath and \ Ho-pa | Kenai Adeluug (J. C.) and Vater Rivers Northern California (J. S.) Trinity | | Kenai Balbi Collected in 1852 Gibbs. (A.) | by | George Kenai Bancroft (H. H.) Manuscript, 26 unnumbered leaves, written Kenai Buschmann (J. C. E.) on one side only, folio, in the library of the Kutchin Bancroft (II. H.) Bureau of Ethnology. Xabiltse Gibbs (G.) Arranged alphabetically by English words in Navajo Adelung (J. C.) and Vater four columns, the English column containing (J. S.) about 700 words, the other languages from 300 Navajo Bancroft (H. H.) to 500 words each, the Ho-pa (which is the only Navajo Buschmann (J. C. E.) one belonging to the Athapascan family) being Sursee Balbi (A.) the most incomplete. Taculli Balbi (A.) There are in the same library two partial Taculli Bancroft (H.H.) copies (180 words each) of the, Hopa, made by Tahlewah Gibbs (G.) Dr. Gibbs, including only the words given in Tiuue Bancroft (H.H.) the early issues of the Smithsonian Institution

Tinne Bompas (W. C.) "standard A ocabulary." ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 37

Gibbs (G.) Continued. Gilbert (G. K.) Continued. In Vocabulary of the Nabiltse language. Wheeler (G. M.), Report upon U. S. Geog. vol. Manuscript, 1 leaf, 4, hi the library of the Surveys, 7, pp. 421-405, Washington, 1879,4. Collected Bureau of Ethnology. at Camp Grant, Arizona, December, Contains about 100 words. 1871. It contains 211 words. Gilbert and Vocabulary of the Willopah (dialect ( ) Rivington ( ). Speci mens of the of all Na of the Tahcully Athabasca). | | Languages 6 mmuinbere 1 in and the oriental and leaves, folio, tions, | Manuscript, | foreign the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col now in use in the types | | printing "from at S. S. Ford Feb. lected an Indian s, offices of Gilbert & | | Riviugton, | 1856." limited. lines | [Eleven quotations.] | Includes the 180 words given in the standard London : 52, St. John s schedule issued by the Smithsonian Institu | square, tion and about 20 words in addition. E. C. 1886. Clerkenwell, | George Gibbs, the son of Col. George Gibbs, Printed cover as above, 110 inside title, con was born on the 17th of July, 1815, at Suuswick, tents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-66, 16. Long Island, near the village of Halletts Cove, St. John iii, 16, in Slav6 of Mackenzie River now known as Astoria. At seventeen he was (syllabic and roman), p. 58; Tinue or Chepe- taken to Europe, where he remained two years. wyau of Hudson Bay (syllabic), p. 62; Tukudh On his return from Europe he commenced the of Youkon River, p. 64. reading of law, and in 1838 took his degree The so-called Tiniiu specimen in roman char of bachelor of law at Harvard University. In acters on p. 6:3 is really Chippewa. 1848 Mr. Gibbs went overland from St. Louis to Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Oregon and established himself at Columbia. Gospel according to Saint John . . . In 1854 he received the appointment of collector Tinne language. See ( W. W. ) of the port of Astoria, which he held during Mr. Kirkby Fillmore s administration. Later he removed Gospel of St. Mark translated into the from to and set Oregon Washington Territory, Slave language. See Reeve (W. D.) tled upon A ranch a few miles from Fort Steila- of St. Matthew translated into the coom. Here he had his headquarters for several Gospel years, devoting himself to the study of the In Slave language. See Reeve (W. D.) dian languages and to the collection of vocabu of . Gospels the four evangelists . . laries and traditions of the northwestern tribes. in the language of the Chipewyau In During a great part of the time he was attached to the United States Government Commission dians. See Kirkby (W. W.) in the as the and bot laying boundary, geologist Government George. See Dorsey (J. O.) anist of the expedition. He was also attached G-rammar : as geologist to the survey of a railroad route to Dene See Morice (A. G.) the Pacific, under Major Stevens. In 1857 he Montagnais Logoff (L.) was appointed to the northwest boundary sur Montagnais Vegreville (V. T.) vey under Mr. Archibald Campbell, as commis Navajo Matthews (W.) sioner. In 1860 Mr. Gibbs returned to New

G-rammatic comments : York, and in 1861 was on duty in Washington See Featherman in guarding the Capitol. Later he resided in Apache (A.) Miiller Washington, being mainly employed in the Apache (F.) Hudson Bay Claims Commission, to which he Apache White (J.B.) was secretary. He was also engaged in the Athapascan Dorsey (J. O.) Gallatin arrangement of a large mass of manuscript Athapascan (A.) Grasserie hearing upon the ethnology and philology of the Athapascan (R. dela). American Indians. His services were availed Chippewyan Gallatin (A.) Graiidiu of by the Smithsonian Institution to superin Chippewyau ( ). Dene Morice tend its labors in this field, and to his energv and (A. G.) of Kenai Miiller complete knowledge the subject it greatly (F.) owes its success in this branch of the service. Kenai Radloff(L.) The valuable and laborious service which he Loitcheux Miiller (F.) Featherman rendered to the Institution was entirely gratu Navajo (A.) itous, and in his death that establishment as Navajo Miiller (F.) well as the cause of science lost an ardent friend Xavajo Wilson (E. F.) and important contributor to its advancement. Peau de Lievre Miiller (F.) Sursee Wilson In 1871 Mr. Gibbs married his cousin, Miss (E. F.) Taculli Miiller Mary K. Gibbs, of Newport, R. I., and removed (F.) to New Haven, where he died on the 9th of Tlatskenai Miiller (F.) April, 1873. Umpkwa Miiller (F.)

G-rammatic treatise :

Gilbert Karl . of the (Grove ) Vocabulary Apache See Bancroft (H. H.) Arivaipa language. Apache Creinony (J. C.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Grammatic treatise Continued. Grasserie (R. de la) Continued, Chippewyan See Bancroft (H. H.) droit au Tribunal de Rennes | Juge | Dene Petitot F. 8. (E. J.) Membre de la Soci6te de Linguistique Loucheux Petitot F. S. (E. J.) de Paris. Moutagnais Petitot (E. F. S. J.) | Paris Jean eMiteur Maisoimeuve, | Peau de Lievre Petitot (E. F. S. J.) | 25, 25 1890 quai Voltaire, | | Graiidin Some forms of (Bixho}) ). Printed cover as above, half-title verso blank the Chipewyau verb. 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication Manuscript, 4 unnumbered leaves, written verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-344. contents pp. 345- on one side only, folio, in the library of the 351, 8. Bureau of Ethnology. Examples from several North American lan Contains the indicative future, and present, guages are made use of by the author : Nahuatl, past of the verbs to cat, to walk, and to look. Dakota, Othomi, Maya, Quiche, Totonaque, This manuscript is a copy made by Dr. Geo. Tcherokess, Algonquin, Tarasque, Esquimau, Gibbs. Iroquois, Athapaske, Chiapaneque, Sahaptin, Tchinuk, Choctaw, 17, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, Grasserie (Raoul de la). Etudes de pp. 74, 84, 395. De la 129-132, 133, 177, 325-326, 394, grammaire comparee. | conju- Copies seen : Gatschet. Raoul de la gaison objective | par | Grouard (Pere Emile). Abridgment of docteur en droit, an Grasserie, | juge the bible in the Dene Tchippewyan tribunal de Rennes, membre de la | language, syllabic characters. (*) societe de de Paris. liuguistiojie | (Ex- In a letter from the Rev. fimile Petitot, dated de la trait des Memoires Societe de from Mareuil, France, Apr. 24, 1889, he tells me e t. VI, 4 that among the manuscripts left by him at his liuguistique, fascicule.) | [De last residence, St. Raphael des Tcheppewayans, sign.] | was a of the above work. Paris. nationale. M Saskatechewau, copy | Impriinerie | Whether the original was in manuscript or in DCCCJ LXXXVIII [1888]. printed form he failed to inform me. In answer Printed cover as above, half-title reverse to further inquiries on the subject, Father blank 1 1. title as above reverse blank 1 1. text Petitot wrote me under date of June 1, 1891: pp. 5-39, 8. "Referring to your questions, I reiterate that In 3 the chapter conjugation "objective the abridgment of the bible, a copy of which " is illustrated polysynth6tique by examples was left by mo at St. Raphael Mission, is the from a number of American languages, among work of Mgr. Faraud [q. v.], made while he was them the Athapascan. a simple missionary at Athabasca, before my seen : Powell. Copies Gatschet, arrival in the missions of the far north in 1862. Etudes de e The same work was printed in Indian charac | | grammaire compare | Des relations couside- ters by Pere Grouard at Lac la Biche in 1878-79, grammaticales | as well as a new and more complete edition re"es dans leur concept et dans leur ex of the Dene-Tchippewyau prayer book, another on de la des cas pression | | categoric | intended for the Dendjie, a third intended for Raoul de la Grasserie docteur en the Cree. " par | |

Haines The Haines Continued. (Elijah Middlobrook). | (E. M.) American Indian Chippewyan (four sets, one "from a German | (Uh-nish-iu-ua-ba). one " one " from The Whole in One interpreter," from MeKenzie," | Subject Complete a woman, a native of and one Volume Illustrated with Numerous Churchill," | " from a 450. Chippewyan "), p.

Appropriate | Elijah Engravings. By Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. M. Haiues. | [Design.] | Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic : the com Chicago | Mas-siii-iia-gan : an of orthography | | investigation 1888. pany, | the sounds of the and their voice, | | Title verso notice etc. 1 1. copyright preface the | including | pp. vii-viii, contents and list of illustrations alphabetic notation; mechanism of and its pp. 9-22, text pp. 23-821, large 8^. speech, | bearing Indian S. S. Halde Chapter vi, tribes, pp. 121-171, gives | upon | etymology. | By special lists and a general alphabetic list of A. in Delaware man, M., | professor the tribes of North derivations of America, member six college; | [&e. lines.] | tribal names being sometimes given. Numer J. B. | Lippincott&co. als 1-102 of the Navajo (from Catlin), p. 443; of Philadelphia: the 444-445. 1-10 of the London: Triibiier & co. Paris: Ben- Apache, pp. Numerals | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Half-title " verso Lea and Blauchard. Trevelyan prize essay" Philadelphia: | blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, 184G. | contents of additional correc pp. vii-viii, slip Half-title "United States exploring expedi text corrections additions " tions, pp. 5-147, and tion verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. con 4. p. 148, tents pp. v-vii, alphabet pp. ix-xii, half-title Numerals 1-10 of the 146. Apache, p. verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-666, map, 4. seen : Boston British Copies Athenaeum, Mu Linguistic contents as under titlt. next above. Bureau of Trumbull. seum, Ethnology, Eames, Copies seen : Eames. Lenox. First printed in American Philosoph. Soc. Was America from Trans, new series, vol. 11. (*) peopled Polynesia? In Cougres Int. des Ainericanistes, Compte- Samuel Stehmau Haldeman, naturalist, was rendu, 7th session, pp. 375-387, Berlin, 1890, 8. born in Locust Grove, Lancaster County, Pa., Table of the pronouns /, thou, we (inc.), we August 12, 1812; died in Chickies,Pa., September (exc.), ye, and they in the languages of Polynesia 10, 1880. He was educated at a classical school and of western America, pp. 386-387, includes in Harrisburg, and then spent two years in the Tinne. Dickinson College. In 1836 Henry D. Rogers, Issued separately as follows : having been appointed state geologist of New sent for Mr. who had been Jersey, Haldeman, Was America peopled from Poly his at to assist him. A pupil Dickinson, year nesia? A in Philol | study comparative later, on the reorganization of the Pennsylvania Horatio Hale. From the ogy. | By | | geological survey, Haldemau was transferred of the International Con to his own state, and was actively engaged on Proceedings the until 1842. He made extensive of Americanists at in survey gress | Berlin, researches among Indian dialects, and also in October 1888. | Pennsylvania Dutch, besides in investigations Berlin 1890. Printed H. S. Her the | by English. Chinese, and other languages. Ap- mann. pleton s Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-15, 8. Hale United States Pronouns in the of and (Horatio). | explor languages Polynesia of the western America, including the Tiune, p. 14. ing expedition. | During years | Copies seen : Pilling, 1838, 1839, 1842. Under the Wellesley. 1840, 1841, | Horatio Hale, ethnologist, born in Newport, command of Charles U. S. N. | Wilkes, N. H., May 3, 1817, was graduated at Harvard in Vol. VI. and | | Ethnography philol 1837, and was appointed in the same year philol Horatio ogist to the United States ogy- I By I Hale, | philologist exploring expedition of the under Capt. Charles Wilkes. In this expedition. | capacity he studied a large number of the languages of C. Sher Philadelphia: | printed by the Pacific islands, as well as of North and man. 1846. | South America, Australia, and Africa, and also the Half-title "United States exploring expedi investigated history, traditions, and customs " of the tribes those tion, by authority of Congress verso blank 1 1. speaking languages. The results of his are li title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vii, alpha inquiries given in his Eth and 1 bet pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. nography Philology (Philadelphia, 1846), 3-666, map, 4. which forms the seventh volume of the expedi General remarks on the Tahkali-Uinkwa tion reports. He has published numerous memoirs on family, including a list of clans, pp. 201-204. anthropology and ethnology, is a Vocabularies of the Tlatskanai (Tlatskanai and member of many learned societies both in and in and in 1886 Kwalhioqua) and Umkwa (TTmpqua), lines B, Europe America, was vice C, pp. 570-629. president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, presiding over the Anderson (A. C.), Vocabulary of the Tahkali section of anthropology. Appleton s Cyclop, (Carriers), line A, pp. 570-629. of Am. Biog. Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Con gress, Lenox, Trumbull. Hamilton (Alexander S.) Vocabulary At the Squier sale, no. a 446, copy brought of the Haynarger. $13 ; at the no. half Murphy sale, 1123, maroon 5 Manuscript, unnumbered leaves, folio, morocco, top edge gilt, $13. written on both sides the sheets, in the library Issued also with the following title : of the Bureau of Ethnology. Sent to the Smith United States sonian Institution by its compiler from Crescent | exploring expedi tion. the City, Cal., Nov., 1856. Recorded on one of the | During years | 1838, 1839, Smithsonian forms of 180 words, with an added 1840, 1841, 1842. Under the command | leaf, the whole comprising about 220 words and of Charles U. S. | N. Wilkes, | Ethiiog- phrases. 40 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Hamilton (A. S.) Continued. Hazen (W. B.) Continued. The same library has two copies of the orig in Washington, D. C., January 16, 1887. He inal manuscript, made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. was a descendant of Moses Hazen. His Hare Indians. See Peau de Li^vre. parents removed to Ohio in 1833. William was graduated at the U. S. Military Academy in Harmon (Daniel A Williams). | journal 1855, and after serving against the Indians in of and travels in the | | voyages | | California and Oregon joined the 8th Infantry interiour of North between in Texas in 1857. He commanded America, | successfully the 47th and 58th degrees of north lati in five engagements, until, in December, 1859, he was wounded in a encounter tude, extending from Montreal nearly severely personal with the Comanches. He was appointed to the Pacific a distance of ocean, | assistant professor of infantry tactics at the about an account 5,000 miles, including U. S. Military Academy in February, 1861, 1st of the and on priii- | cipal occurrences, during lieutenant, April 6, promoted captain 14. In the of 1861 he a residence of nineteen years, in differ May autumn raised the ent of the To which are 41st Ohio volunteers, of which he became parts country. | colonel on Oct. 1861. He was a concise of the face 29, appointed brig added, ] description adier-general of volunteers Nov. 29, 1862. He of the its their country, inhabitants, | assaulted and captured Fort McAllister, Dec. etc. manners, customs, laws, religion, 13, 1864, for which service he was promoted a and considerable of the two of volunteers the same He ] specimens major-general day. most was in command of the 15th army corps from languages, extensively | spoken; May 19 till Aug. 1, 1865. At the end of the war together with an account of the princi- he had received all the brevets in the regular to be found in the forests | pal animals, army up to major-general. He was made and of this extensive | prairies region. colonel of the 38th infantry in 1866; was in Illustrated a of the France the Franco-Prussian and | by map country. during war, Daniel Williams a was U. S. military attache at Vienna during the | By Harmon, | between in the north west Russo-Turkish war. In the interval partner company. | those two while stationed at Fort Audover: and visits, Bnford, | printed by Flagg Dak., he made charges of fraud against post- Gould. 1820. | traders, which resulted in revelations that were

Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title damaging to Secretary Belkuap. On Dec. 8, as chief verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. v-xxiii, text 1880, he succeeded Gen. Albert J. Meyer pp. 25-432, map, 8. signal-officer, with the rank of brigadier-gen A specimen of the Tacully or Carrier tongue eral. Appleton n Cyclop, of Am. Biog. of 280 403-412. The (a vocabulary words), pp. A from Hearne | (Samuel). | journey | numerical terms of the Tacullies (1-1000), p. 413. of s Fort in Hudson s Extracts from the linguistic portion of this Prince Wales volume are authors. to the northern ocean. Under given | by many Bay, | | Copies seen : Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe taken order of the Hudson s Bay | by British naeum, Museum, Congress, Dunbar, for the of j cop company, | discovery Eames, Geological Survey. a northwest &c. per mines, passage, | At the Field sale, no. 908, a half-morocco copy the Years & 1772. In j brought $3.50; at the Brinley sale, no. 4685, 1769, 1770, 1771, $5.25; at the sale, no. 1146, $2.25. Samuel Hearne. Murphy By |

: for A. and Harvard : This word a title or within London Printed Strahan following | after a note indicates parentheses that a copy T. Cadell : And Sold T. Cadell | by of the work referred to has been seen by the W. to Jim. and Davies, (Successors | in the of Harvard compiler library University, in the Strand. 1795. Mr. Cadell,) | Cambridge, Mass. Folded map, title verso blank 1 1. dedication Haynarger. See Henagi. pp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-x, contents pp. xi-xix, folded Hazen (Gen. William Babcock). Vocab errata p. fxx], introduction pp. xxi-xliv, list of books verso direc ulary of the Indians of Applegate plate, text pp. 1-458, tions to tHe binder 1 1. seven other maps and creek (Na-bilt-se). plates, 4. Manuscript, C unnumbered leaves, folio, A number of Athapascan terms and proper written on one side in the of the only, library names passim. Bureau of Forwarded its com Ethnology. by "To conclude, I cannot sufficiently regret to Dr. Geo. from Ft. piler Gibbs, Yamhill, Ore the loss of a considerable Vocabulary of the Jan. gon, 10, 1857. Northern Indian Language, containing sixteen Recorded on one of the Smithsonian forms of folio pages, which was lent to the late Mr. 180 words, all the blank filled. spaces being Hutchius, then Corresponding Secretary to the he William Babcock Hazen, soldier, born in Company, to copy for Captain Duncan, when West Hartford, Vt., September 27, 1830, died went on discoveries to Hudson s Bay in the ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 41

Hearne (S.) Continued. Hoffman (Dr. Walter James). Vocabu year one thousand seven hundred and ninety. lary of the Jicarilla Apache language. soon the Vocab But, Mr. Hutching dying after, Manuscript, 2 11. 4, in the library of the ulary was taken away with the rest of his Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at Washing not be recovered and mem effects, and can now ; ton, B.C., in 1880. ory, at this time, will by no means serve to Consists of 50 words and several songs set to replace it." Preface. music. Copies seen : Lenox. Hoopa. See Hupa. A from Prince of | Vocabularies of | cer journey | Howse (Joseph). Wales s in Hudson s to tain | | North American fort, | bay, languages. By the Northern Ocean. Undertaken j T J | [ ?] Howse, Esq. In Soc. by order of the Hudson s bay company. Philological [of London], Proc. vol. 4, For the of mines, pp. 191-206, London, 1850, 8. (Congress.) | discovery | copper a north west &c. In the Vocabulary (words, phrases, and sentences) passage, | of the Chipewyan (1), Chipewyan (2), Beaver Years 1772. 1769, 1770, 1771, & | By (1), Beaver (2), and Sikanni of New Caledonia, Samuel Hearne. | pp. 191-193.

Dublin : for P. No. | printed Byrne, Hubbard (Dr. ). Vocabulary of the and J. No. Grafton- 108, Rice, Ill, | Lototen or Tutatamys (from Dr. Hub- street. 1796. | s bard Notes, 1856. ) Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 In Taylor (A. S.), Indianology of California, 1. dedication pp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-x, contents in California Fanner, vol. 13, no. 16, June 8, xi-xxv, introduction pp. xxvii-1, text pp. 1-459, 1860. (Powell.) directions to the binder p. [460J, maps, plates, List of raucherias and clans (13) of the Toto- 8. ten, and vocabulary of 61 words. contents as under title next above. Linguistic Hudson Bay: Copies seen : Geological Survey. Bible passages See British. Henagi: Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and Vocabulary See Anderson (A. C.) Vater (J. S.) Vocabulary Hamilton (A. S.) Vocabulary Wliipple (A.W.) Hupa: Henry (Dr. Charles C.) Vocabulary of General discussion See Gatschet (A. S.) the Apachee language. General discussion

In Schoolcraft (H. K.), Indian Tribes, vol.5, pp. 578-589, Philadelphia, 1855, 4. The vocabulary, consisting of about 400 words, pp. 578-587. Numerals 1-10000000, pp. 587-589. Collected in New Mexico in 1853.

Herdesty (W. L.) [Terms of relation ship of the Kutchin or Louchieux, col lected by W. L. Herdesty, Fort Liard, Hudson s Bay Ty.] In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382, lines 67, Washington, 1871, 4. See Ross (R. B.) Higgins (N. S.) Notes on the Apache tribes inhabiting the territory of Arizona.

Manuscript, pp. 1-30, folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Transmitted by its author to the Smithsonian Institution, April 21,1866. On pp. 1-2 is given a list of the names of the Apache tribes with comments thereon. Pp. 3- 22 contain a general discussion of these In dians, their number, physical constitution, picture writing, dress, etc. Pp. 23-29 contain a vocabulary of about 100 words and phrases arranged by classes. 42 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Hymns Continued. Hymns Continued. Rib See ( Dog Bompas (W. .) [London:] Society for promoting Montagnais Legoli (L.) Christian Northumber knowledge, | Muutaguais Perrault (C.O.) land avenue, Charing cross, W. C. Slave Reeve (W. D.) Tukudh M DonalA (R.) [1890.]

Title verso blank 1 1. text in the Tenni lan in tlic Tenni or Slavi lan Hymns | | guage (154 hymns with English headings) pp. of the Indians of Mackenzie guage | | 1-118, 1 1. recto blank verso printers, 16. Pos in the north-west of river, | | territory sibly by Rev. "W. D. Reeve or Bishop Bompas.

Canada, of the S. P. C. seen : | Eames, | [Seal K.J Copies Pilling.

I-J.

Inkalik: James (E.) Continued. General discussion See Busehmann (J. C. E.) residence during | thirty years among Bancroft (II. H.) Vocabulary the Indians in the interior of North Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) | | America. for the Vocabulary Ball (W. H.) | Prepared press | by Schott Edwin M. D. Editor of an Ac Vocabulary (W.) James, | Vocabulary Zagoskiu (L. A.) count of Major Long s Expedition from Buschmann C. Words (J. E.) to the Mountains. Pittsburgh | Rocky | Inkalit-Kenai. See Kenai. London: Baldwin & Pa | Cradock,

Isbester (J. A. ) On a short ternoster Row. Thomas 84 vocabulary | Ward, High of the Loucheux J. A. Hoi born. 1830. language. By | Isl tester. Pp. 1-426, portrait, 8. The American edition with a In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 4, new title-page only. seen: Trumbull. pp. 184-185, London, 1850, 8". Copies Astor, Vocabulary (35 words) of the Loucheux, to Clarke, 1886, no. 6652, prices a copy in boards for 1 4 $5. which are added comparison a few words ( ) Sabin s no. titles an edition of the Kenay, p. 185. Dictionary, 35685, in and one in James A narrative of German, Leipzig, 1840, 8, French, (Dr. Edwin). | | Paris, 1855,2 vols. 80. the and adventures of | captivity | | Edyin James, geologist, born in Wey bridge, John S. at the Tanner, | (U. interpreter Vt., August 27, 1797, died in Burlington, Iowa, de Ste. Saut October 1861 . He was at Middle- Marie,) (during | thirty 28, graduated residence the Indians bury College iu 1846, and then spent three years years among | in the interior of North America, . in Albany, where he studied medicine with his | | Dr. Daniel with Dr. for the Edwin brother, James, botany Prepared press | by John Torry, and geology under Prof. Amos M. D. Editor of an Account of James, | Eaton. In 1820 he was appointed botanist and s Major Long Expedition from Pitts geologist to the exploring expedition of Maj. to the Mountains. Samuel H. and was in | Long, actively engaged burgh Rocky | New-York: G. & C. H. field work during that year. For two years fol | & Carvill, lie was iu and 108 1830. lowing occupied compiling pre Broadway. | paring for the press the report of the "Expedi Frontispiece 1 1. title verso 1 1. in " copyright tion to the Rocky Mountains, 1818-19 (2 vols. text 8. troductory chapter pp. 3-21, pp. 23-426, with atlas, Philadelphia and London, 1823). He Numerals 1-10 of the Chippewyan (from a then received the appointment of surgeon in German a second set interpreter), (froinMcKen- the U. S. Army, and for six years was stationed zie), and a -third a a native of (from woman, at frontier outposts. In 1830 he resigned his 324-333. Churchill), pp. commission and returned to Albany. In 1834 Copies seen: Boston Athenreum, Brinton, he again went west, and in 1836 settled in the Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Lenox, Trumbull. vicinity of Burlington, Iowa. Appleton s At the Field sale,no. 1113, a half-morocco copy Cyclop, of Am. Biog. brought $3.63; at tin; Squier sale, no. 552, a Jehan (Louis-Francois). Troisieme et similar copy, $:5.38. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 35 derniere die the 1020. frs. The | Murphy copy, no. 2449, half | Encyclope ologique, green calf, $3.50. e brought [&c. twenty-four liues] | publie | par

Jehaii (L. V.) Coiitiuned. Jehan (L. F.) Continued. title: Dictionnaire de Second | | S lrnprime et se vend die/ J . -P. Migne, | linguistique et de Histoire de toutes aux ateliers Rue | philologie comparee. | e~diteur, | Catholiqties, les mortes on traite com - etvivautes, | j an Bar langues d | Ambpise, Petit-Montrouge, d embrassaiit 1 exainen plet idiomographie, | | riere d enfer de Paris. 1858. | critique des systemes et de toutes les questions se rattachent a 1 et a la filiation title : Dictionnaire de qui | origiue Second j | linguistique

de des a leur essence I eta leurs et de I Histoire langues, organique | comparee. | philologie et on avec 1 histoire des races humaines, de les mortes | toutes laugues vivantes, | rapports etc. d un Essai sur leurs Precede | d embrassant | | traite complet idiomographie, | migrations, le role dans 1 evolution de 1 intelli- 1 exameu critique des systemes et de toutes les du laugage

se rattachent a 1 et a la humaine. I Par L.-F. Jehan (de Saint- questions qui | origiue gence de la Societe de filiation des langues, a leur essence orgauique Clavieu), | Membre geologique et a leurs avec Fhistoire des races France, de 1 Academie royale des sciences de | rapports etc. Precede etc. three Publie de leurs | lines.] | humaiues, migrations, | Turin, [Quotation, | le dans 1 evolu- editeur de la d un Essai sur role du M.l abbe | Bibliotheque | langage par Migne, ParL.-F. Jehan universelle du ou des cours | | tionderintelligencehumaine. j clerg6, complets Membre de la Societe sur branche de la science (de Saint-Clavien), | geo- chaque ecclesiastique, de 1 Academic des Prix: 7 francs. de Tome | | logique France, royale | unique. de etc. three S et se vend chez J.-P. edi sciences Turin, | [Quotation, impriuie Migne, Publie M. 1 Abbe editeur aux ateliers rue d lines.] ! | par Migne, | teur, | eatholiques, Amboise, universelle du ou au autrefois Barriere de la | | Bibliotheque clerge, 20, Petit-Montrouge, | des cours sur braiiclie de la d eufer de maiutenaut dans Paris. 1864 complets chaque Paris, |

" Tome Prix: First title verso "avis 1 1. second science | ecclesiastique. | unique. important

7 francs. title verso 1 1. introduction numbered | printer by S lmprime et se vend cbcz J.-P. Migne, columns 9-208, text in double columns 209-1250, aux ateliers Rue d Am- notes additionuelles columns table editeur, | catholiques, 1249-1434, au Barriere d enfer des 8. boise, Petit-Montrouge, \ matieres columns 1433-1448, large de Paris. 1858. Tableau des de la | polyglotte langues region Outside title 1 1. titles as above 2 11. columns alleghanique (Amerique du Nord). columns (two to a page) 9-1448, large 8. 243-248, comprises a comparative vocabulary of

seen : British Shea. Copies Museum, twenty-six words in thirty-five languages, of A later edition as follows : which lines 34 and 35 are Chcppewyan (Chep- pewyau propre) and Tacouillie or Carrier. Ta Troisieme et derniere des | Encyclopedic bleau de renchainement geographique ou troisieme et der langues americaines et asiati(iues, columns 290- | theologique, | niere serie de dictioniiaires sur toutes 299, contains a few words in Kinai. The article | column contains remarks les de la science Apaches, 308, general parties religieuse, | on the tribal divisions. Tableau polyglotte des offrant en francais, et par ordre alplia- laugues de lacoteoccidentale de 1 Amerique du la la betique, | plus claire, plus facile, !N"ord, columns 445-448, comprises a comparative la la variee et la of words in twelve plus commode, plus | vocabulary twenty-six des languages, of which line 12 is KinaV or plus complete theologies: | [&c. Kinai tze. Lennappe, ou Chippaways-i)ela- seventeen M. Tabbe" lines] | publiee j par ware ou Algonquino-Moliegane, columns 790- six Tome trente- | [&c. lines.] | Migne. 824, contains in columns 804 and 805 remarks on Dictionnaire de of quatrieme. | liiiguis- the languages the Chcppewyan propre and

Tome Prix : 8 francs. Tacoullies. Tableau de la tique. | unique. | polyglotte region Missouri-Colombienne, columns 899-900, com S imprime et se vend chez J.-P. prises a comparative vocabulary of twenty-six aux ateliers catho Migne, e"diteur, | words in ten languages, of which lines 1 and 3 liques, rue d Amboise,20,au Petit-Mont- are Sussee and Atnah.

autrefois Barriere d eufer de seen : Eames. rouge, | Copies maintenant dans Paris. 1864 Jicarilla See Paris, | Apache. Apache.

: Kaiyuhkhotana Kautz (A. V. ) Continued. Numerals See Dall (W. H.) Manuscript, 2 unnumbered leaves, folio, Vocabularv Call (W. H.) written on both sides, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Transmitted to Dr. Geo. Katolik dittlisse. See Deneya <tiye Gibbs by its compiler, from Fort Oxford, Legoff (L.) Oregon Territory, June 19, 1855. The vocabulary is in double columns, English Kautz (Gen. Vocab August Valentine). and Toutouten, and contains about 200 words. of the Indian of the ulary language In the same library is a short vocabulary Toutouten tribe. (about 70 words) of the same language by the 44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Keaiie and Kautz (A. V. ) Continued. (Augustus H.) Ethnography then Lieut. Kautz, which contains a few words philology of America. By A. H. Keene.

not iu the . There are also in longer vocabulary In Bates (H. W.), Central America, the West the same two Dr. Geo. Gibbs, library copies, by Indies, etc. pp. 443-561, London, 1878, 8. of the longer vocabulary. General scheme of American races and Ian August Valentine Kautz, soldier, born in guages (pp. 460-497) includes a list of the Ispringeu, Baden, Germany, Jan. 5, 1828. His branches of the Athabascan or Tiuney family parents emigrated to this country in 1828, and divided into languages and dialects, pp. 463- settled in Brown County, Ohio, in 1832. The 465. Alphabetical list of all known American sou served as a private in the 1st regiment of j tribes and languages, pp. 498-561. Ohio volunteers in the Mexican war, and on his Reprinted in the 1882 and 1885 editions of the discharge was appointed to the United States same work and on the same pages. Military Academy, where he was graduated in

1852 and assigned to the 4th infantry. He served .enai : in Oregon and Washington Territory till the civil war, and in the Rogue River wars of 1853- 55. and was wounded in the latter, and iu the Indian war on Puget Sound in 1856, in which he was also wounded. In 1855 he was promoted 1st lieutenant, and in 1857 commended for gallantry by Gen. Scott. In ]859- GO he traveled in Europe. He was appointed captain in the 6th U. S. cavalry in 1861, and served with the regiment from its organization through the peninsular campaign of 1862, commanding it during the seven days until just before South Mountain, when he was appointed colonel of the 2d Ohio cavalry. He took part in the capture of Monticello, Ky., May 1, 1863, and on June 9 was brevetted major for commanding in an action near there. He was engaged in the pursuit and capture of John Morgan, in July, 1883, preventing him from crossing the Ohio, and afterward served as chief of cavalry of the 2 !d corps. On May 7, 1864, lie was made briga dier-general of volunteers and assigned to the, command of the cavalry division of the army of the James. He entered Petersburg with his small cavalry command on June 9, 1861, for which attack he was brevetted lieutenant- colonel, and he led the advance of the Wilson raid, which cut the roads leading into Richmond from the south, for more than forty days. On Oct. 28, 1864, he was brevetted major-general of volunteers, and in March, 1865, was assigned to the command of a division of colored troops, which he marched into Richmond on April 3. He was brevetted colonel in the regular service for gallant and meritorious service iu action on the Darbytown road, Virginia, October 7, 1864. Also brigadier and major general for gallant and meritorious services in

the field during the war, Mai . 13, 1865. Gen. Kautz was appointed lieutenant-colonel of the 34th infantry in 1866, transferred to the 15th in 1869, and commanded the regiment on the New Mexican frontier till 1874: He organized several successful expeditions against the Mesoalero Apaches who h id lied from thwir reservation in 1864, and in 1870-71 succeeded in establishing the tribe on their reservation, where they have since remained. In June, 1874, he was pro moted colonel of the 8th infantry, and in 1875 was placed in command of the department of Arizona. He served in California from 1878 till 1886, and is now (1887) in Xebr.iska. Apple- ton s Cyclop, of Am. Biog. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Kennicott (R.) Continued. Kennicott (R.) Continued. - the same, X. Y,, 1871, 8, same pages. It is also Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of printed in Whymper s article on Russian Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River. vol. America, in Eth. Soc> of London, Trans., 7, Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, in 183-185, London,, i860, 8. issued also by pp, the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col as follows: the Smithsonian Institution, lected in 1862. Kutch-a -kutehin. Words from the Contains about 175 words. | There is in the aame a of this language of the Kutch-a -Kutcliin the library copy vocabulary, made by the compiler (6 11. folio), Indians of Youkon river, at the mouth and another with corrected spelling by Dr. of the in Russian | Porcupine river, Geo. Gibbs, also 6 11. folio. America. Kennicott. Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians [Washington, I). C. : Smithsonian of the mountains west of Fort Liard. Institution. 1869 1] Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, in No title-page, heading only, text 11. 1-3 printed the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col on one side only, folio. lee ted in 1862. Contains about 200 words. Contains about 150 words. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, There is in the same library a copy of this Pilling. vocabulary, 6 11. folio, made by its compiler. The original manuscript of this vocabulary is in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver D. C., 5 11. folio; also a copy by "Washington, People) Beaver Indians of Peace Dr. Geo. Gibbs, 511. folio, from which the printed River west of Lake Athabasca; and of copy was set up. the Thekenneh (People of the Rocks) [Vocabulary of the] Slave Indians, Siceanies of the Mountains, south of Teniie. Fort Liard. [Washington, 1). C. : Smithsonian Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio in Institution. 1869?] the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col No title-page, heading only, text 11. 6-12 lected in 1862. printed on one side only; contains about 200 Contains about 175 words each. words. In the same library is a copy of this manu "Slave Indians of Liard near Fort River, script, made by Mr. Kennicott, 6 11. folio. Liard. They call themselves A-che-to-e-tin -ne, as distinguished from the other Tenne. Kirkby (Rev. William West) Hymns A-che-t6-e-tin -iii is People of the low lands, and for the Private Devo prayers: | | 1 " or People living out of the wind. tions of the Slave Indians of M Keu- | | Copies seen . Eames, Pilling. zie s river. rev. W. W. | By Kirkby. | The original manuscript of this vocabulary- New York : Shea & Lind is in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. | Reimie, 1862. say. | [Biography of Robert Kennicott

Title verso blank 1 1. I alphabet | p. and extracts from his journal.] syllabary 1, text (in syllabic characters with headings in In Chicago Academy of Sciences, Trans.vol. English) pp. 2-16. 12. "A small tract, the 1, part 2, pp. 133-224, Chicago, 1861), 8. (Geo beginning of our work. Kirkby. logical Survey.) Easy words, pp. 2-3. -Morning service, pp. 3- Numerous Athapascan terms, proper names, 5. EA-cning service, pp. 5-7. Sunday service, etc. passim. pp. 8-10. Watts s catechism, pp. 10-13. Ten of of the [Terms relationships Slave commandments, pp. 14-16. Lake Indians (Acha"otinne),Fort Liard, Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. Mackenzie river Hudson s district, A manual of devotion and in | | bay ty.] struction for the Slave Indians of | | In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity M Kenzie the rev. W. W. river, | by | aud affinity of the human family, pp. 293-382 of the-"C. M. S." for lines 64, Washington, 1871, 4. Kirkby. | [Seal The schedules were filled in 1860. " the diocese of s March, Rupert land."] | Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of [London.] Printed by W. M. Watts, s inn road. Slave Lake. | 80, Gray [186-?]

Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, in Title as above p. 1, text in roman characters the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col with headings in English pp. 2-65, 16. lected in 1862. Contains about 160 words. Hymns, pp. 2-22 (page 23 blank). The There is in the same library a copv of this apostles creed, p. 21. The general confession, 6 11. vocabulary, folio, with corrected spelling, p. 25. Prayer of St. Chrysostom, prayer for a made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. child, p. 26. The Lord s prayer, the beuedic- 46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

W. - Kirkby (W. ) Continued. Kirkby (W. W.) Continued. 27. 28. tion, p. Sunday morning prayer, p. Title verso blank 1 1. alphabet [syllabary] p. 29. Sunday evening, p. Morning prayer, p. 30. 3, text (in syllabic characters with headings in li Evening prayer, p. 31. Morning collect, p. 32. English) pp. 4-113, picture of The bible of the Evening collect, p. 33. The decalogue, pp. 34- world "11. 18. 36. 37-43. Of 44. Of "The same as Catechism, pp. God, p. the preceding [London, 1871 ?] sin, p. 45. Of providence, p. 4G. Of redemp transliterated into the Chipewyau dialect, as tion, p. 47. The Lord s day, p. 48. The Lord s spoken at Churchill, 3,000 miles from M r Ken- book, p. 49. Of heaven, p. 50. Of hell, p. 51. zie s River." Kirkby. 52. 53. The The Saviour, p. The Christian, p. Difficult words, p. 4. Numerals 1-20, p. 5. way to heaven, p. 54. The judgment, p. 55. Address, p. 6. Hymns, pp. 7-29. Prayers for The creation, p. 56. The fall, p. 57. The recov children, creed, etc., pp. 30-36. Private morn ery, p. 58. The deluge, p. 59. Birth of Christ, ing devotions, pp. 37-39. Private evening devo p. 60. Baptism of Christ, p. 61. Life of Christ, tions, pp. 40-42. Family morning devotions, p. 62. Death of Christ, p. 63. Resurrection of pp. 43-46. Family evening devotions, pp. 47- Christ, p. 64. Ascension of Christ, p. 65; end 50. Public morning service, pp. 51-60. Public

" ing with colophon, W. M. Watts, 80, Gray s- evening service, pp. 61-60. Scripture lessons, Inn Road." pp. 67-96. Catechism, pp. 97-109. Burial Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. service, pp. 110-113. Copies seen: British Museum, Church Mis A manual I of I devotion and in sionary Society, Eames, Pilling. struction for the Slave Indians of | | Manual of devotion and instruc M Ken/ie River. Rev. W. W. | | | By | tion in the | | Chipewyau language, |

Kirkby. | for the Indians of Churchill. the | London: W. M. Watts | By | printed | by rev. W. W. Kirkby. | 28, Whitefriars street, city. [1870?] London: for | Society promoting Title verso blank 1 1. (he alphabet [sylla Christian Great knowledge, | 77, Queen bary] p. 3, text (in syllabic characters with head Street, Lmcolii s-Inn-Fields. ings in English) pp. 4-76, 18. [187-?] Title verso syllabarium 1 1. text (in syllabic Easy words, p. 4. Difficult words, p. 5. characters with English headings) pp. 3-148, Hymns, pp. 6-27. Apostles creed and other 18. prayers, pp. 28-37. Decalogue, pp. 38-40. Cat Difficult woi ds, p. 3. Numerals 1-20, p. 4. echism, pp. 41-49. Scripture lessons, pp. 50-76. Address, p. 5. Hymns (1-30), pp. 6-41. The Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, creed, Lord s prayer, and benediction, pp. 42- Eames. Pilling. 43. -Decalogue, pp.44-46. Prayers for children, A manual of devotion and in | | p. 47. Private morning devotions, pp. 48-50. struction for the Slave Indians of Private 51-53. | | evening devotions, pp. Family McKenzie rev. W. W. morning devotions, pp. 54-57. Family evening River, | by

" devotions, pp. 58-61. Public morning service, of the C. M. S." for Kirkby. | [Seal pp. 62-73. Public evening service, pp. 74-80. "the diocese of s With Rupert land".] ; Public baptismal service, pp. 81-84. Service the of the lord of approbation, | bishop lor holy communion, etc., pp. 85-91. Marriage the diocese. service, pp. 92-94. Burial service, pp. 95-97. 98-139. [London: Church missionary society i Scripture lessons, pp. Catechism, pp. 140-148. 1871?] Keen: for C<>2Jics Pilling, Society Promoting Title page verso alphabet [syllabary] 1 1. text Christian Knowledge. (in syllabic characters with headings in Eng The to Saint ] | lish) pp. 3-86, 240. [ gospel according | 3. Difficult 4. John. Translated into the Tinne" lan Easy words, p. words, p. | Sunday morning service, pp. 5-12. Sunday lines charac guage,. | [Three syllabic evening service, pp. 13-30. Daily morning ters.] | service, pp. 21-28. Daily evening service, pp. London : British and bible | foreign 29-41.. The alphabet, p. 43. Prayers, etc., pp. 1870. 44_78. Catechism, pp. 79-86. society. | W. M. s Inn Road. Copies seen: American Tract Society, British Colophon: Watts, 80, Gray The transliteration of the three lines in Museum, Pilling, Trumbull. sylla bic characters on the is: News title-page good | Manual of devotion and instruc river Indians in. | j saint John by | Big language

tion, in the Title verso blank 1 1. alphabet [i. e. .syllabary] | | Chipewyau language, | for the Indians of Churchill. the verso blank 1 1. text (in syllabic characters with | | By rev.W.W. chapter headings in English) pp. 3-93, 16. Kirkby. | Copies Keen : British and Foreign Bible Soci London : Church | missionary house, ety, Church Missionary Society, National

) Salisbury square. [1872 ?] Museum, AVellesley. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 47

Kirkby (W. W.) Continued. Kirkby (W. W.) Continued. uake keiidi Great Liucoln s-Inn- kaothet | Street, [ ] Natsun Queen be koncle iiezo Saint London. Jesus Christ | Fields, [1879?] |

1 1. Title verso 1 text (in ekaonte adikles Tiiiiie yatie alphabet [ syllabary Mark | | syllabic characters with English headings) pp. kesi. | 3-195, colophon p. [196], 16. London: 1874. | Morning prayer, pp. 3-18. Evening prayer, savior Jesus Our lord our j Translation: pp. 19-31. Litany, pp. 32-40. Prayers, pp. 41- him Saint Mark | Christ his news | by | good 49. Holy communion, etc. pp. 50-80. Hymns, Indian according to. written | tongue pp. 81-138.- Scripture lessons, pp. 139-181. verso 1 1. text in the Tinne Title printers Catechism, pp. 182-192. Music for hymns, pp. 18. language (romaii characters) pp. 3-64, 193-195.

seen : British and Bible Soci Copies Foreign Copies seen: British Museum, Pilling, Society ety, Wellesley. for Promoting Christian Knowledge. See Kirkby (W. AV.) and Bompas (W. C.) [ ] St. Mark. below for an edition of this work adapted for Colophon: [London.] W. M. Watts, the use of the Slavi Indians. 80, Gray s Inn Road. text in the Tinne No only ; lino title-page, heading [One syllabic characters.] | with language (entirely in syllabic characters, Portions of the book of common 18. | | chapter headings in English) pp. 1-66, and administration of the prayer, | | The dialect is that spoken by the Indians of and other rites and cere sacraments, | Ft. Simpson. monies of the to Bible Soci church, | Copies seen : British and Foreign According British the use of the Church of ety, Museum, Wellesley. England. | Translated into the of the The of the four language | | | evangel [ ] gospels | Chipewyan Indians of N. W. America, St. Matthew, St. Mark, St. Luke, ists, | the ven. archdeacon | by | Kirkby. | and St. John. Translated into the | | of theS. P. C. of The Indians [Seal K.] | language | | Chipewyan for Christian America. Society promoting of north-west | | | Northumberland British and knowledge, | Avenue, : for the London | printed London. 1881. bible 1878. Charing Cross, | foreign society. | Title, verso printers 1 1. alphabet [syllabary] Title verso etc. 1 1. syllabarium verso printers verso blank 1 1. text (in syllabic characters blank 1 1. text in characters) (entirely syllabic with headings partly in syllabic characters 16. pp. 5-344, and partly in English and Latin) pp. 5-160, 16. pp. 5-100. Mark, pp. 101-161. Matthew, Prayers, etc., pp. 5-86. The order of the ad 162-268. John, pp. 269-344. Luke, pp. ministration of the Lord s supper, or lioly seen : British and Bible Soci Copies Foreign communion, pp. 87-106. The ministration of British ety, Museum, Eanies, Pilling. public baptism of infants, pp. 106-112. The ministration of to such as are of lines baptism riper [Three syllabic characters.] | 113-121. A catechism, 122-131. testament. Translated into years, pp. pp. The new | The order of confirmation, pp. 131-135. The the the language, | by | of | Chipewyan form of solemnization matrimony, pp. 135- ven. archdeacon 142. The visitation of the 142-147. Kirkby. | sick, pp. for the burial of the 148- : for the British The order dead, pp. London | | printed bible Vic 156. The churching of women, pp. 157-160. and foreign society, | Queen seen : Eames, E. C. 1881. Copies Pilling. toria Street, | Title verso printers 1 1. Chipewyan syllaba and - Hymns, | prayers instruction, | rium verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in syllabic in the -| the j Chipewyan language. By characters) pp. 7-396, 12. veil, archdeacon of Kirkby. | [Seal Matthew, pp. 7-56. Mark, pp. 56-87. Luke, | the S. P. C. K.] | pp. 87-141. John, pp. 141-179. Acts-Kevela- for Christian tion, pp. 180-396. Society promoting

seen : Eames, Pilling. Northumberland Copies knowledge, | Avenue, London. 1881. Portions of the book of common Charing Cross, | | | in the Title verso blank 1 1. text (in syllabic char prayer, | Hymns, &c., | | Chip archdeacon acters with English headings) pp. 3-91, colo ewyan language. | By phon p. [92], 16^. Kirkby. | Hymns in double columns, pp. 3-36. Prayers, Printed at the- of the request | bishop pp. 37-62. Lessons, pp. 63-91.

, of s the, for seen: for Rupert land, | by | Society Copies Eames, Society Promoting promoting Christian knowledge, 77, Cliristj.au Knowledge. J BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

W. W; Kirkby ( ) Continued. iCirkby (W, W,) Boiiipas (W, C,) Ct d. - See W. C. 13- of Mack Bompas (W.C.) Bompas, D., | bishop enzie river, of the 8. P. C. and Portions Of | [Seal K.] | Bompas (W.C:) |

London i for the book of cOnimOii f | Society | jlr siye , j ttymtts, promoting ehristiaii jfec., iii the knowledge, Northumberland | | Chip6wyari larigiiage. | archdeacon for aveniie, W, C. 1891. Chafing cross, | By Kirkby. | Adapted j Title as the use of the Slavi Indians the above verso blank 1 1. contents verso | | by blank 1 1. text in roman reverend W. C. D. (mostly Chipewyan, | right Bompas, D., characters, with headings and instructions ill of Athabasca. | bishop | English) pp. 1-276, 16. Printed the for 1-13. by | Society pro Morning prayer, pp. Evening prayer, Christian pp. 14-23. The creed of St. Athanasius (in moting knowledge, | 77, 23-26. The 26-32.- Great Queen Street, Lincolu s-Inu- English), pp. litany, pp. Prayers and thanksgivings upon several occa Fields, London. [1879?] sions, pp. 33-41. The collects, epistles, and Title verso syllabarium 1 1. text (in syllabic i gospels, pp. 42-187. Holy communion, pp. 188- characters with headings in English) pp. 3-175, j 208. Baptism of infants, pp. 209-221. Baptism colophon p. [176], 16^. of such as are of riper years, pp. 222-229. Cat Morning prayer, pp. 3-15. Evening prayer, : echism, pp. 230-236. Confirmation, pp. 236- pp. 16 26 The litany, pp. 27-34. Prayers, pp. 238. Solemnization of matrimony, pp. 239- 35-42. 43-68. Holy communion, etc., pp. 247. Visitation and communion of the sick, Hymns, pp. 69-123. Scripture lessons, pp. 124- j pp. 248-258. Burial of the dead, pp. 259-266. 165. Catechism, pp. 166-175. The churching of women (or the thanksgiving Copley titen : British Museum, Eames, Pilling, I of women after childbirth), pp. 266-269. A coin- Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. mi nation, or denouncing of God s auger and See Kirkby (AT. W.) above for title of the judgments against sinners (partly in English original edition of this work. and partly in Chipewyan), pp. 269-276. Issued also in roman characters as follows : Copies seen : Pilling. - Portions of the book of com I have not been successful in | very ascertaining mon in the the dates of the works Archdeacon | by Kirkby, etc., | prayer, hymns, | archdea who writes me concerning them as follows : Chipewyaii language. | By for the most in con for the use of "Being printed, part, England, Kirkby. | Adapted with no one to correct the proofs, many errors the Slavi Indians the rev. | by | right crept in, and in some cases two or three editions W. C. of Atha had to be before we could Bompas, D.D., | bishop printed get them basca. even approximately correct. In this the | way same book was printed two or three London : for times, | Society promoting which would to it so dates." Christian Northumber give many knowledge; | AVilliam W. Kirkby was born at Ham- land avenue, Charing cross. [1882?] ford, Lincolnshire, in 1827, and received his Title A-erso syllabarium in roman 1 1. text earlier education at a grammar school. When i(entirely in roman characters) pp. 3-175, 16. about 18 years old he went to the diocesan Morning prayer, pp. 3-15. Evening prayer, school at Litchfield to prepare for the duties pp. 16-26. The litany, pp. 27-34. Prayers, pp. of a teacher, which he desired to become. His 35-42. Service for holy communion, etc., pp. stay at Litchfield was very happy, and after 43-68.--Hymns, pp. 69-123. Scripture lessons, two years his friend, the Rev. C. C. Layard, rec pp. 124-165. Catechism, pp. 166-175. tor of Mayfield, Staffordshire, offered him the seen : for Copies Eames, Pilling, Society Pro- ; mastership of the village national school, which moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Mr. Kirkby accepted. Whilst there a See title next above for the same in strong work | desire to enter the mission field came into his syllabic characters. mind, and he offered his services to the secre Part of the book of common church | of the The | tary missionary society. and administration of the offer was accepted, and in the of 1851 prayer, | spring | entered St. John s and other rites and Mr. Kirkby College, London, sacraments, | | to for his new duties. In a ceremonies of the prepare May, 1852, church, | according sudden call came for a teacher to go at once to to the use, of The Church of | England ; Red River, and the committee selected Mr. translated into the of the for the He had not | language Kirkby post. yet completed Indians of the s his studies, but on the 6th of June of that year | Chipewyan queen on the Hudson s dominion of Canada the ven. embarked Bay Company ship, | | by | his bride of a few with him, for archdeacon W. W. D. D. taking days Kirkby, | Red itjvej. The voyage was made, in safety, Adapted to the use of the Teiiiii Indians reached their and the yoiutig <eouple destination of Mackenzie river the rev. 12th of and in a few \ the after- ,| ; by right October, days ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Continued. Continued. Kirkby (W. W. ) Kirkby (W. W.) wards he entered upon his duties. On the 24th manual containing prayers, hymns, catechism, of December, 1854, Mr. Kirkby was ordained to and short bible lessons, such as the Indians the ministry by the Right Reverend David could readily understand. He also collected Anderson, D. D., the first bishop of Rupert s materials for a grammar and vocabulary for the Land, and at once took temporary charge of St. use of others. The acquisition of the language Andrew s church and parish. was thus rendered easier for future mission In 1852 Mr. Kirkby was appointed to the aries who might enter the field. In 1869 Mr. mission of Red River, arriving there in the Kirkby, having been seventeen years in the autumn of that year. His duties were to take field, went to England to place his children at charge of a model training school and to su school. Upon his return to the country, in perintend the work of education in the colony, 1870, he was appointed to York Factory, Hud in those parishes belonging to the church son Bay, that he might meet the Chipewyans missionary society. Shortly afterwards Mr. of Churchill. Here he labored for nine years, Kirkby, in addition to his other duties, was and then retired from the mission to make a assistant minister of St. home for his children in the civilized world appointed Andrews, ; and then the largest parish in the settlement, and this he has done, being now stationed at the continued there four years. In the meanwhile village of Rye, near New York. the church had spread northwards and west Klatskenai. See Tlatskenai. wards to Fairford, Cumberland, Lac la Rouge, Koltschane : and the English River, 700 miles from Red Tribal names See Latham (R. G.) River, and then at a single bound it went into Vocabulary Baer (K. E. von) . the great McKenzie Valley. Archdeacon Hun Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) ter went thither on an exploratory tour in 1858, Vocabulary Buschmaim (J. C. E.) and the next year the bishop appointed Mr. Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Kirkby to take charge of the work. He at once Ueber die proceeded there, and made Fort Simpson his Kovar (Dr. Emil). Bedentung headquarters. This fort stands in latitude 62 (lea possessiviscnen Proiiomeri fur die 121 at the confluence of N"., longitude W., the Ausdrucksweise cles substantivisclien Liard and Slave rivers. He his work began Attributes. with much encouragement and hope. The first In Zeitschrift fur Yolkerpsyehologie und care was the language, and then the erection of Sprachwissenschaft. vol. 16, pp. 386-394, Berlin, suitable buildings for church and school pur 1886. (*) poses. These latter were soon supplied by the Examples in a number of American lan kindness and liberality of the Hudson Bay guages, among them the Athapascan, p. 390. Company s officers, who took an interest in the Title from Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, from copy work. In the summer of 1802 Mr. Kirkby in the library of Toronto University. resolved to carry the gospel within the Arctic Krusenstern Johann Circle, and if possible into Alaska. Securing (Adam von). Wor- a good canoe and two reliable Indians he set aus den off, ter-Sammlungen | Spraehen following the ice down the McKenzie to Peel Volker des ostliclien | einiger | | River the last Fort, trading post of the com Asiens und der Nordwest-Kiiste von pany and a great rendezvous of the Indians. | | Amerika. Bekannt von A. After a short stay here he left his canoe and, | gemackt | | J. v. Krusenstem der Rus- accompanied by two guides, set out to walk | Capitadii over the mountains. and down sisch kaiserliclien Marine. Up they went, | over several ridges rising from 700 to 2,800 feet, St Gedruckt in der Petersburg. | and at a sudden descent of last, by 1,000 feet der Admiralitiit 1813. Druckerey | into the valley, he reached La Pierre s house Title verso note 1 1. Vorbericht pp. i-xi, half and another of the Fur Company s forts. Here title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-68, Druckfehler Mr. Kirkby remained until the 80th of June, in verso blank 1 1. 4. structing the Indians and learning theTukudh Wortersammlung aus der Sprache der Kinai language, a kindred one to the Tinn6. He then (from Dawidotf, Resanoff, and Lisiansky), pp. embarked in the s boat on the Rat company 57-68. River, and then down the Porcupine River, a Copies been : Astor, Bancroft, Brinton, Brit tributary of the Yukon. Two miles above the ish Museum, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wat confluence of these Fort Yukon stands. This kiuson, Wellesley. journey occupied three months, and at the close of it " of the Mr. Kirkby writes : I have traveled over Kutchin. Vocabulary Hong Kut- at least 3,000 miles; have been honored of God chiu language. to the far carry gospel within the Arctic Circle Manuscript, 4 unnumbered leaves, folio, and to a people who had never heard it before." written on one side only; in the library of the The work at the Yukon was then given to the Bureau of Ethnology. Rev. R. McDonald and Mr. Kirkby devoted his Contains about 130 words, entered on one of time at Fort Simpson to the language. He trans the Smithsonian forms of the standard vocabn* lated of the two gospels and completed a little lary. ATH 4 50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Kutchin : ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 51

Latham (R. G.) Continued. Latham (R. G.) Continued. 1 1. notice Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank college, Cambridge; and late professor verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-viii, large map, of in Lon English | University college, 12. text pp. 1-340, don. The tribes of Russian America 289-297) | (pp. London: Walton and contains a brief account of the linguistic affin | Maberly, | ities of the various divisions, including the Upper Gower street, and Ivy lane, Athabaskans, pp. 291-294. Paternoster row; | Longman, Green, Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, and Pater Longman, Roberts, Green, | Eames. noster ro\v. 1862. The of | | Right On the Languages of New Califor Translation Is Reserved. nia. By R. G. Latham, M. I). Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank In Philological Soc. [of London], Proc.vol. 6, 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xi, pp. 72-86, London, 1854, 8. (Congress.) contents pp. xiii-xx, talxular view of languages Comments upon the Athabascans, pp. 74-75. and dialects pp. xxi-xxviii, chief authorities pp. A few words of Hoopah, Navajo, and Jicorilla, xxix-xxxii, errata verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1- p. 85. 752, addenda and corrigenda pp. 753-757, index On the of languages Northern, pp. 758-774, list of works by Dr. Latham verso Western, and Central America. By R. blank 1 1. 8. the 9th. Iv, of America, The Es G. Latham, M. D. (Read May ) Chapter Languages The Athabaskan dialects 384- In Philological Soc. [of London], Trans. 1856, kimo, [etc.] (pp. 403), contains: Divisions of the pp. 57-115, London [1857], 8. (Congress.) Takulli, p. 388; of the Kutshin with The Athabascan Group (pp. 65-70) contains English definitions, p. 389. Athabaskan tribal names with lists of tribal divisions of the Takulli, p. GO; meanings, p. 390. of Kutshin, p. 67; Kenai, p. 07; Atna, pp. 67-68; Comparative vocabulary (35 words) the Kutshin, and Koltshani, Ugalents, Atna, p. 68. General dis Kenay, Slave, Dog-rib, pp. of the and Takulli cussion of the Athabaskan, pp. 68-70. Com 390-391; Chepewyan (47 words), of the parative vocabulary of the Navaho and A patch pp. 391-392; Ugalents, Atna, and 392-393 Kolstshani, ; of the Tlatskauai. (27 words), pp. 96-97. Table of words showing pp. and TJuikwa affinities between the several Pueblo languages Kwaliokwa, (30 words), p. 391; of the Navaho, and Pinaleno and the Navahoand Jieonlla, pp. 99, 100. Apatsh, (27 words), pp. 394-395; of the Hoopah and Jecorilla (12

Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | philo words), p. 395.

and Rob : logical ethnographical | by | Copies seen Astor, British Museum, Con ert Gordon M. M. F. gress, Eames, Watkinson. Latham, | A., D., R. etc. late fellow of Robert Gordon the eldest son of the S., | Kings college, Latham, late of llev. Thomas Latham, was born in the vicarage Cambridge, professor English | of Billingsborough, Lincolnshire, March 24, in University college, London, late 1812. In 1819 he was entered at Eton. Two years assistant at the Middlesex physician | afterwards he was admitted on the founda

hospital. | tion, and in 1829 went to Kings, where he took Williams & 14 Henrietta his and was Norgate, | fellowship degrees. Ethnology Covent London and his first passion and his last, though for botany street, garden, | | he had a very taste. He died March 9, 20 South Frederick street, Edinburgh. strong 1888. Theodore Watts in The Athenaeum, March R. Hartmaim. 1860. | Leipzig, | 17, 1S88. Title verso printer 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, con tents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-377, addenda and cor Leclerc Bibliotheca ameri- (Charles). | rigenda pp. 378-418, 8. caiia raisoimd d une tres- | Catalogue | A of a number of read before reprint papers collection de livres auciens pr6cieuse | the ethnological and philological societies of et modernes sur PAme et les London. | | rique Classes ordre Addenda and corrigenda (1859) (pp. 378-418) Philippines | par alpha-

contains : Comparative of the Nav- de iioms d Auteurs. vocabulary b6tique | Redige aho and Pinaleno, p. 385; of the Beaver Indians Ch. Leclerc. par | [Design.] | and 413. Chippewyau, p. Paris Maisonncuve & C ic | | 15, quai Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton, Voltaire M. D. CCC. LXVII Bureau of | [1867] Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Watkinson. Cover title as above, half-title verso details of sale 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface At the Squier sale a presentation copy, no. pp. v-vii, catalogue pp. 1-407, 8. 639, brought $2.37. The Murphy copy, no. 1438, Includes titles of a number of works contain sold for $1. material to the Elements of ing relating Athapascan lan | | comparative philol guages. R. G. M. M. ogy. | By | Latham, A., D., Copies Keen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. late fellow of s F.R.8., &c., | King At the Fischer sale, a copy, no. 919, brought. 52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Leclerc (C.) Continued. Leclerc (C.) Continued. 10s. at the no. 3 ; Squier sale, 651, $1.50. Leclerc, parts: printed cover as above verso can-

1878, no. 345, prices it 4 fr. and Maisonneuve, in tents, title as above verso note 1 1. advertisement 1889, 4 fr. The Murphy copy, no. 1452. brought verso blank 1 1. table verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1- 153 cover $2.75. ; printed differing slightly from above, Bibliotheca americana verso contents, title like printed cover verso note | | Histoire, arche et 1 1. text pp. 3-161, contents p. [162]; printed geographic, | voyages, ologie j title verso notice 1 1. text des deux cover, pp. 3-170, table lingiiistique | | Ameriques | 1 1., 8.

et des iles Par I | Philippines | re"dig6e | Contain titles of a number of American lin Ch. Leclerc | them a [Design] | guistic works, among few Athapascan. ie Paris Maisoimeuve et C libraires- Copies seen : Pilling. | , There were issues for 1878 and 1887 also. <kliteurs 25. 1878 | 25, quai Voltaire, | (Eames.) Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. avant-propos Lefroy (Sir John Henry). A Vocabulary pp. i-xvii, table des divisions pp. xviii-xx, cata of Chepewyan and Dog-Rib Words. logue pp. 1-643, supplement pp. 645-694, index In Richardson (J.), Arctic searching expe pp. 695-737, colophon verso blank 1 1. 8. dition, vol. 2, pp. 400- i02, London, 1851, 8. The part of this volume occupies linguistic A vocabulary of 45 words in each of the above- pp. 537-643; it is arranged under names of lan named languages . The first was collected at and contains titles of books relating to guages Great Slave Lake from an interpreter, the sec the following: Langues americaines en general, ond from Nanette, an interpreter at Fort Simp 537-550; 553; 554; pp. Apache, p. Athapasca,p. son, both in 1844. Dene, 578-579. pp. Reprinted in the later editions of the same Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Congress, work, for titles of which see Richardson (J.) Eames, Harvard, Pilling. Legends: Priced by Quaritch, no. 12172, 12s.; another Chippewyan See Petitot (E. F. S. J.) copy, no. 12173, large p.aper, II. Is. Leclerc s Loucheux Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Supplement, 1881, no. 2831, prices it 15 fr., and Peau de Lievre Petitot (E. F. S. J.) no. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, 30 fr. A large- Slave Potitot (E. F. S. J.) paper copy is priced by Quaritch, no. 30230, 12*-. Maisonneuve in 1889 prices it 15 fr. [Legoff (Rev. Laurent).] Proniissiones Bibliotheca americana Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. [ ] | | Histoire, M. De arche et Marg. Alacoque. | gaye Margrit geographic, | voyages, ologie Mari Jesus des deux be/mle ekkoredyain, | lingiiistique | | Ameriques | c N I Novembre 1881 ttahoneltte dene a hourzhzi, tta yed- Supplement | [-2]. Don ziy6 | padasanoudelni waldssi, | [Design.] | iR aneltte sin: Addi: Paris Maisonneuve & C , libraires- | editeurs 25 1881 [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Keniper. | 25, quai Voltaire, | 1888. [-1887] ] A small card, 3 5 inches in size, headed as 2 parts : cover title as above, title as above by above and twelve Promises of Our verso blank 1 1. advertisement I 1. text pp. 1- containing to Blessed in the verso blank 1 1. Lord Margaret Mary, Mon- 102, colophon ; printed cover, on the verso of which is a title differing somewhat from the above (verso tagnais language, colored of the sacred heart with in blank) 1 1. text pp. 3-127, 8. picture in below. Mr. has These supplements have no separate section scription, English, Kemper the same Promises on similar cards devoted to works relating to American lan published in guages, but titles of works containing material many languages. seen : relating to Athapascan languages appear Copies Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. passim. Cours destructions en | | | langue Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. le rev. , montagnaise | par | pere Legott Maisonneuve, in 1889, prices each of the two Ptre oblat de Marie immaculee supplements 3 fr. | | Montreal J. | imprimerie Founder, [ ] des livres de fonds Catalogue | | rue Montcalin 1889 162, | et en noinbre | | Histoire,Arch6ologie, Cover title as above, letter to pere Legoff et de | Ethnographic Liuguistique from t Vital J. Ev. de St- Albert O.M.I, (dated 1 de 1 de de from He a la le 26 Europe, j Crosse, 1887, Asio, PAfrique, | septembre ap I del Oceanie. proving the work) recto blank 1 1. title as above Ameriqueet | [Design.] | verso blank 1 1. text roman characters with Paris Maisoimeuve freres et Ch. (in | some in French) e diteurs Voltaire special characters, headings Leclerc, | 25, quai pp. 3-444, table des rnatieres pp. i-v, errata p. 5 maison quai Malaquais, | (Ancienne [vi],8<>. Th. 1885 des de la ste-tri- Barrois) | [-1888-1889] Syinbole apotres, Mystere ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Logoff (L.) Continued. Legoff (L.) Continued. nite, creation, etc. (instructions 1-47), pp. 3- Cover title as above, title as above verso ap 229. (48-50), 229-263. Vertus of t Vital J. Decalogue pp. | probation Graudin O. M. I.

theologales (57-59), pp. 263-274. Sur la prieri; I Eveque de St- Albert 1 1. alphabet (in romau

274-307. verites : (60-67), pp. G ramies (68-81), characters) p. 3, systeme alphabetique monta- pp. .307-370. Sermous detaches on de circori- ! gnais [syllabary], pp. 4-5, text (roman charac stance (82-100), pp. 371-444. ters, with a few special ones; headings in seen : Bureau of Copies Ethnology, Eames, ; French) pp. 7-398, table pp. 399-404, 16. Gatschet Pilling, Wellesley. Anciennes prieres du matin et du soir, pp. 7- Gramiuaire tie la monta- 16. Prieres 17-36. Maniere | | langue corrigees. pp. lo rev. Laurent d administrer lo bapteme, pp. 37-46. La sainte gnaise | par | pere j messe, pp. 47-78. Chemin de la croix, pp. 79- oblat de Marie imma- ! Legoff, ptre | 108. etc. 109-126. culee Devotions, pp. Catechisme, | pp. 127-189. Appendico au catechisine, pp. 190- Montreal rue 50 1889 | 50, Cotte, | 222. Cantiques, pp. 223-394. Hymn set to Cover title as above, half-title, verso blank music, pp. 395-398. 1 1. title as 1 1. above verso blank s : bishop ap- ] Copies seen Eames, Gatschet, Pilling, Welles- verso 1 1. blank dedication verso blank I i provul ley.

1. introduction pp. 9-24, text pp. 25-342, table of I Livre de en mon- | prieres j langue contents pp. 343-351, errata verso blank 1 1. line charac folding table of verbs between pp. 110-111, 8. tagnaise | [One syllabic General remarks the le ; Par R6v. Pere O. M. concerning Montagnais ters] | Legoff, and their 9-13. language, pp. Moutagnais | I. lines French two lines | [Two ; sylla

and ! alphabet words, pp. 13-24. Of the article bic characters] | and other determinatives, pp. 25-28. Xoun or Montreal. C. O. Beauchemin | & substantive, pp. 29-44. Pronouns, pp. 45-63. ills, 64-86. and 256 et 258 rue Adverbs, pp. Prepositions postposi- Libraires-Imprimeurs, |

tions, pp. 87-95. Conjunctions, pp. 96-98. In- ! Saint-Paul. 1890 lines | | [Two syllabic terjeetions, 99-101. 103- pp. Adjectives, j pp. characters ] 117. Verbs, pp. 118-326. Terms of relation- j Cover title as above, title verso approbation ship, pp. 327-331. jSTames of parts of the body, j of t Vital J. Grandin O. M. I. de St- pp. 331-336. Barnes of of the bodies of Eveque parts j Albert 1 1. roman alphabet p. 3, < systeme alpha fishes and birds, pp. 336-337. Sentences, tin* text most in betique montagnais [syllabary] pp. 4-5, (in commonly employed conversation, pp. ; with 338-342. syllabic characters, French headings) pp. 7-433, table pp. 435-440, 16. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Contents as under the next previous title ex Pilling, Wellesley. cept that there is no "appendice" to the cate Reviewed by Gatschet (A. S.), in the Amer ican chism, and the four pages of music are omitted. Antiquarian, vol. 11, p. 389, Nov., 1889. Copies seen: Eames, Gatschet, Pilling, Welles- (Pilling.) ley. Histoire de 1 ancieii testament | | | Pere Legoff was born at Landeda, diocese of raeoiite e aux le rev. Montagnais | par | Quimper, Fiuistere. He pursued his classical pere Laurent oblat de Legoff, ptre | studies at the college of Lesneveu, and his theo Marie immacule~e | logical studies partly at the Seminary of Quim Montreal rue 50 at at the scholasticate of | 50, Cotte, 1889 per, partly Autun, the | Cover title as above, half-title verso blaiik congregation of the Virgin Mary, to which he I 1. title as Ordained a above verso blank 1 1. bishop s ap belongs. priest on the 26th of May, he proval verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1866, immediately received instructions and 1. text in left for romau characters pp. 7-200, table of France America the 5th of the following contents pp. 201-214, errata 1 p. 8. July. He arrived at St. Boniface on the 14th of The text consists of thirty-three chapters, October, and was sent from there to St. Joseph, carrying the bible narrative from the creation near Pembina, where he remained until the of the world to the time of Jesus Christ. 21st of May, 1867. On his return to St. Boni Copies seen. : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, face lie received orders to go to the mission of Pilling, Wellesley. St. Peter, on Lake Caribou, where he arrived the 4th of until the Katolik dittlisse I October, remaining 15th of | Deiieya tiye | June, 1870, when he left for the He a Livre de prieres en monta- laCrosse, | langue | where he arrived at the end of July. There he Par le Rev. I gnaise | Pere Legoff, O. M. I. remained until July, 1881, during which time [Two lines two lines Moiita- Latin; | he composed the books titled above. His health he to St. gnais] | [Oblate failing, proceeded Boniface, where seal] | Montreal he, received medical treatment for nine months. C. O. : | Beaucheinin & fils, In he started for his reach 256 et 258 rue May, 1882, mission, Libraires-Iinpriineurs, | | ing there July 15, where he has since remained, Saint-Paul. 1890 lines | Mon- | [Two except during the time spent in Montreal while taguais] his books were going through the preas. 54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Lenox : Tins word following a title or within paren Lisiansky (IT.) Continued. theses after a note indicates that a copy of the in the Russian and | captain navy, | work referred to has been seen by the compiler knight of the orders of St. George and in the Lenox Library, Now York City. St. Vladimer. | Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the insensible London: Printed for John | Booth, of J. P. gradation words, l>y Lesley. Dnke Portland and street, place; | In American Philosoph. Soc. Froe. vol. 7, pp. Longman, Hnrst, Rees,Orme, & Brown, 129-135, Philadelphia, 1861, 8. (Congress.) Paternoster S. row; | by Hamilton, Contains a few words in Chippewyau. 1814. Weybridge, Surrey. | in the Termi or i-xxi, 1 1. 1-388, 4. Lessons and | Pp. pp. maps, prayers | of the Indians of Linguistic contents as under next previous Slavi | language | 329-337. Mackenzie in the north-west title, pp. river, | | Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit of Canada. of the S. territory | [.Seal ish Museum, Congress. P. C. at the Pinart no. K.] | A copy sale, 1372, brought 5 fr. :] Society for promoting [London These vocabularies reprinted in Davidson

Christian i Northumberland relative to * * in Coast knowledge, ((>.), Report Alaska, avenue, Charing cross, W. C. [1890.] Survey, Ann. Kept. 1867, pp. 293-298, Washing ton, 1869, 4; again in Davidson (G.), Report Title verso blank 1 1. text in the Tenni lan * * * relative to Alaska, in Ex. Doc. 77, 40th with English headings pp. 3-81, 16. guage Cong., 2d sess., pp. 328-333; and again in Possibly by Rev. W. D. Reeve, or Bishop Bom- Davidson (G.), in Coast Survey, Coast Pilot of pas. Alaska, pp. 215-221, Washington, 1869. 8. For Lessons (1-66), pp. 3-C6. Family prayers, pp. extracts see Schott (W.); Zagoskin (L. A.); 67-76. Private prayers, pp. 70-81. Zelenoi (S. J.) Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Loew (Dr. Oscar). Vocabulary of the Lipan: and of the Lord s prayer See Bancroft (H. H.) Apache NaVajo. In G-atschet Zwolf aus Lord s prayer Coleceion. (A. S.), Sprachen Siidwesten Lord s prayer Pimentel (F.) dem Kordamerikas, pp. 98-115, 8. Vocabulary Gatschet (A. S.) Weimar, 1876, Words Bollaert (W.) Contains about 400 words each. Scattered throughout the same work are many phrases, .HIQIHCKlii (IOPIH). [Lisiansky (Capt. remarks on grammatic construction, etc., all

vol. 7, 424-465, 469, Washington, TBOUI> *.iora KanHTajTBieiirenaHTa Survey, pp. | 1879, 4. 1-ro nra H K< pa BfUPpa | lOpur Contains 211 words in the first division and

. Hacrs | nepBafl[-BTOpaa]. | 80 words and sentences in the second. Collected

r,i> Tiinorpaa-in 0. Apex- in Arizona, September, 1879. 1812. o.iepa, | Vocabulary of the Navajo language. the world in In II. S. | around Wheeler Translation. Voyage | (G. M.), Reports upon Geog. 5 order of his vol. the years 1803, 4, and 1806, | by | Survey, 7, pp. 424-465, 469, Washington, Alexander on the | 1879, 4. I, | imperial majesty | ship of 217 words in the first division and 26 under command | Contains Neva, | captain-lieutenant of the now of the 1st rank and additional words and sentences in the second. navy, captain | Vol. I in 1873. | | Collected New Mexico, June, knight | Urey Lisiansky. [-11]. St. Petersburg, in the printing-office of Th. i s. The Lord s In one hun Lord Prayer | 1812. Drechsler, | dred and Contain 2 vols. 8. thirty-one tongnes. | all the Vocabulary (about 500 words) of the lan ing principal languages | spoken of and America. of the northwestern parts America, in Asia, Africa, | guages | Europe, vol. 154-181. Russian-Kadiak-Kena i, 2, pp. London: St. Paul s Com | Publishing

seen : British Museum. Copies Congress. Paternoster [n.d.] pany, | 12, Square, F.Pin- A round the in Title verso blank 1 1. preface (signed | voyage world, | | fellow of the Asiatic the & cott, Royal Society) pp. years 1803, 4, 5, 6; | performed | 1-2, contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62, 12. order of his Alex by imperial majesty | Lord s prayer in the Chippewyan or Tinne ander the of in 61. First, emperor Russia, | (roman and syllabic), p.

the seen : Church Missionary Society. | ship Neva, | by | Urey Lisiausky, Copies ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 55

Lord s prayer: Lubbock (J.) Continued. See Chippewyan Apostolides (S.) Half-title verso blank 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. Chippewyan Bergholtz (G.F.) title verso blank 1 1. preface to the American Bom Chipiewyau pas (W. C.) edition pp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-viii, contents Chippewyan Kirkby (W. W.) illustrations list of ]>. ix, pp. xi-xii, principal Lord s. Chippewyan works quoted pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 1-323, ap Chippewyan Rost(R.) pendix pp. 325-362, notes pp. 363-36f, index pp. Rib Dog Bompas (W. W.) 367-380, four other plates, 12. Bancroft (H. IT.) Lipan Linguistics as under title next above, p. 288. Li Coleccion. pan Copies seen : Pilling. Lipan Pimentel (F.) -The of civilisation and the | origin | Slave Bergholtz (G.F.) condition of man. Mental Slave Kirkby (W.W.) | primitive | Slave Reeve (W.D.) and social condition of savages. | By | Slave Rost (R.) sir John Lubboek,Bart,, M. P., F. R. S. Tinne Bompas (W. C.) Author two Second | [&c. lines.] | Tukuclli Bompas (W.C.)- edition with additions. Tnkndli Rost (R.) |

London : and co. Lototen. See Tututen. | Longmans, Green, 1870. | Loucheux : Pp. i-xvi, 1-426, 8. Dictionary See Petitot (E. F. S. ,T.) Linguistics as under titles above, p. 327. Grammatic comments Miiller (F.) Copies seen : British Museum. Graminatio treatise Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Petitot S. The of civilisation and the F. | Legends (E. J.) origin | Relationships (L. IT.) condition of man. Mental Morgan | primitive | Songs Petitot (E. F. S. J.) and social condition of savages. | By | Text Promissioues. sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R. Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) S. Vice Chancellor three Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) | [&c. lines.] Isbester Third with numerous addi Vocabulary (J. A.) | edition, Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) tions. | Words Daa (L. K.) London: Green, and co. | Longmans, Words Gibbs (G.) 1875. | Words Petitot (E. F. S. ,T.) Linguistics a under titles above, pp. 416- Lubbock The of 417. (Sir John). | origin civilisation and the con Copies seen: British Museum. | | primitive dition of man. Mental and social con The of civilisation and the | | origin | dition of sir John condition of man. Mental Lub | savages. | By | primitive | M. F. R. S. author and social condition of Bart., | | bock, P., | savages. By two Sir John Bart. M. P. F. R. S. [&c. lines.] | Lubbock, D. C. L. LL. D. President five London : and co. | | [&c. | Longmans, Green, Fourth with numerous 1870. lines.] | edition, | additions. | Half-title verso printers 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. London: and co. | Longmans, Green, title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, con 1882. tents p. ix, list of illustrations pp. xi-xii, list | Half-title verso list of works ll the same of principal works quoted pp. xiii-xvi, text by author" 1 1. 1 1. title verso pp. 1-323, appendix pp. 325-362, notes pp. 363- frontispiece printers 1 1. contents 365, index pp. 367-380, four other plates, 8. preface pp. v-viii, pp. ix-xiii, illustrations list of the A few words in Tahkali, Tlatskanai, and pp. xv-xvi, principal works text Athabascan, p. 288. quoted pp. xvii-xx, pp. 1-480, appen dix notes index 535- Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con pp. 481-524, pp. 525-533, pp. five other 8. gress, Eames. 548, plates, Linguistics as under titles above, p. 427.

Lubbock (,T.) Continued . Ludewig (H. E.) Continued. London and. co Ticorillas 241 179; (Jicarillas), p. 186, ; Tlats- | Longmans, Green, | 1889 All reserved kanai, p. 189; Umpqua, pp. 195, 214. | rights Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Half-title verso printers 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. Eames, Pilling. title verso blank 1 1. preface (dated February, At the Eischer sale, no. 990, a brought 1870) pp. vii-x, contents pp. xi-xvi, illustrations copy 5s. 6d. ; at the Eield no. at sale, 1403, $2.63 ; the pp. xvii-xviii, list of principal works quoted no. no. Squier sale, 699, $2.62 ; another copy, 1906, pp. xix-xxiii. text pp. 1-486, appendix pp. 487- $2.38. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2075, 15 fr. 529, notes pp. 531-539, index pp. 541-554, list of The Piiiart copy, no. 565, sold for 25 fr., and the works by the same author verso blank 1 1. five Murphy copy, no. 1540, for $2.50. other plates, 8. Dr. Ludewig has himself so fully detailed the Linguistics as ttnder titles above, p. 432. plan and purport of this work that little more Copies seen : Eames. remains for me to add beyond the mere state P. Extrait du ment of the of connection with the Lucy-Fossarieu (M. de). | origin my rendii du publication, and the mention of such additions compte ste"nograpliiqiie | for which I am alone international des sciences responsible, and which, Congres | during its progress through the press, have tenu a Paris du 15 ethnographiques, | gradually accumulated to about one-sixth of an 17 1878. Les indi- the whole. juillet j langues This is but an act of justice to the de la Californie. I^tude de of Dr. because at ennes ; the time of | memory | Ludewig M. P. his death, in December, 1856, no more than 172 pliilologie ethnographique, | par were and de mombre du con- pages printed off, these constitute the Lucy-Fossarieu, | only portion of the work which had the benefit seil central de PInstitutioii ethnogra- of his A-aluable personal and final revision. laure"at de la Societe ame"ri- of phique, | Similarity pursuits led, during my stay in caine de France. New York in 1855, to an with Dr. | [Design.] | intimacy Paris. natiouale. M Ludewig, during which he mentioned that he, | Imprimerie | like had been DCCC LXXXI[1881]. myself, making bibliographical memoranda for years of all books which serve Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1 to illustrate the history of spoken language. As 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-55, 8. a first section of a more extended work on the lit Vocabulary of the Loloteii or Tutatamys, pp. erary history of language generally, he had pre 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 54. pared a bibliographical memoirof theremains of Copies seen : Brinton, Pilling. the aboriginal languages of America. The man The liter uscript had been deposited by him in the library Ludewig (Hermann Ernst). | ature of American lan of the Ethnological Society at New York, but | | aboriginal at he at once most it Hermann E. my request kindly placed guages. | By | Ludewig. | at my disposal, stipulating only that it should With additions and corrections | by be printed in Europe, under my personal super Wm. W. Turner. Edited professor | by intendence. Nicolas Triibner. return to I lost no time in | Upon my England, carrying out the trust thus confided to me, in London : Triibner and Pater | co., 60, tending then to confine myself simply to pro noster row. MDCCCLVIII | [1858]. ducing a correct copy of my friend s manuscript.

" Half-title Triibner s bibliotheca glottica I" But it soon became obvious that the transcript verso blank 1 1. title as above verso printer 1 1. had been hastily made, and but for the valu preface pp. v-viii, contents verso blank 1 1. ed able assistance of literary friends, both in this itor s advertisement pp. ix-xii, biographical country and in America, the Avork would prob memoir pp. xiii-xiv, introductory bibliograph ably have been abandoned. My thanks are more ical notices pp. xv-xxiv, text pp. 1-209, ad particularly due to Mr. E. G. Squier, and to Prof.

denda pp. 210-246, index pp. 247-256, errata pp. William "W. Turner, of Washington, by whose 257-258, 8. Arranged alphabetically by lan considerate and valuable cooperation many dif guages. Addenda by AVm. W. Turner and ficulties were cleared away and my editorial Nicolas Triibner, pp. 210-246. labors greatly lightened. This encouraged me Contains a list of grammars and vocabularies, to spare neither personal labor nor expense in and among others of the following peoples: the attempt to render the work as perfect as American xv-xxiv with what success must be left to languages generally, pp. ; possible; Apaches, pp. 8, 211; Athapascan, pp. 14, 211; the j udgment of those w ho can fairly appreciate Atnah, pp. 15, 212; Beaver, p. 18; Chepewyan, the labors of a pioneer in any new field of liter pp. 35-36, 215-216; Dogrib, p. 66; Hoo-pah, p. 82; ary research. Editor s advertisement. Hudson s 223 Dr. but little known in this Bay, pp. 83-84, ; Kinai, pp. 92-93, Ludewig, though 225; Koltschanes, p. 96; Kutchin, Loucheux, country [England], was held in considerable pp. 99, 226; Lipan, p. 226; Navajos, pp. 132-133, esteem as a jurist, both in Germany and the 233; Piualefios, p. 150; Sicannis, p. 175; Sussee, United States of America. Born at Dresden in p. 178; Tacullies, pp. 178-179, 240; Tah-lewah, p. 1809, with but little exception he continued to ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 57

Continued. Ludewig (IT. E.) Continued. Ludewig (IT. E.) reside in his native city until 1844, when he of the nonuni prematur in annum, he was when lie of the emigrated to America; but, though in both deposited his manuscript in the library him countries he practiced law as a profession, his American Ethnological Society, diffident hent was the study of literary history, which self as to its merit s and value 011 a subject of was evidenced by his " Livre des Ana, Essai such paramount interest. He had satisfied him at self in due time the reward of his de Catalogue Manuel," published his own that patient " of cost in 1837, and by his Bibliothekonomie," industry might be the production some more which appeared a few years later. extended national work on the subject, and in this he was contented for it was a dis But, even whilst thus engaged, he delighted with ; in his notwith investigating the rise and progress of the land tinguishing feature character, of his subsequent adoption, and his researches standing his great and varied knowledge and into the vexed question of the origin of the brilliant acquirements, to disregard his own peopling of America gained him the highest toil, even amounting to drudgery if needful, if consideration, on both sides of the Atlantic, as he could in any way assist in the promulgation a man of original and inquiring mind. He was of literature and science. a contributor to Naumaun s Serapseum;" and Dr. Ludewig was a corresponding member of amongst the chief of his contributions to that many of the most distinguished European and journal may be mentioned those on "American American literary societies, and few men were scholars both Libraries," on the "Aids to American Bibliog held in greater consideration by " of the United as will be raphy," and on the Book-Trade in America and Germany, readily States of America." In 1846appeared his "Lit acknowledged should his voluminous corre of In life he erature of American Local History," a work spondence ever see the light. private much importance and which required no small was distinguished by the best qualities which amount of labor and perseverance, owing to endear a man s memory to those who survive the necessity of consulting the many and widely him: he was a kind and affectionate husband scattered materials, which had to be sought and a sincere friend. Always accessible and out from apparently the most unlikely channels. ever ready to aid and counsel those who applied These studies formed a natural induction to to him for advice upon matters appertaining to the present work on " The Literature of Ameri literature, his loss will long be felt by a most circle of and in can Aboriginal Languages," which occupied extended friends, him Germany his leisure concurrently with the others, and the mourns one of the best representatives of her printing of which was commenced in August, learned men in America, a genuine type of a 1856, but which he did not live to see launched class in which, with singular felicity, to genius the world for at the date of his death, on of the order is combined a upon ; highest painstaking the 12th of December following, only 172 pages and plodding perseverance but seldom met were in type. It had been a labor of love with with beyond the confines of " the Father-

him for and if ever author were mindful laud." memoir. years ; Biographic

M. Continued. McDonald (7fer. Robert). [Terms of McDonald (R.) 10-18. 19- relationship of the Tukuthe, collected evening prayer, pp. Prayers, pp. 20. Order of the administration of the Lord s by R. McDonald, esq., a factor of the supper, pp. 20-53. Baptism of infants, pp. 54- Peel River Fort, Hudson s company, 66; of adults, pp. 66-78. Solemnization of mat Bay Territory, June, 1865.] rimony, pp. 79-93. Burial of the dead, pp. 94- In of Morgan (L. H.), Systems consanguinity 104. Chilig [hymns, uos. i-xxx], pp. 105-123. and of the human affinity family, pp. 293-382, Copies seen : Church Missionary Society, lines 68, Washington, 1871, 4. Eames, Pilling, Society for Promoting Christian A selection from the book of com | | Knowledge. mon to the use of prayer, | according [ ] Nuwheh kukwadhud Jesus Christ the United Church of and | England vih kwunduk uirzi | Matthew, Mark, Ireland. Translated into | | | Tukudh, | John ha kirre Luke, | rsiotitinyokhai the rev. R. by McDonald, | missionary kwikit. John | | kwitinyithutluth of the Church missionary society. | vih etunetle ha rsiotitinyoo | tig | of the S. P. C. [Seal K.] | Tukudh tsha zit | thleteteitazya. | London: for | Society Promoting 1874. London, | Christian Great Knowledge, | 77, Queen Colophon : London : printed by Wm. Clowes Lincoln s-inn-fields street, ; | 4, Royal Stamford street and cross. and sons, | Charing 1873. translation. lord Jesus Christ and Literal Our | exchange; 48, Piccadilly. |

McDonald (R.) Continued. McDonald (R.) Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. text (with chapter titles Ettnnetle | tntthng eujit gichinchik in English) pp. :i-267. 12. ako sakrament ako | | rsikotitinyoo | Matthew, pp. :&-75. Mark, 70-1 21. Luke. pp. chizi thlelchil nutiiide ako kindi pp. 122-199. John, pp. 199-257. Epistles of | | kwmittlutritli thlelchil Johni-iii, pp. 257-267. | Ingland j

seen : Eames, kwikit. and Copies Pilling, Wellesley. tungittiyin | (The Epistles are not Takndh Ettimetle clioli kwunduk Gospels inserted.) | | | nynk- tsha, zit ven. archdea wnn treltsei. Rev. M. thleteteitazya | | Ostervald, | con D. D., kirkhe. kirkhe. Yen. archdeacon McDonald, McDonald, | | [Seal | of the S. P. C. kirkhe Takudh tsha K.] | | thleteteitazya | London: for zit. of the S. P. C. | Society promoting | [Seal K.] | Christian knowledge, Northumberland London : for | Society promoting j avenne, Charing cross, \V. C. [1885.] Christian Northumberland knowledge, | title: Book of common English prayer | cross, W. C. [1885. J and administration of the avenue, Charing | sacraments and | other rites and ceremonies of the church 1 1. s | Title verso blank text (Osterwald | to the use of the Church of abridgment of the history of the bible; with according | Eng land. Preface and Tables are in the exception of chapter titles in English, en | (The printed English, and the and are not tirely in the Takndh language) pp. 3-23, 16. Epistles Gospels those taken from the Old inserted, | Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro except which are at the moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Testament, given end.) | Translated into the Takudh ven. tongue | by |

Ettnnetle , | tntthng enjit gichin- archdeacon I). I). of the McDonald, | [Seal chik ako sakrameut | | | rsikotitinyoo S.P.C.K.]| London: for Christian ako chizi tlilelchil uutiude ako kindi | Society promoting | Northumberland kwimttlutritili tlilelchil knowledge, | avenue, Charing | | | Ingland W. C. kwikit. Takndh tsha cross, [1885.] tungittiyin | Takudh title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English zit ven. archdeacon . thleteteitazya | title recto 1. 2 verso blank, text (with the excep D. D., kirkhe. of tion of a few in in McDonald, | | [Seal headings English, entirely the S. P. C. the Takudh language) pp. 1-221, 16. K.] | The London: for preface and tables mentioned on the | Society promoting English title-page are omitted from the only Christian knowledge, Northumberland copy I have seen. cross, \V. C. avenue, Charing [1885.] Copies seen : Pilling.

title : of common and Book j English prayer | Ochikthud ettunetle trootshid, | administration of the and other I sacraments, | | ako ettnnetle choh trorzi ochikthud rites and ceremonies of the church accord | | | |

to the use of the church of . ettnnetle ako thlnkwiiiadlmn | ket ing England. | | | (The Preface and Tables are printed in Eng ch id trorzi kali dr. kirkhe. | Watts, | | and the and are not in lish, Epistles | Gospels archdeacon McDon Thleteteitazya | those taken from the Old Tes serted, except | ald, D. D., kirkhe. tament, which are given at the end. The | | London : the the Form of to be used at | printed by Religious Psalter, \ Prayer Sea, the Ordination Service, and the Articles of tract 1885. | society. |

are omitted from this Title verso blank 1 1. text in Religion Edition.) | (entirely the Translated into the Takndh ven. Takudh 16. tongue | by | language) pp. 3-17, archdeacon D. 1). of the 3-8. McDonald, | [Seal Catechism, pp. Old Testament pas 9-13. S.P.C.K.] | sages, pp. New Testament passages, pp. London: for Christian | Society promoting 14-17.

Northumberland . : k-nowledge, | avenue, Charing Copies seen Pilling. W. C. cross, [1885.] Tukudh Takndh title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English [ ] hymns. title recto 1. 2 verso blank, preface, concerning [London: Society for promoting the service of the church, of ceremonies, etc. 2 Christian knowledge. 1885.] 11. lessons etc. 4 11. tables and rules 4 11. proper Colophon : Printed by William Clowes and text the of a few (with exception headings in sons, limited, London and Beccles. in the Takudh English, entirely language) pp. No title-page or heading, title above from 1-221,16. outside cover, syllabarium pp. i-iv, text (en Copies seen : Eames. Pilling, Society for Pro tirely in the Tukudh language) pp. 1-74, 16. moting Christian Knowledge, AVellesley. Chilig [hymns, nos. i-lxxvi], pp. 1-58. Some copies differ in title-page and collation, Doxologies. nos. i-iv, p. 59. Canticles, pp. 60- as folio w a : 65. Catechism, pp. 66-74. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 59

D.D. of the S. P. C. Title verso blank 1 1. text des McDonald, | [Seal (with chapter ignations in English) pp. 5-576, 16. K.] | London: for Matthew, pp. 5-76. Mark, pp. 77-122. Luke, | Society promoting pp. 123-200. John, pp. 200-257. Acts, pp. 259- Christian Northumberland knowledge, | 333. Epistles, pp. 333-537. Revelation, pp. 538- W. C. 1890. avenue, Charing cross, | 570. and Colophon : Printed by William Clowes Copies Keen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. London and Beecles. On 251 of his work entitled "The In sons, limited, | page " inside title Title on cover Takudh hymns," dians," Toronto, 1889, Rev. John McLean com as above verso blank 1 1. syllabarium pp. iii-vi, ments on a syllabary Archdeacon Me, Donald [ by

text (entirely in the Takudh language) pp. 1-89, as follows :

of " colophon p. [90], 10. The textual matter Several years ago the Venerable Archdea pp. 1-58 of this edition agrees page for page con McDonald, whose mission is on the Yukon with those pages in the edition titled next and who for a term of dwelt one mile j years

above; though the matter has been entirely I within the Arctic Circle, invented a very elab reset, I think. orate syllabary, which he applied to the Tukudh Chilig [hymns, nos. 1-941, PP- 1-73. Poxol- one of the family of the j language, Hyperborean j ogies, nos. i-iv, p. 74. Canticles, pp. 75-80. languages. The syllabary consisted of 400 syl Ochikthut etunetle [catechism], pp. 81-89. lables, which, when thoroughly memorized, Copies keen : Eames, Pilling. enabled the Tukudh Indians to read their own with ease. translated nekwazzi language perfect Having | rZzehkkoenjitgichinchik | the New Testament and Prayer Book, lie ttrin ako ihthlog kenjit | gichinchik | utilized his syllabic system, and so accurate ttriii kittekookwichiltshei kenjit kah. was its construction that in four months the Oxenden vut sun kwut sut natives could read the Word of God. Great | | Bp. benefits to the from this chizi kah flowed people invention, thleteteitazya | gichinchik | truths of ako as they speedily learned the morality tikyinchiknut triuyunnut eujit. j and religion for themselves." Chutruii ako kenjit gichinchik ttlmi, | Having never seen any publication in the Tukudh in what is | chunkyo rsotitinyoo enjit gichinchik, language printed usually archdeacon McDonald. Kirkhe. termed a syllabary, my interest was aroused, | | | date of March I wrote Mr. of the S. P. C. and under 9, 1889, [Seal K.] | McLean for such further particulars as he London : for | Society promoting might be able to furnish. Under date of March Christian knowledge, Northumberland 28 he replied as follows : W. C. avenue, Charing cross, [1885.] "My statement is based upon the following: Title verso blank 1 1. text (Oxenden s The archdeacon was in three or four family j Winnipeg prayers, entirely in the Tnkudh language, with years ago and was interviewed by a reporter the exception of a few phrases in English) pp. of the Manitoba Free Press. The report of that 3-50, 16. interview was a long one, which I have pre Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro served in my scrapbook. In this report is the Christian of moting Knowledge, Wellesley. following : A syllabary has been made the made use of in the language. While David vi Takudh tsha syllables | psalmnut. | the syllables of the Cree language number only zit ven. archdeacon thleteteitazya | | about 32, the syllabary required for the Tukudh c M D. D. kirkhe. of ! contains about 500 ; and this, notwith Donald, | | [Seal syllables the S. P. C. standing the apparent difficulty, some of the K.] | Indians have learned in a fortnight. These Man. : Printed Robt. | Winnipeg, by j syllables are written out in Roman letters. D. Richardson for the for i | | Society Some of the more intelligent have learned to Christian three mouths. Promoting Knowledge, | read the gospels fairly within London. 1886. I have an interview held with the archdeacon s | Title verso blank 1 1. text (with the exception brother, and several references to the archdea of headings in English and Latin, entirely in con in letters which he wrote himself and were the Takudh language) pp. 1-195, 16. printed in the newspapers; also letters and Hudson Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro notes of travel by Bay Company s moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. officers. This, however, is the only reference 60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

McDonald (R.) Continued. McDonald (R.) Continued. to the syllabary; but, as it was so explicit, I nations of two, three, four, and five Roman felt that surely there could be no doubt con characters, such as ba, be, hi, zoo, zou, zei, cerning it. Should you find it to be incorrect I zui, /it, Dlioo, Dlioii, Dliei, Kdha, Tdlioo, would feel obliged if you would kindly let me Kthou, etc. know, as I am desirous of accurate." very being For a lengthy description and afac-simile of

Under date of fi, 18!)0, Mr. McLean August the Evans syllabary referred to, see the Bib again wrote me, as follows : liography of the Algonquian Languages, pp. "When first I read the account of Archdeacon 186 et seq. McDonald s syllabary I was under the impres sion that it was composed of characters similar McElroy (Patrick D.) Comparative to the Evans characters, in the Tukudh lan vocabulary of the English and Jica- I am not now of that I think guage. opinion. rilla Apache languages. Compiled at lie must the Roman characters in the arrange Cimarron, Colfax County, New Mexico. form of a syllabary and by this means teach By Patrick D. McElroy. 1875. the Indians to read rapidly." In his letter was inclosed a clipping from the Manuscript, 14 unnumbered leaves, 4, in the of the Regiua Leader of July 8, 18S)0, published at library Bureau of Ethnology, Washing Regina, Assiniboia, X. \V. T., reading as fol ton, D.C. lows: The first 5 11. of this manuscript consist of a " eth Over one year ago a famous American letter from the author, in which he includes a wrote to the Rev. Dr. Moose nologist McLean, "Vocabulary of numerals as far as seven in some statements made Jaw, calling question thousand." The succeeding 9 11. comprise the by him in his book on The Indians of Canada, "Comparative vocabulary" issued by the to the existence of a of the relating syllabary Smithsonian Institution to collectors, known as Takudh language. Dr. McLean replied that he "Blank no. 211 170," containing words (in Eng had excellent for his but authority statement, lish, Spanish, French, and Latin), of which that he would write at once to Dr. R. McDonald, equivalents were desired, nearly all of which of Peel inventor of the and River, syllabary, Mr. McElroy has given. learn As Dr. McDonald s mission particulars. Under the title on the first page is the fol house for a time was one mile within the Arctic lowing certificate : Circle it was that it would take two expected "The within was prepared by P. D. McElroy, to receive; a to the letter. An an years reply interpreter at the Cimarron Indian Agency, swer has been .just received, within thirteen New Mexico, and has been tested and found to months, and a copy of the syllabary, the con be correct. tents of the letter corroborating Dr. McLean s " ALEXR. G. IRVINE,

" statements in his book The Indians of Can TJ. S. Indian Agent. ada, and in his latest work, just published, "W.F. M. ABNY,

1 James Evans, Inventor of the Syllabic Sys U. S. Indian Agent, Neiv Mexico." tem of the Cree Language. The following is Mcliitosh (Robert). Sec Gatschet (A. a copy of the letter :

" S.) ST. MATTHEW S, " PEEL 90. Mackenzie RIVER, Januanj 22, (Sir Alexander). Voyages |

" The J{ev. John McLean .- from 011 the river St. | Montreal, |

" DEAR SiR: I send you a copy of the sylla the continent of Laurence, | through | bary referred to. You will observe that very North to the Frozen and America, | | few of the rows after the first page are com Pacific In the Years 1789 and plete, simply through want of space. This will oceans; | that there is 1793. With a account of no | show exaggeration. As to the preliminary | time taken in learning to read in the Takudli the rise, progress, and present state of tongue by means of the syllabary, instead of the fur trade of that Illus | | country. | the fact is it is understated rather exaggerating, trated with Alexander maps. | By than otherwise in some cases; for instance, there is one that learnt the syllabary in three Mackenzie, esq. | and to read the in about a London : for T. days gospels mouth. | printed Cadell, jun. 1 may say that I do not claim great credit for and W. Davies, Strand; Cobbett and the invention of the syllabary. It was sug and W. at Morgan, | Pall-mall; Creech, Evans s gested by syllabic characters. R. " Edinburgh. | By Noble, Old-Bailey. With high consideration,

" M. DCCC.I | [1801]. Yours respectfully, "R. MCDONALD, D. D., Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title,

" Archdeacon. verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. Mr. McLean was correct as to the make-up of preface pp. iii-viii. general history of the fur

" the syllabary. In the Tukudh Hymns, "titled trade etc. pp. i-cxxxii, text pp. 1-412, errata 1 1.

" " above, the syllabarium is given in the pre- ! a maps, 4.

liminary pages and consists simply of combi- I Some account of the Chepewyau Indians (pp. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 61

Mackenzie (A.) Continued. Mackenzie (A.) Continued. includes of the Chep- d Alex. (lre exvi-cxxxii) "Examples Voyages | Mackenzie;;)

" ewyan tongue, ;i vocabulary of 140 words and dans rinterieur de I | | Amerique Sep- phrases, pp. cxxix-cxxxii. Vocabulary (24 Faits en 1792 et tentrioriale, | 1789, words) of the Nagailer or Chin Indians, and of Lel/ r de Montreal aufort Chi- 1793; | , the Atnah or Carrier Indians, pp. 257-258. The 2. me et a la mer Glaciale Le , Atnah given here is Salishan, not Athapascan. piouyan ; | Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu du fort Chipiouyan jusqu aux bords de seum, Congress, Dunbar, Earaes, Geological FOcdaii Precedes d un Ta | pacifique. | Survey, Trumbull, "Watkinson. bleau et sur le historique politique | Stevens s Nuggets, no. 1775, priced a copy 10s. commerce des dans le Ca it 5s. pelleteries, 61. At the Fischer sale, no. 1006, brought ; nada. Traduits de 1 Par J. 2*. Gd. at the Field | | another copy, no. 2532, ; sale, Anglais, Itme"- 110. at the no. $1.62 ; Avec des Notes et un 1447, $2.38; Squier sale, 709, Caste"ra, | at the Murphy sale, no. 1548, $2.25. Priced by tires en des du raire, partie | papiers no. 7s. Qd. no. a half- Quaritch, 12206, ; 28953, vice-amiral Tome Pre Bougainville. | russia Clarke & co. no. 4040, copy, 11.; 1886, mier 11. 7s. 6d. [-III]. | $5.50 ; Stevens, 1887, Dentu, Paris, | Imprimeur-Libraire, from on tin 1 Voyages | | Montreal, | Palais du de Tribunal, | galeries bois, river St. the Laurence, | through | n. 240. An X. 1802. | continent of North to the America, | | 3 vols. maps, 8.

Pacific oceans : in the as in the first edition titled Frozen and | years Linguistics above, 20. 1789 and 1793. With a vol. 1, pp. 304-310, vol. 3, p. | preliminary account of the and Copies seen: Astor, Congress. | rise, progress, pres At the Fischer sale, no. 2533, a copy brought ent state of the fur trade of that | | | Is. Priced by Gagnon, Quebec, 1888, $3. Illustrated with a country. | map. | By For title of an extract from this edition see Alexander First below. Mackenzie, Esq. | under date of 1807 American edition. | Alexander Mackenzie s Reisen Esq. | New-York: and sold G. | printed by von Montreal durch Nordwestameri- F. Hopkins, at Washington s head, No. | | ka uach deui Eismeer und der Siid- Pearl-street. 1802. | | 118, | See in den Jahren 1789 und 1793. | Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank | des Pelzhan- 1 1. to Nebst eiuer Geschichte preface the London edition pp. v-viii, | text 1-296, 8. dels in Canada. Aus dem pp. map, | Euglischeu. Linguistics as in the edition of 1801 titled Mit einer Karte uiid dein | allgemeinen in xt 271. above, pp. 91-94, Bild- nisse des Verfassers. | | Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum. Berlin und 1802. Hamburg. | from on the Voyages | | Montreal, | Pp. i-ix, 11-408, map, 8. river St. the as under titles | above, 133-135, Laurence, through | Linguistics pp. continent of North to the 365. America, | |

seen : British Museum. Frozen and Pacific oceans ! in the Copies ; years 1789 and 1793. With a on the | from preliminary Voyages | | Montreal, | account of the and the | rise, river St. progress, pres Laurence, | through | ent state of the fur trade of that to the | | North | continent of America, | j Illustrated with a | Pacific In the country. | general and Frozen oceans; | of the sir Alexander map country. | By 1789 and 1793. With a Years | prelim Mackenzie. | account of the inary | rise, progress, John Philadelphia: | published state of the fur trade of by and present | | R. 1802. Morgan. | Carr, printer. | With notes that country. | original by 2 vols. in one: half-title verso blank 1 1. title and Members of Bougainville, Volney, | verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. pref. senate. Illustrated with the French | ace pp. i-viii, text pp. i-cxxvi. 1-113; 115-392, Alexander Mackenzie, esq. map, 8. maps. | By as in the Linguistics London edition of 1801 |Voi.i[-irj. | titled above, pp. oxiii-cxxvi, 246. London: for T. | printed Cadell, jun. Copies seen : Geological Survey W. Cobbett and and Davies, Strand; | Some have on the copies title-page tlu- and W. at " Morgan, Pall-mall; Creech, | words : Illustrated with a general map of the R. | By Noble, Old-bailey. country and a portrait of the author." (*) Edinburgh. At the Field sale, a copy, no. 1448, brought M.DCCC.II [1802]. $2.02. 2 vols. iu one: half-title verso hlauk 1 1. title 62 BIBLIOGKAPHY OF THE

Mackenzie (A.) Continued. Mackenzie (A.) Continued, verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. pref account of the and nary | rise, progress, ace pp. vii-xiv, text pp. 1-284. contents pp. 285- state of the fur trade of present | | | 290; half-title verso blank 1 1. title (varying that Illustrated with country, j maps somewhat in punctuation from that of vol. 1) | and a of the author. sir verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-310 (wrongly num" portrait | By j bered notes 31 313- Alexander Mackenzie. Vol. 210), pp. 1-312, appendix pp. | ![-!!]. |

325, contents pp. 32G-332, maps, 8. New-York : W. B. Gil- | published by Linguistic contents as in the first edition 1814. j ley. | titled above, vol. 1, pp. 158-162, vol.2, pp.148- i 2vols.: 3 p. 11. pp. i-viii, i-cxxvi, 1-113; 1 1. 149. pp. 115-392,8. Copies seen: Congress, Geological Survey. Linguistic contents as under previous titles, Clarke &. co. 1886, priced a copy, no. 4050, $3.50. vol. 1, pp. cxxiii-cxxvi, 247. from on the Copies seen : Voyages | | Montreal, | Congress. river St. the Sir Alexander born in | Mackenzie, Laurence, | through explorer, continent of to the Inverness, Scotland, about 1755; died in Dal- North-America, | | housie, Scotland, March 12, 1820. In his youth Frozen and Pacific oceans : ! in the years he emigrated to Canada. In June, 1789, he set 1789 and 1793. With a | Preliminary out on his expedition. At the western end of Account of the and | rise, progress, Great Slave Lake he entered a river, to which state of the fur trade of that he his name, and explored it until 12, present | | gave July Illustrated with a when he reached the Arctic Ocean. He then country. | map. | By Alexander Third returned to Fort Chippewyan, where he arrived | Mackenzie, esq. | on September 27. In October, 1792, he under American edition. J took a more hazardous expedition to the west

New-York : Evert | published by ern coast of North America, and succeeded in on the Pacific Ocean. He Duyckinck, bookseller. Lewis Nichols, \ reaching Cape Menzies, 1803. ret Timed to England in 1801 and was knighted printer. | the Cyclop, of Am. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank following year. Appletoris

1. les nations sau- 1 2 vols. : half-title verso printer 1 title verso | vages qui habitent, et sur les vastes contrees sont blank 1 1. preface (dated 1st March, 1849) pp. v- qui y | viii, contents pp. ix-xii, text pp. 13-308; title Avec un Vocabulaire de la contigues ; | verso printer 1 1. contents pp. iii-vii, text pp. 9- de de ces langue plusieurs peuples | 328, 12. vastes contrees. Par Alexaiidre Mac of the Indian dialects | Vocabulary principal kenzie. Traduit de F J. in use among the tribes in the Hudson s Bay | Anglais, | par Territory, Sauteu, or Ogibois, Cree, Beaver Cast<5ra. Orne" du portrait de 1 auteur. | and in columns, re ruedu Indian, Chippewayan, parallel Paris, | Dentu,Imprim.-Lib. , about 130 words each, vol. 2, pp. 323-328.

u.<> 3. M. D. CCC. VII Poiit-de-Lody, | Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athemeum, Brit [1807]. ish Museum, Congress, Eames, National Mu seum. Half-title 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1- At the Field sale, no. 1450, a half-morocco 310, table des matieres 1 unnumbered page, 8. copy, at the no. An extract from vol. 1 of the Paris edition of uncut, brought $3.75; Murphy sale, a defective $1.50. 1802, titled above. 1558, copy, contents as in Linguistic previous editions, McLean (Iicv. John). American Indian pp. 304-310. literature. Copies seen : Congress. In Canadian Methodist, Mag. vol. 21, pp. 456- sold a no. for 4 fr. Leclerc, 1867, copy, 920, ; 463, Toronto, 1885, 8. (Pilling.) priced by him, 1878, no. 756, 20 fr. A general account of the subject, including from Montreal, on the, references to a number of writers and works on Voyages | | | river St. the the Athapascan. Laurence, | through | continent of North to the Indian and literature in America, | | languages Fro/en and Pacific in the North-west Territories and oceans; | Manitoba, 1789 and 1793. With a British Columbia. years | prelimi- ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

McLean (,T.) Continued. McLean (J.) Continued. In Canadian Institute, Proo. third scries, vol. Bloomington, 111., in 1888. Besides the articles which have his 5, pp. 215-218, Toronto, 1888, 8. appeared under own name. Dr. Contains (1) list of languages in Manitoba, McLean has written extensively for the press Territories lan under the de of Keewatin, and North-west ; (2) nom plume Robin Rustler. He guages in British Columbia; and (3) the lan is now (February, 1892) stationed at Moose Jaw, guages of which vocabularies and grammars Northwest Territory, having left the Indian have been published, the authors and place of work in July, 1889. He has for several years publication, the latter containing a number of been inspector of schools, and is now a member references to the Athapascan. of the board of education and of the board of examiners for the Northwest Territory. The Indians tlu ir manners and cus | toms. John M. Ph. I). M Murray (Alexander H.) See | By | McLean, A., Murray With (A. II.) Rustler.) | Eighteen | (Robin Illustrations. full-page | M Pherson (Murdoch). Vocabulary of

Toronto : William 78 & 80 | Briggs, the Chepewyan language. street east. C. W. Mon In Richardson Arctic King | Coates, (J.), searching expedi treal. S. F. Halifax. 1889. tion, vol. 2, pp. 382-385, London, 1851, 8. Huestis, | Contains about 100 words and the numerals Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright notice 1-300. 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii- Reprinted in the later editions of the same viii. contents list of illustrations verso pp. ix-x, r w ork; see Richardson (J.) blank 1 1. text pp. 13-351, 12. Chapter vii, Indian languages and literature, M Pherson (Mr*. Murdoch). See Rich pp. 235-258. This consists first of a notice of the. ardson (J.) development of Indian languages from picture- writing through ideographic symbols to pho Maisonneuve. This word following a title or in netic signs classified in alphabets. Then the cluded within parentheses after a note indicates field of literature in general devoted to the that a copy of the work referred to has been Indians is scanned, enumerating Avorks of seen by the compiler in the bookstore of Mai special interest to the student of philology, sonneuve et Cie., Paris, France. commencing on p. 241. This includes titles of of devotion in the works in a number of American languages, Manual Beaver Indian among them the Tukudh. Indian syllables dialeet. See Bompas (W. C.) (Tukudh, Cherokee, Cree), pp. 251-253. Massachusetts Historical Society: These words Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Powell. following a title or within parentheses after a Rev. John McLean was bom in Kilmarnoch, note indicate that a copy of the work referred Scotland, Oct. 30, 1852; came to Can Ayrshire, to has been seen by the compiler in the library ada in and was B. A. from Vic 1873, graduated of that society, Boston, Mass. toria University, Cobourg, Ontario. Some years afterward his alma mater conferred on him the Matthews (Dr. Washington). A part of degree of M. A. In 1874 he entered the ministry the Navajo s mythology. By W. Mat of the Methodist church. In 1880, at Hamilton. thews. Ontario, he was ordained for special work In American Antiquarian, vol. 5, pp. 207-224, among the Blackfoot Indians, leaving in June Chicago, 1883, 8 . (Bureau of Ethnology.) of the same year for Fort MacLeod, Northwest Contains many Navajo terms and names of Territory, accompanied by his wife. At this mythic personages passim. point were gathered about 700 Blood Indians, Issued separately as follows : which number was subsequently increased by the arrival of Bloods and Blackfeet from Mon - A Part of the Navajos Mythology. | tana to 3,500. Mr. McLean settled upon the W. Matthews. From the American By | reserve set apart for these Indians and dili Antiquarian for April, 1883. gently set to work to master their language, history, etc., and on these subjects he lias pub [Chicago: 1883.] lished a number of articles in the, magazines Half-title on cover as above, no inside title; and society publications. At the, request of the text pp. 1-18, 8. anthropological committee of the British Asso Linguistic contents as under title next above. ciation for the Advancement of Science, Dr. Copies seen : Pilling. McLean has for several years prepared notes on [ - A with the the language, customs, and traditions of the ] night Navajos. By Elini. Blackfoot Confederacy, and the results of this Zay labor are partly given in one of the reports of In Forest and Stream, vol. 23, pp. 282-283, the committee. Although burdened with the New York, Nov. 6, 1884, folio. (Bureau of Eth labors of a missionary, he found time to prepare nology.) a post graduate course in history and took the Contains a number of Navajo words with degree of Ph. D. at the Wesleyan University, meanings paxsim. 64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Matthews (W.) Continued. Matthews (W.) Continued. of the Nav- - The of a shaman. Mythic dry-paintings prayer | | Navajo Dr. Matthews. Dr. W. | U. ajos. By By | Washington Matthews, | In American Naturalist, vol. 19, pp. 931-939, S. From the American Anthro army. | Philadelphia, 1885, 8. (Congress.) pologist, Vol. I, No. 2, April, 1888. Contains <i number of Navajo terms and D. C.: Judd & Det- Washington, | proper names passim. 1888. - weiler, printers. | The origin of the Ut.es. A Navajo Cover title as above, title as above verso myth. blank 1 1. text pp. 5-26, plate, 8-. In American Antiquarian, vol. 7, pp. 271-274, Linguistics as under title next above, pp. 7- Chicago, 1885, 8. (Bureau of Ethnology.) 19, 21-26. A number of Navajo words and phrases. Copies seen : Pilling. Navajo names for plants. By Dr. W. Navajo gambling songs. By Dr. Matthews, IT. S. A. Washington Matthews, U. S. army. In American Naturalist, vol. 20, pp. 767-777, In American Anthropologist, vol. 2, pp. 1-19, Philadelphia, 1886, 8. (Pilling.) 8. Many Navajo words with English meanings Washington, 1889, (Pilling.) Contains short in Navajo, and explanations. twenty-one songs each followed by translation and notes. Some deities and demons of the Issued separately, also, without change, Navajos. By Dr. W. Matthews, U. S. (Pilling.) Army. Noqoilpi, the gambler: a Navajo In American vol. 20. 841-850. Naturalist, pp. myth. Philadelphia, 1886, 8. In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 2, pp. A number of Navajo words .and names of 89-94, Boston and New York, 1889, 8. (Pilling.) mythic personages, passim. A number of Navajo terms, passim. The mountain chant : a cere Navajo Issued separately, also, without change. Dr. mony. By Washington Matthews, (Pilling.) U. S. A. - The gentile system of the Navajo In Bureau of Fifth Ann. Ethnology, Kept, Indians. pp. 379-467, Washington, 1887, royal 8. (Pil In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 3, pp. ling.) 89-110, Boston and New York, 1890, 8. (Pilling.) Original texts and translations of songs, pp. List of the Navajo gent es (51), with meanings 455-467, contain twenty-two songs and prayers in 103-104. Phratries of the Nav with literal and free translations into Eng English, pp. ajos (from Tall Chanter, and a second list from lish. Numerous Navaj* terms, including local Bourke), p. 109. Many Navajo terms and mythic names, passim. Capt.

2>assi>n. Issued separately, with title-page, as follows : Issued separately, with title-page, as follows : The mountain chant a | | Navajo - The of the system | | Navajo Dr. Mat gentile ceremony | by | Washington Indians | by | Washington Matthews, U. S. A. Extract from the fifth thews, | M. LL. D. and D., | major surgeon, annual report of the Bureau of ethnol United States Delivered as a army |

ogy | [Vignette] | Lecture before the Government Anthropological | Washington | printing Society, D. C. office 1888 Washington, | a rid New York: 1890.] Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1 [Boston on cover as no inside 1. no inside title, contents pp. 381-382, illustra Half-title above, title; C text 8. tions p. 383, text pp. 385-467, royal 8 . One pp. 89-110, hundred copies issued. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen : Pilling.

seen : Bureau of Eames. Copies Ethnology, [Texts, grammar, and dictionary of Pilling. * the Nay aj o language. ] ( ) The of a shaman. prayer Navajo By Manuscript. Dr. Matthews, who is now Dr. S. Washington Matthews, U. A., (1892) stationed at Ft. Wiugate, N. M., is col Army medical museum. lecting material for a monograph on the Navajo Indians. the he In American Anthropologist, vol. 1, pp. 149- Concerning linguistic portion 170. Washington, 1888, 8. (Pilling.) wrote me under date of September 22, 1891, as The prayer in English (in 55 paragraphs), follows: on the is with interlinear translation in Navajo, pp. 151- "My work Navajo language grow 163.- Glossary (127 words), alphabetic by Nav ing, but it is iu such a chaotic state as yet that ajo words, pp. 165-170. I can not give you a very satisfactory account to Issued separately, with title-page, as follows : of it. I have, I think, grammatic material ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 65

Matthews (W.) Continued. Matthews (W.) Continued. fill 200 or 250 printed quarto pages, and I have Hemenway Southwestern Arcluclogical Expe about 10,000 words in my dictionary. My col dition. While in the Army Medical Museum lection of texts and tr;islations songs, his time was largely devoted to somatological prayers, myths, rituals, etc. would formagood- studies, particular attention being given to the sized volume of themselves. It will take time large collection of crania and other human and leisure to put them in shape, however. bones in the museum, and he has Avritten an

extensive illustrated <; Dr. "Washington Matthews was horn in Kil- monograph on The Human Bones of the liney, a suburb of Dublin, Ireland, July 17, Hemenway Collection,", which is In 1843. His mother dying, his father emigrated yet unpublished. 1890 he returned to New where he still to America while lie was yet in his infancy, Mexico, remains. and, after extensive travel in America, settled Mescalero Apache. See Apache. first in Wisconsin, then a territory, and later in Iowa. He was graduated in medicine at the Midnooski. See Ahtinne. medical department of the State University of Milhau John J. (Dr. ) Vocabulary of the Iowa in the spring of 1864, and in 1888 received the honorary degree of LL.I). from the same Umpqua Valley people, Oregon. 3 unnumbered university in recognition of his philologic Manuscript, leaves, folio, studies. In 1864 he entered the United States written on both sides; in the library of the Bureau of Collected service as an acting assistant surgeon, and Ethnology. during No served as such until the close of the war. In vember, 1856. Recorded on one of the Smith sonian blanks of 170 T the summer of 1865 he again entered the mili words, equiA alents of the whole number tary service and has continued therein until being given. In the same the present time, having been commissioned library are two copies of this both Dr. Geo. in major and surgeon July 10, 1889 His service vocabulary, by Gibbs, one of has carried him over all the States and Terri which (where he designates the language as he follows Dr. Milhau s tories west of the Mississippi and brought him Hewitt) spelling, in the other he uses an into contact with a majority of the tribes of alphabetfc notation of his own. A third is in the same that extensive region. His first serious study copy library, made by of the Indians began when he ascended the Dr. Roehrig for comparison with the Willopah Upper Missouri in 1865. In the autumn of that vocabulary of Dr. Gibbs. year he went to Fort Berthold, Dakota, where Mimbreno Apache. See Apache. he came in contact with Arickarees, Hidatsas, Montagnais : and Mandaus. He resided, with some inter Bible history See Legoff (L.) ruptions, in the neighborhood of these three Catechism Legoff (L.) tribes for about six years, and gave special Catechism Perrault (C. O.) attention to their languages and ethnography. Catechism Yegreville (V. T.) In the winter of 1870-71 his and manuscripts Dictionary Petitot (E. F. S. J.) notes on these tribes had assumed extensive Dictionary Yegr6villc (V. T.) proportions; but on the 28th of January, 1871, Grammar Legoff (L.) his quarters at Fort Buford were destroyed by Grammar Yegreville ( V. T. ) flre, and all his notes and manuscripts, with a Grammatie treatise Petitot (E. F. S. J.) valuable collection of books of travel and early Hymns Legoff (L.) exploration on the upper Missouri, were con ( ) . Hymns Perrault ( C. ) sumed. In 1872 he went east, and in 1873 pub Prayer book Legoff (L.) lished the Grammar and of the Dictionary Prayer book Perrault (C. O.) of Language the Hidatsa . From New York he Sermons Legoff (L.) went to California, prepared a second edition Songs Yegr6ville ( V. T.) of his work, under the title of Ethnography Syllabary Perrault (C. O.) and Philology of the Hidatsa which Indians, Ten commandments Legoff (L.) was issued from the Government Printing Text Legoff (L.) Office in 1877, and spent some five in the years Tribal names Petitot (E. F. S. J.) more remote parts of California and on cam Vocabulary Adam (L.) paigns against hostile Indians, in the course of Words Petitot (E. F. S. J.) which he traveled extensively through Nevada, See also Athapascan ; Chippewyan ; Tinn. Oregon, Idaho, and Washington, and met many wild tribes whose languages and customs he Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian noted. In 1880 lie went to New Mexico, where Contributions to 218 Knowledge. | | he began to study the Navajo Indians. In 1884 of | and affin Systems | consanguinity he went to I). and Washington, C., remained of the human ity | | there on duty in the Army Medical Museum family. | By | until Lewis H. May, 1890. From Washington he made Morgan. | two excursions into the Southwest in : the the pur Washington city | published by suit of archa.-ologic and ethnographic investi Smithsonian institution. 1871. | gationsone in the interest of the Bureau of Colophon : Published by the Smithsonian in the other Ethnology, in the interest of tbQ stitution, 1870. | Washington city, | June, ATH 5 66 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Morgan (L. H.) Continued. Morice (A. G.) Continued. Title on cover as above, inside title ditferir 2 separate leaves, A-erso of the first one from above in imprint verso blank 1 1. adver blank, 8. tisement p. iii verso blank, preface pp. v-ix On the first leaf is given the syllabary with verso notes " blank, contents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-583, explanatory ; the second presents Some of index pp. 585-590, 14 plates, 4. the Advantages of the Xew Syllabary." See Also forms vol. 17 of Smithsonian Contribu the fac-similes on the three following pages. tions to Knowledge. Such issues have no cover Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. title, but the general title of the series and 6 [ A New & J | Improved other prel. 11. preceding the inside title. Easy Alpha bet or to the Chapter v, System of relationship of the Syllabary | suggested Ganowanian continued. " Cherokee nation" a Friend and family Athapasco- | By | Apache and other nations (pp. 230-253) includes earnest sympathizer. |

the : A short following comparative vocabulary Stuart s Lake Mission Print No. 9. (23 Avords) of the Slave Lake Indians (from Kennicott), Beaver Indians (from Kennicott), [1890.] 1 leaf, verso blank, 8. Chepewyan, Dog Rib, and Kiitchin (the three " The sounds and of the above latter from Richardson), p. 232. orthography are those of the Cherokee such as System of consanguinity and affinity of the Alphabet in s Ganowanian family (pp. 291-382) includes the reproduced Pilling Iroquoian Bibliography. Should they be incomplete or defective, the new following, collected by Mr. Morgan : Hare In can be or corrected dians (Ta-na -tin-ne), lines 65; Red Knives Syllabary easily completed out of the Dene from which it is (Tal-sote -e-nJi), lines 66. Alphabet, extracted." Also the following : Copies seen : Eames, Herdesty (W. L.), Relationships of the Kut- Pilling, Wellesley. chin or Loucheux, lines 67. Pieces Post Missam [ ] | privatam Kennicott (R.), Relationships of the Slave recitanda;. line charac Lake Indians, lines 64. | [One syllabic McDonald (R.). Relationships of the Tu-kfi- ters.] lines 68. the, [Stuart s Lake mission, B. C. 1890.] Copies Keen : Astor, British Musum, Bureau 1 leaf, A-erso blank, 8. of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. Pilling, Trum- A prayer in the Dene language, syllabic bull. characters, followed by a prayer in Latin, romau At the Squier sale, HO. 889, a copy sold for characters. $5.50. Quaritch, no. 12425. priced a copy 41. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. H. Lewis Morgan was born in Aurora, Cayuga lines [Two syllabic characters.] | X. T., November 21, 1818. He County, was of the and Union [Picture virgin child.] | graduated by College, Schenectady, in the I [Three lines syllabic characters.] class of 1840. Returning from college to Aurora, s Lake B. C. Mr. Morgan joined a secret society composed of [Stuart mission, 1890.] the men of the Transliteration: Pe toestkes oetsotoaleh young village and knoAvn as the | Grand Order of the Jezi Kli hwoeztli et hwotscen Iroquois. This had a great | influence his HAVO! 1890t nahwotizcet Xakraztli 6t future | upon career and studies. | pel Molis The order was instituted for sport and amuse a-yinla. ment, but its organization was modeled on the Translation: With paper one-learns (Jesus Christ was-born then since of the Six | governmental system Nations ; and, chiefly under Mr. Morgan s direction and lead With-it 1890 times it-annually-revolved Stuart s-Lake there father Morice the | ership, objects of the order were extended, [year] | if not entirely changed, and its purposes made-it. improved. To become better acquainted with Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in the Dene and in the social polity of the Indians, young Morgan language syllabic characters) pp. 16. title- visited the aborigines remaining in Xew York, 3-32, sq. See the fac-simile of the a mere remnant, but yet to a page on p. 70 of this bibliography. retaining great j extent their ancient laws and customs; and he The first book printed in these characters. went so far as to be as a It is a sort of spelling and adopted member by the ! primer containing Senecas. Before the council of the in elementary reading lessons. order, j the years 1844, 1845, and 1846, he read a series of Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. papers on the Iroquois, which were published lines [Two syllabic characters.] | under the nom de plume of "Skenaiuloah." lines Mr. Morgan died in Rochester, N. Y., Decem [Oblate seal.] | [Three syllabic ber 17, 1881. characters.] s Lake B. C. [Morice (1 erc Adrieu Gabriel).] The [Stuart mission, 1890.] Transliteration : keiskoez. New Lrckateshisyaz | | Methodical, Easy and Complete Jezi Kli hwujztli et hwotsa-n Dene | [Seal.] | | syllabary. Hwo 1890t nahwotizcet Nakraztli 6t | | pel s Lake [Stuart mission, 13. C. 1890.] Molis cuylnla. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 67

THE NEW

Methodical, Easy and Complete DENE SYLLABARY.

With 68 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

SOME OF THE

Advantages of the New Syllabary,

I. The direction of the curve, or angle of each sign infallibly determines

the nature of the vowel added to the fundamental consonant of each syllable, and this direction is always perceived without the least effort of the mind. In the Cree Alphabet such as given in Petitot s Grammairvraisonnee, this direc tion 011 which depends the vowel of the syllable is either difficult to discern or governed by no fixed rules. Thus, in that Syllabary, (^ points to the right, b to the left, (5 upwards. -^ downwards, though the consonants expressed by these differently turned signs are ALL in connection with the SAME vowel A. Hen

ce confusion with co-relative difficulty for the mind of the pupil. II. All the cognate sounds are rendered in the new syllables by similarly formed characters the general shape of which denotes the phonetic group to which they belong, while their intrinsic modifications determine the nature of the particular sound they represent. Thus the dentals are expressed by a single curve; the gutturals by a double curve; the soft sibilants by a curve with un dulating extremities; the hard sibilants by a double curve with like extrem

ities, etc. Therefore our 30 sets of letters are practically reduced to 9, viz.: <3CCLEC.QC!C8;- So that the pupil who has become familiar with these 9 signs may almost Be said to have mastered the whole Alphabet; for another good point in its favor is that III. The modifications of each fundamental character take place internally illustrate and in conformity with logical and therefore easily learnt rules. To this remark, we xvill refer to the sign g. The student who already possesses the aforesaid 9 principal signs will recognize it at sight through its double undulating curve as a hard sibilant which, being affected by no modification, must be given the primary hissing sound Sa. Let us now insert therein the perpendicular line which, when used as an internal accretion to a sign, corres

to the h of the Eoman in hwa t ponds Alphabet (as < /ira, < Q tha, Q kha), and we obtain sha. Should we cross the end of its horizontal line, we will

In li thereby add a T to that sign which will then become tsha-oi cha. ke manner, may be changed into g tsa which in its turn is liable to be transformed into tsa. etc. also become etc. This gi Q :, may Q, g, in the old which is logic and consequent facility are sadly wanting Syllabary differentiated addi made up of disconnected signs many of which are only by

/ 1 c (< 7/< tional and external smaller signs (/^ /L, (5 b b 3 3 <3 ) ha most of which are also used as non-syllabic letters, and as such sometimes from that which is attribu- ve in that same Alphabet a meaning quite different ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 69

ted to them when they are considered as mere accessories. This arbitrary change of value joined to the fact that these modifying signs sometimes pre cede, sometimes follow, the main character must unavoidably confuse the mind of the beginner and render the acquisition of reading unnecessarily difficult. IV. In our system, all the small signs (except o which, as its form indica are consonants without and in no instance is tes, is zero when alone) vowel, any of them used in another capacity They have always the same value, and tho in the formation method and logic which we have noticed of the main or syl of those which are labic signs have also presided to the composition merely consonantal. Thus the non-syllabic gutturals are expressed by vertical lines

/ nasals semicircles < &c. Note also the transformation of (\ v); the by (> ~),

zh etc. the insertion of the i or s into $, sh] z into z, or/, through modifying

old "not lacks this h of the large characters. The Alphabet only method and it would seem as if its inventor had resulting simplicity, but purposedly con trived to render its acquisition unduly difficult to the white student by giving that of to h that of etc. to s the value of I, to z g, /, V. The new Syllabary is complete, while it is universally conceded that the Cree Alphabet lacks about half a dozen sets of syllabic signs which are in delicate as the Dene. Those who the dispensable in such languages know num berless and most ridiculous contresens this scarcity leads to need no other rea as son to reject the whole system practically worthless. Besides, in connection, with none of its signs is there any provision for such important vowel sounds

<z e and u Fr. Yet in CE as those of (French muet} (oo t on). several dialects characterizes the present tense and E the past, while the distinction between o and u is no less essential.

VI. Lastly, we claim for our Syllabary a greater synthesis which renders the the writing shorter and, by avoiding accumulation of non-syllabic signs, easier. For the makes the reading instance, Chippewayaa word intan-cliare, the old "leaf" which with syllables cannot be written without three consecu tive small w is with th9 signs (AO -2) simply t>)QvS]> new system. be to state as In conclusion, we may permitted illustrative of the practical that it worth of the new Syllabary through Indians of common intelligence have learnt to read in one week s leasurely study before they had any Primer of kind to them or printed matter any help on. We even know of a young man who performed the feat in the space of two evenings. 70 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

I890

FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF MORICE S DENE PRIMER. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 71

1890r C

FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF MORICE S DENE CATECHISM. 72 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Morice (A. G.) Continued. Morice (A. G.) Continued. Translation: The-littlo-cateehism drawn-on Half-title (Le Petit Catechisme et prierea)

| Jesus-Christ was-born then since verso blank 1 1. title as verso 1 1. (written). | above blank

[Seal.] | avertissement pp. 5-6, text (Carrier and French, With-it 1890-times on at it-annually-revolved | usually facing pages) pp. 8-143, (half-titles Stuart s-Lake there fatherMorice made-it. 7, 51 and 95). table des matieres | pp. p. 144, sq. Title as above verso blank 1 1. text (entirely 16. in the Dene language and in syllabic charac On each page of the work are given foot-notes ters) pp. 3-18, sq. 16. See the fac-siraile of the explanatory of peculiarities in the Carrier text title-page on p. 71 of this bibliography. and of the translation. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Catechism, pp. 7-49. Prayers for the morn Some copies of this catechism differ in colla ing, pp. 52-69. Prayer for the evening, pp. 70-

: 1. 73. tion Title as above verso blank 1 text pp. 41- Divers prayers (pp. 74-93) : Prayer on 56. The author informs mo that an edition of arising, p. 74. Prayer on retiring, p. 75. The 500 of these was printed "to form part of a mysteries of the rosary, pp. 76-79. Salve, Recueil de Prieres which I am not yet pre Regina, p. 80. Prayerto St. Joseph, pp. 81-83.

pared to publish." (Eames, Pilling, Shea.) Prayer for the dead, p. 84. Acts for the bene diction of the holy sacrament, pp. 85-93, verso a - The western Dane s their manners note in French by the author. Cantiques (pp. and customs. the Rev. Father A. By 9&-143) : To the sacred eucharist, pp. 96-103. G. Morice, O. M. I., Stuart s Lake, B. C. To the Holy Spirit, p. 104. To the Holy Virgin, In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol. 7 pp. 105-112. To St. Joseph, pp. 113-115. To (whole no. vol. 25), pp. 109-174, Toronto, 1890, 8. the Holy Angels, pp. 116-117. For various (Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling, Wellesley.) occasions, pp. 118-143.

Classification of the Dene tribes, p. 113. Copies seen .- Eames, Pilling, Powell. Dene with 156-157. songs music, Apologue [To3sthes-Xahwoe!naek, or Carrier in the of the Carrier In (three lines) language Review. dians ("written with the new signs" with Stuart s interlinear transliteration and followed by Lake, 1891.] 9-32, 8. English translation), p. 166. Remarks on the Pp. An in language of the western Denes, pp. 166-167. eight-page periodical, printed entirely the Den6 syllabic characters invented by Pere

De"ue" in The languages. Considered Morice. At this writing (January, 1892) but Themselves and Incidentally in their three numbers have been issued those for Relations to Non-American Idioms. October, November, and December, 1891. No. 1 begins with page 9, the preceding pages being By the Rev. Father A. G. Morice, O. M. I. held, I presume, for the preliminary matter fti Canadian Inst. Trans, vol. 1, pp. 170-212. relating to the volume. Toronto, 1891, 8. (Pilling.) The contents are of a varied nature the first Introduction, pp. 170-171. Phonetics and number, for Indian or " example, containing: graphic signs (pp. 172-175) includes the new local names, p. 9. News from below [i. e. from methodical easy and complete Dene syllabary," the colonized portion of British Columbia], p. p. 175. General characteristics of the Dene 9. News from the New World, p. 10; from the languages, pp. 176-181. Theiiouns; their vari Old World, p. 10. Scripture text, p. 11. Life eties and inflections, pp. 181-184. The adjec of St. Athanasius, p. 11. Bible questions and tives and the pronouns, pp. 185-189. The sim answers, p. 12. Letter from the bishop, p. 12. ple or primary verbs, pp. 189-195. The com A picture and its explanation, p. 13. Concern posite verbs, pp. 195-200. Varieties of verbs, ing the Review, p. 13. A story, pp. 14-15. pp. 200-204. Miscellaneous notes, pp. 204-212. Hymns, p. 15. Useful information, etc., p. 1(5. Issued separately with half-title (The Dene Copies aeen: Pilling, Powell. languages), on the verso of which begins the in 170-212. Dictionnaire de la as the ] | text, paged original article, [ Langue | (Eames, Gatschet, Powell.) Chilkohtine. Mission du lac William. Pilling, ; | It has also been translated into French and Avril 1884. | ( ) is in course of publication in the Missions de la Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. text pp. des Missionnaires Oblats de Congregation 1-170, double columns, 8. Marie Immaculee, Paris. Contains about 5,000 words, which need Le catechisrne al des rearrangement and retranscription. It has | petit | usage | been for as far as the let Texte & Traduc- prepared publication sauvages portmirs | ter F. tion avec Notes suivi des du | | prieres Pe Kuti-Nitsil-in | ge" \ ] | pregenni | matin et du soir Par le R. P. | | Morice, yatselthik. [1884.] (*) O. M. J. lines | [Two quotation] | translation: With Above-Chief Literal \

Mission du lac Stuart I 1891 | his-word after [God] | | one-speaks. Colophon : Typographic de la Mission du Lac Manuscript; pp. 1-42, 12. Stuart. No. 10. Contains 5 sermons in Chilkohtin. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 73

Morice (A. G.) Continued. Morice (A. G.) Continued. Dictionnaire Des Verbes Do la Twelve Short Lives of the Saints. | [ ] | | Porteur le R. P. A. G. 1891. (*) Langue | par | Manuscript; 26 pages, 4. O.M. I. Mission du lac Stuart Morice, \ [Words, phrases, and sentences in 1887-18 . . (*) | the Dene 1891.] (*) Manuscript; title verso and following leaf language. Manuscript in possession of its author, who blank, text pp. 1-128, double column, small 4. has it for the use of the Bureau of J.-Conly finished. prepared Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of Powell s Grammaire Des Parties [ ] | couju- Introduction to the study of Indian languages. du Discours de la gables | Langue Grammar of The Carrier Lan | Porteur. | 1887. (*) With Notes On Local Pecul guage | | Manuscript : pp. 1-96, double column, broad 8. iarities and Idiotisms Rev. A. G. Contains four chapters, subdivided into 19 | By articles and 132 rules. Morice, O.M.I. (*) 73 broad in Manuel Du coutenaiit Manuscript, pages, 8, begun [ ] | Sauvage | in February, 1891, and unfinished ; posses Et yet | Prieres, Instructions, Cantiques | sion of its author, who tells me he has reached Cate"chisme. Mission du Lac Stuart the on the | | chapter pronoun. 1888. (*) Are the Carrier Sociology and title verso text Manuscript ; blank, pp. 1-120, Mythology indigenous or exotic? (*) 16, in the Carrier language. Manuscript. 30 pages folio, recently prepared Contains: Part I. Morning and evening by its author for publication in the Transac prayers, examination of conscience, acts before tions of the Royal Society of Canada. and after communion, acts and hymn for the Contents : Introductory Ethnological benediction and divers miscellaneous prayers. Carrier exotic Sociological sociology ; general Part II. Instructions on confession and com arguments Carrier sociology exotic; proved munion and the reception of sacraments gener by facts Carrier mythology partially exotic- ally. Part III. 45 hymns, all original. Part Creation myths. TV. The short catechism of Christian doctrine. The manuscripts titled above are in the possession of their author, who has kindly [ ] Yakoestape- toestlces ra cetata hok- furnished me information concerning them, as wcBn natscehwcfilncek. [1889.] (*) also the notes from which I have compiled the Literal translation : Sky-on-sits [God] bis- following biographic notice : paper after old-time about one-narrates. Father Morice \uas born on the 27th of Manuscript: pp. 1-55, 12, being a free trans August, 1859, at Saint-Mars-sur-Colmont, lation and adaptation of the book of Genesis, France. After the usual elementary studies at in the Carrier dialect. the Christian Brothers school at Oisseau, Dene roots the Rev. Father A. where his had he was | By family removed, sent, when 13 of to the G. Morice, O. M. L [1890.] (*) years age, Ecclesiastical 30 folio. College at Mayenne, with a view to prepare Manuscript ; pages, himself for the called to Introduction. 13 pp. Vocabulary of 370 Eng priesthood. Feeling the he lish words which are roots in I)6ne, with their foreign missions, subsequently joined the Order of the Oblates of Immaculate equivalents in 17 or 18 Dene dialects, 17 pp. Mary (O. M. I.) and made his final vows therein in Les Pour tons les Evangiles | October, 1879. While still studying theology Dimanches Et Fetes d | | obligation | arid being as yet in minor orders, the famous De TAnnee Traduits Par le R. P. A. decrees of 1880 commanded the of | | dispersion the G. O. M. I. Mission du Lac members of such religious orders as had not Morice, | Stuart 1890. the official sanction of the French Government. | (*) Previous to the execution of these decrees he Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. text 78 was sent by his superiors to British Columbia, pages, note-paper size. where he arrived on the 26th of July, 1880. At Contains the selections from the gospels read the completion of his studies and in Roman Catholic churches on all Sundays theological after he had learned a little of the English lan and feasts of obligation through the whole guage he was promoted to the priesthood, July year, translated into the Carrier language. 2, 1882, and given charge of the Chilkotin In Twelve Stories of adventure in [ ] j j dians, whose language he immediately pro Carrier. 1890. (*) ceeded to learn. After two years of study ho 60 found himself able to to Manuscript ; pages, note-paper size, being preach them without translations and adaptations of the most thrill the aid of an interpreter. In 1885 he was sent to ing stories found in English periodicals and bis present station, Stuart s Lake, where he destined by the translator for publication in a repeated but.with less difficulty, owing to the projected monthly review in the new syllables. grammatical affinity of the two languages his See page 70 for title of the Review. linguistic; studies in the dialect of the Carrier. 74 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Miiller Grundriss der Miiller Continued. (Friedrich). | | (F.) r von D . Fried- Die Sprachen der Athapasken- (Tinne-) und Sprachwisseuschaft | | rich Miiller Professor three Kinai-Stamme. pp. 184-192, treats of sounds, | (j&c. lines.] roots, nouns, adjectives, pronouns, verbs, and I. Band I. | | Abtheilung. | Einleitung numerals, making use of examples from the in die Band. Sprachwissenschaft[-IV. Tschippe \vyan, Peau de lievre, Loucheux, I. zum Grund Tahkali, | Abtkeilung. j Nachtriige Tlatskanai,TJmkwa. Apatshe, Xavajo, riss ana den Jahren Hupa, and Kinai. | 1877-1887]. | Co-pif.x seen : Astor, British Museum, Bureau

Wieu 1876 j Alfred Holder K. [-1888]. | of Ethnology, Eames, Watkinson. K.Universitats-Buehhiiudler. Rothen- | thurmstrasse 15. Murray (Alexander H.) Vocabulary of the Kntchin of the Yukon or Kiitchi- 4 vols. (vol. 1 in 2 parts, vo\. 2 originally in 4 Kutchi, drawn Mr. M divisions, vol. 3 originally in 4 divisions, vol. 4 up by Murray 1 all division to which the part published), each part and [*ir] ; Chepewyan syno with an outside title and two inside titles, 8. nyms were added by Mr. M Pherson. Vol. which includes the American 2, part 1, In Richardson (J.), Arctic searching expedi was issued in two divi languages, originally tion, vol. 2, pp. 382-385, London, 1851, 8. sions, each with the following special title: A list of about 100 words and the numerals Die der Rassen Spracheu | | schlichthaarigen 1-300. r von D . Friedrich Miiller Professor | | | [&c. Reprinted in the later editions of the same I. Die der eight lines.] | Abtheilung. | Sprachen work; see Richardson (J.) der und der australischen, hyperboreischen | Collection of words a amerikanischen Rasse. having similar | Wien Alfred K. K. sound and signification in the Kntchin 1879[-1882]. | Holder] Hof- und Universitats-Buehhiindler Rothen- and | Dog-rib languages. thurmstrasse 15. In Richardson (J.), Arctic searching expe Die Sprachen der amerikanischen Rassen; dition, vol.1, pp. 399-400, London, 1851, 8. Allgemeiner Charakter dieser Sprachen (in A vocabulary of 22 words. cluding some Athapascan examples), vol. 2, Reprinted in the later editions of the same first part, second division (1882), pp. 181-183. work; see Richardson (J.)

Nabiltse : Navajo Continued. General discussion Gibbs gee (G.) Numerals See Tolinie (W. F.) and Anderson Vocabulary (A. C.) Dawsou (G. M.) Vocabulary Dorsey (J. O.) Prayer Matthews (W.) Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Proper names Catlin ((J.) Hazen Vocabulary (W. B.) Proper names Matthews (W.) Nagailer: Proper names Smithsonian. See and Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) Relationships Packard (R. L.) Vater (J. S.) Songs Matthews (\V.) Mackenzie Vocabulary (A.) Text Matthews (\V.)

Nahawny. See Nehawni. Vocabulary Arny ( W. F. M.)

Bancroft ( H. H National Museum: These words following a Vocabulary .) Beadle title or within parentheses after a note indicate Vocabulary (J. H.) Buschmann O. that a copy of the work referred to has been Vocabulary (J. E.) seen by the compiler in the library of that insti Vocabulary dishing (F. H.) Davis W. W. tution, Washington, D. C. Vocabulary ( 11.) Vocabulary Domenech (E. H. D.)

Natsim kaothet . . . Saint Mark . . . Vocabulary Eaton (J. H.) Tinne*. See Kirkby (W. W.) Vocabulary Gatschet (A. S.) Navajo: Vocabulary Loew (O.) Dictionary See Matthews (W.) Vocabulary Matthews (W.) General discussion and . Adelung (J. C.) Vocabulary Nichols ( A S. ) Vater (J. S.) Vocabulary Petit ot (E. F. S. J . ) General discussion Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary Pino (P. B.) General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) Gentes Matthews (W.) Vocabulary Schoolcraft (H. R.) Grammar Matthews (W.) Vocabulary Shaw (J. M.) Grammatic comments Weatherman (A.) Vocabulary Simpson (J. H.) Grammatic comments Miiller (F.) Vocabulary Thompson (A. H.)

Grammatic comments Wilson . (E. F.) Vocabulary Turner ( W. AV ) r .Numerals Beadle (J. H.) A ocabulary AVhipple (A. AV.) Numerals Gatschet (A. S.) Vocabulary AVhipple (W. D.) Numerals Haiues (E. M.) Vocabulary Willard (C. N.) ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 75

Navajo Continued. Numerals Continued. Vocal uilarv See Wilson (E. F.) Chippewyan See Kirkby (W. W.) AVords Barreiro (A.) 76 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

O Brian ( ) Continued. Our Forest Children. Vol. No. 1. | 1, in the later editions of the same Reprinted Shingwank Home. February, 1887 work; see Richardson (,T.) [-Vol. IV. No. 6. September, 1890]. Ochikthud ettuiietle See Edited by Rev. E. F. Wilson and published [Tukudh]. | monthly at the Home. Sault Ste. McDonald (R.) Shingwauk Marie, Ontario; sin. 4. No. 10 of A ol. 1 is a Orozco y Berra (Manuel). Geograffade "Christmas number." In 1888 a "Summer las carta fica de number appeared, no. 4 of vol. 2; also a leuguas | y | etiiogra |

"Christmas 10" Mexico de un de number," "no. of vol. 2, | precedidas ensayo the next issue is numbered 10 also. clasificacioii de las mismas although lenguas | y These special issues are larger than the regular de apuutes para las de inmigraciones ones, and illustrated. The regular issues con las tribus el lie. Manuel Orozco | sisted 2 11. por | of or 4 pp. each until no. 3 of vol. 3 Berra lines (for June, 1889), when the was made a y | [Five quotation] | [De periodical 16-page illustrated monthly. The first seven sign.] | numbers of vol. 1 were in size about 6 9 Mexico de J. M. Andrade by | imprenta inches and were unpaged; with no. 8 the size F. Escalante de Tibureio y | [C]alle was increased to about 8 by 10 inches, anil the num. 19 1864 | pages numbered, each issue being paged inde Half-title verso hlank 1 1. title verso blank 1 pendently (1-4) until the beginning of vol.2, from 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. which a single pagination continues (excepting half-title verso blank 1 vii-xiv, (primera parte) nos. 4 and 10) to no. 1 of vol. 3 (pp. 1-48), the 1. text index folio. pp. 3-387, pp. 389-392, map, next no. being paged 5-8. No. 3 of vol. 3 (June, Chapter viii, Familia apache o yavipai, pp. 1889) begins a new series and a new and con refers to the 40-41, Ynman. Section viii of tinuous pagination (pp. 1-256), each issue since chapter xii, Familia apache, p. 59, refers both then having 16 pp. 4, and being provided with to the Athapascan and Yuman. Chapter xxv, a cover. The last issue that for September, is a Apaches, pp. 368-387, general discussion on 1890 says: "As has already been announced, the geographic distribution of these peoples I this is the last issue of Our Forest Children. and includes the Tontos, Chiricaguis. CHlefios, Next month, October, will appear the first num ber of " Mimbrenos, Faraones, Mescaleros, Llaneros, the Canadian Indian. [17. .]

Lipanes, jSTavajos, Chemegiie [Shoshonean], Reeve ("W.I).), The Chipewyan Indians, vol. Yuta [Shoshonean]. Muca Oraive [Shosho 2, pp. 6-7. and the Toboso nean], ("lengua perdida"). Wilson (E. F.), The Sarsee Indians, vol. 3,

Copies seen .- Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum. pp. 97-102. Boston British Public, Brinton, Museum, Con The Navajo Indians, vol. 3, pp. 113-117. gress, Eames, "Watkinson. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, AVellesley.

Palliser (Capt. John). Exploration. Palliser (J.) Continued. British North America. The Printed cover as above, title as above | (journals, detailed and observations rel (omitting the price) verso blank 1 1. text pp. reports, | 1 folio. ative to the 3-325, colophon p. | exploration, | by captain Sullivan (J. W\), Vocabularies of the North Palliser. of that of British | | portion west Indians, pp. 207-216.

North in seen : Boston America, | which, | latitude, Copies Athoiijeum, Geological lies between the British boundary line Survey. and the of land or watershed of Priced by Dufosse, Paris, 1887, no. 24911, 12 fr. | height the northern or frozen ocean | respec Packard (Robert Lawrence). Terms of re and in between tively, | | longitude, lationship used by the Navajo Indians. the western shore of lake and Superior Manuscript, 4 leaves, folio, in the library of the Pacific the Years the Bureau of Collected at the | ocean, | During Ethnology. 1858, and 1860. Presented to Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in 1881. This 1857, 1859, | has been corrected and both Houses of Parliament by Command manuscript supple mented by Dr. Washington Matthews. Fort of Her 19th 1863. Majesty, | | May Wingate, N. Mex.

[English arms.] | London: Edward Palmer (Dr. Edward). Vocabulary of | printed by George and William the Pinella and Ariva Apache language. Eyre Spottiswoode, j print Manuscript; 5 unnumbered pages, 4, in the ers to the queen s most excellent maj library of the Bureau of Ethnology. It bears For her s of esty. | majesty stationery the Smith sonian Institution receipt stamp of fice. 1863. 3*. 6rf. | Dec. 1867. | (Price ) 24, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 77

Palmer (E.) Continued. Perrault (C. O.) Continued. Contains the 180 words adopted by the Smith Prayers, pp. 1-17. Way of the cross, pp. 18- sonian Institution as a standard vocabulary. 40. Alphabet [syllabary], p. 41. Hymns (nos. Arranged four columns to the page, two of 1-38), pp. 43-117. Catechisme, pp. 119-174. English and two of Apache. Copies Keen: Eames, O Callaghan, Pilling, There is a copy of this vocabulary in the Shea. its G unnum The of this work to Mr. same library, made by compiler ; copies belonging bered leaves, folio, written on one side only. Wilberforce Eames and myself differ from the lack the six Peau de Li6vre : other two. They preliminary Dictionary See Petitot (E. F. S. J.) leaves paged i-xi; and following page 179 are Grammatic comments Miiller (F.) pages 145-180 (signatures 9 in twelve and 10 in

" Grammatic treatise Petitot (E. F. S. J.) six). Page 145 is headed Explications de Legends Petitot (E.F. S.J.) quelques Images propres a 1 instruction des Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Montagnais," embracing hymns nos. 1-13 in Text Promissiones. syllabic characters, with headings in French, in Vocabulary Kennicott (11.) italics. These copies are in the original bind Vocabulary Petitot (E.F. S.J.) ing and seem to be as issued from the press. Vocabulary Eoehrig (F. L. O.) It is probable that the copies of this kind are H. issue. first sheet is Words Chareucey ( C. F. G .) of the earlier The com Petitot F. S. the title-leaf is connected with leaf Words (E. J.) plete ; paged

23-24 the second leaf with leaf 21-22, <fcc. [Perrault (Charles Ovide).] L. J. C. & ; paged The to have been as M. J. et Cate- Explications appear printed | Prieres, | Caiitiques | a supplement to the edition of 1857. The copies cliisme en on | [ langue Montagnaise left over were bound up with the edition of line char Chipeweyan. | [One syllabic 1865. Subsequently, 1 presume, the six leaves the wofeswcre inserted and acters.] | [Oblate seal.] | containing quelques

Montreal : de Louis Per- the book issued without the Explications. | Imprimcrie rault. 1857. A similar copy was priced by Dufosse in De | (*) cember, 1889 (no. 36739), 10 fr.; and another in Title verso approbation of t Alexandre, Eve June, 1890 (no. 40911), at the same figure. que de St. Boniface, O. M. I. 1 1. text pp. 3-144, 18. Petitot (Fere E*mile Fortune^ Stanislas Prayers, etc., pp. 3-46. Syllabary, p. 47. Joseph), fitude sur la nation nioiita- Cantiques (22), pp. 49-92. Catechism. pp.93-144. le R. P. Petitot de la Con Title from Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in gnaise par de Marie Imina- his possession. Referring to the note under the gregation des Oblats next succeeding title, descriptive of the addi cu!6e. Les Missions vol. 1, 129- tion of pp. 145-180, lie says: "My copy is in In Catholiques, pp. folio. the original binding, fresh and unused, and is 216; vol. 2, pp. 1-64, Lyon, 1868-1869, evidently complete as issued." (Pilling.) L. J. C. & M. J. can- List of names of divisions of the Athapascan [ ] I Prieres, | catechisme en Mon family, with English signification, vol. 1, p. tiqueset | langue | 136. Langue moutagnaise (general discussion), on line tagnaise Chipeweyan. | [One pp. 159-160. List of words showing affinities

| 215-216. syllabic characters.] [Oblate seal.] | in various Athapascan languages, pp.

Montreal : de Louis Per- Xames of the months in Loucheux, Peau de | imprimerie rault et 1865. Lievre, and Montagnais, vol. 2, p. 48. Many compagnie. | and sentences Title verso approbation of t Alexaudre Athapascan words, phrases, Eveque de St. Boniface, O. M. 1. 11." quelques passim,. " Issued : Paris, A. et fils, notes signed Chs. Ovide Perrault pp. i-xi, separately Hennuyer 63 12. text in syllabic characters with French head Paris, 1868, pp. (*) in italics 3-174, table des ings pp. cantiques De"iie Dindjies. lines in charac (alternate Montagnais syllabic In Congres Int. des Americanistes, Conipte- ters and French in italics) pp. 175-179, 18. Sig rendu, premiere session, vol. 2, pp. 13-37, Nancy natures alternately in twelves and sixes. See et Paris, 1875, 8. (Eames, Pilling.) the fac-simile of the 78. syllabary, p. Comparison of Dene-Dindjie terms with those In the "notes "the author in preliminary of various other languages, pp. 13-15. Com cludes a "A Messieurs les Redacteurs letter, parative table Navajo, D6ne (different dialects), du which contains the Pays," alphabet [sylla and Dindjie, pp. 20-21. bary], p. iv, and an "exemple" of the charac en et en os du Mac- ters with transliteration and translation into Outils pierre French, p. v. Also a "Lettre de Monseigneur Kenzie (cercle polaire arctique). Faraud, Eveque d Anemour, a Chs. O. Per In Materiaux pour 1 histoire primitive et rault, Ecr., AA^ocat de Montreal," pp. vii-x, naturelle de I homme, pp. 3C8-405, Toulouse, giving examples and explanations of the syl 1875, 8. (Pilling.) labic characters les Contains a number of and Eski- "que nous employons pour Chippewyan

langues sauvages," uwutiu names of implements passim, 78 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

41 ALPHABET.

<a Ve A in bo <ba > Cda (Jde Ddo qke pki c a ia TJle bio bV ml f" ne "D J]no pri Jro Ssa Sse ^ <S 10 K. E cha UJche Jtho dha >L/ u;tte D tto Qttha IJtthe QUM 3i ttho tca <C <(Jt<e Qt<o

FAC-SIMILE OF THE SYLLABARY FROM PERRAULT S MONTAGNAIS

PRAYER-BOOK OF 1865. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 79

Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued. Dictionnairo de la Dene- d Membre | | langue Aeademie, | correspondant dialectes on del Academic de de la Socie te Diiidjic | | Montagnais Nancy, | Peaux de Lievre et d et Membre lionoraire Chipp6wayan, Anthropologie | Loucheux renfermant en ontro 1111 de la Societe de et d | Eth- | Philologie nombre de ternies a de Paris. grand propres sept nographie | autres dialectes de la memo Paris Ernest editeur li langue | | Leroux, | d une des Dene- braire de la societe" de precede | monographie Asiatique Paris, j d une et de ta de 1 ecole des orientales vi Dindjie | gramiuaire langucs bleaux des vantes et des societds de synoptiques conjugaisons | Asiatiques le R. P. E. Petitot Missionnaire- de New-Haven par | | j Calcutta, (E~tats- Oblat de Marie Officier de rue Immaculee, Unis), Shanghai (Chine) | 28, d Membre de 28 1876 Academie, correspondant Bonaparte, |

: 1 Academic de de la Societe Cover title as above, half- title verso printer Nancy, | 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. text d Antliropologie et Membre lionoraire pp. 1-109, list of publications 1 1. 8. de la Socidte de de Paris. Philologie | General discussion on language, pp. 1-6. lines [Two quotation.] | [Design.] | General discussion of the Athapascan lan Paris Ernest editeur includes a short | guages (pp. 7-22) comparative Leroux, | libraire des so.cietes Asiatiques de vocabulary, French, Latin, Moutagnais, Peaux de Lievre, and Loucheux. p. 16. A comparative Paris, de Calcutta, de New- Haven of the Dene divers dia de de vocabulary Xabajo, (de (Jfitats-Unis), Shanghai (Chine) | lectes) and Dindjie, p. 22. Comparative Fficole Orientales deslangues vivantes, vocabulary of the Wakish (Tetes-Plates) and de la Societe etc. Yukultas 104. philologique, | 28, (Tetes-Longues), p. Compara rue 28 tive vocabulary of the languages of the Haidas Bonaparte, | Maisoniieuve, quai 15 San A.-L. Ban (Kollouches, lies Charlottes), Tonguas (Kol- Voltaire, | Francisco, croft and C. 1876 louchcs, Alaska), Yukultas (Tetes-Longucs, | Colombia britannique), Wakwh (Tetes-Plates, Cover title as above, omitting the design, Oregon), Dnaine (Atnans, Alaska), Dindjie and with the addition of five lines at the be (Mackenzie), and Dene (Territoire du No.-O.), de et ginning (Bibliotheque | | linguistique 105. Also scattered and terms with d americainea p. phrases ethnographie | Publieepar Alph. significations. L. Pinart Volume half-title | II), verso notes 1 Copies seen : Astor, Erin ton, Eames, Pilling. 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication Six americainesidentinees a verso blank 1 1. preface pp.vii-ix, avant-propos 16gendes pp. xi-xviii, monographie des Dene-Diudjie 1 histoire de Moi se et du peuple hebreu. pp. xix-xxvi, cssai stir 1 origine des Dene- In Les Missions Cat holiques, vol. 10, pp.476-624, Dindjie pp. xxvii-xlv, abreviations p. [xlvi], vol. 11, pp. 1-160, Lyou, 1878-79, folio. (Pilling.) de precis grammaire eomparee des trois princi- A legend from each of the following peoples : paux dialectes Dene-Diudjie pp. xlvii-lxxxv, Chippewyan, Peaux de Lievre, Loucheux, Sixi- errata pp. Ixxxvii-lxxxviii, text pp. 1-367, colo caques ou Pieds-noirs, Chaktas, Tzendales, in phon p. [368], 5 folded tables, 4. all of which native words occur passim. Comparative grammar of the Montagnais, Do Torigine asiatique des IndLens Peaux-de-lievre, and Loucheux, xlvii- pp. de TAineriqiie arctique. Par le R. P. lxxxv. Dictionary of the Dene-Dindjie in four Euiile Petitot, O. M. I. Missionnaire au columns, French, Montagnais, Peaux-de-lievre, officier d etc. and Loucheux, arranged alphabetically by Mackenzie, Academie, In Les Missions vol. 529- French words, pp. 1-367. Tableau general des Catholiques, 12, pp. folio. verbes Montagnais, folded table no. 1. Suite 611, Lyon, 1879, (Pilling, Wellesley.) terms des conjugaisons des verbes Montagnais, folded Many Athapascan passim. table no. 2. Tableau general des verbes Peaux Do 1 origiiie asiatique des Indieiis de de folded Lievre, table no. [3]. Tableau ge I Amerique arctique. neral des verbes folded table no. Loucheux, In Soeiete Philologique, Actes, vol. 12, pp. 39- 1 Verbes Loucheux a desinences [4]. irregu- 76, Alencon, 1883, 8. folded table no. 2 lieres, [5]. Une version de la legende nationale de la Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Congress, femme au metal . . . cliez h;s Denes (par Pilling, Wellesley. allel columns French and Dene), pp. 41-46. Fifty copies were issued "sur papier de Hol- On the Athabasca District of the

" lande extra," at 175 fr. 150 ; copies sur papier Canadian North-west Territory. By fort, at 1 25 fr. and 150 "sur ; copies papier ordi the Rev. tfmile Petitot. naire," for the use of the Mackenzie mission. In des lloyal Geog. Soc. Proc. vol. 5, pp. 633-655, | Monographie | Deiic-Dindji6 | London, 1883, 8. (Pilling.) le r. E. par | p. Petitot Missionnaire- | Contains a number of geographic, tribal, and Qblat de Maric-Iimuaculde, Oliicier personal names. 80 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued.

la Maisonneuve freres et Charles Leclerc li- De formation du | langage; mots | braires editeurs a Paris forme s par Ic redoublemeiit de racines | Half-title of the series litteraturea (Les | po- heterogenes, quoique de signification tome verso blank 1 l.titlcof pulaires | xxiii) the c cst-fi-dire reiteration synonyme, par series verso blank 1 1. half-title verso blank 1 1.

copulative. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso

In I Association fraiMjaise pour avaneement blank 1 1. introduction pp. i-xvii, remarque p. des sciences, compte-rendu, 12th session (Rouen, fxviii], text pp. 1-507, index et concordance pp. 1883), pp. 697-701, Paris, 1884, 8. (Geological 509-514, table desmatieres pp. 515-521, ouvrages Survey, Pilling.) du meme auteur 1 1. colophon verso blank 1 1. Contains examples in a number of North list of the series verso blank 1 1. 16. Forms

- American languages, among them the D6ne vol. 23 of Les litteratures populaires de toutes Atnan, and Diudjie. les nations." Deuxieme et La fernme an serpent. Legende des partie. Legendes traditions des Dindjie ou Loucheux besides Ddne Chippewayans. (pp. 13-102), many terms passim, contains : Texte et traduc- In Melusine, Revue de Mythologie, littera- tion litterale de la premiere legeude [inter ture populaire, traditions et usages, vol. 2, no. linear], pp. 95-100. Heros et divinites des 1, columns 19-21, Paris. April 5, 1884, 4. Diudjie, pp. 101-102. (Gatschet.) Troisieme partie, Legendes et traditions The legend is first given in French, with the des Dene Peaux-de-Lievre (pp. 103-306), besides "Texte original du conte chippewayan" fol many terms passim, includes : Texte et traduc- lowing. tion litterale [interlinear of a legend], pp. 302- On the Athapasca district of the 303. Liste des heros, des diAr inites et des Canadian North-west Territory. By the monstres Peaux-de-Lievre, pp. 304-306. Rev. Emile Petitot. Quatrieme partie, Legendes et traditions des et Esclaves 307- In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Record of Nat. Dune,Flancs-de-Chiens (pp. 344), besides native terms passim, contains: Hist, and Geology, pp. 27-53, Montreal, 1884, 4. Texte et traduction litterale de la premiere Contains numerous names of rivers, lakes, legende, pp. 341-343. Heros et divinites des etc., in Chippewyan. Flaucs-de-chiens, p. 344. Reprinted with the same title in : Montreal Cinquieme partie, Legendes des Den6 Nat. Hist. Soc. Canadian Record of Science, vol- Tchippewayan (pp. 345-442), besides many 1, pp. 27-52, Montreal, 1884, 8. native words passim, includes: Texte et tra This latter magazine took the place of the duction litterale de la premiere legende, pp. Record of Natural History and Geology above 437-440. He ros et divinites des Dene Tchippe mentioned, only one number of that serial hav wayan, pp. 441-442. ing been issued. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Parallele des continues et des croy- Gatschet, Pilling, Powell. ances de la famille Caraibo-Esquimaude The original texts of these traditions, with avec celles des penples Altaiques et literal translations, were subsequently pub lished as follows: Puniques. - Traditions iudieunes du Canada In Association franaise pour 1 avancement | | des 12th session nord-onest Textes & tra sciences, compte-rendu, (Rouen, | origmaux 1883), pp. 686-097, Paris, 1884, 8. (Geological duction littdrale Eniile Petitot | par j | Survey, Pilling.) Aiicieu Missionnaire, Officier d Acadd- A number of Dene words with French mean Meuibre de la Soci6te de Philolo- mie, | ings passim. etc. lines gie, | [Two quotation] | Melanges americains. Vocabnlaire Alencoii E. Renaut-de | Broise, Imp. picganiw. Deuxieme dialecte des Niii- et Lith. Place d 5. 1888 | Armes, | nax ou Pieds-Noirs. Recueilli pur In Societe Philologique, Actes, vols. 16 &, 17 E"mile F. S. Petitot. (half-title 1 1. title as above 1 1.) pp. 169-614, In Societe Philologique, Actes, vol. 14, pp. Alen9on, 1888, 8. (Eames, AVellesley.) 8. 170-198, Aleii9on, 1885, The whole work is in double columns, Petit vocabulaire 195-198. Sarcis, pp. French and the native language. - Traditions indienues du Canada Deuxieme Traditions (1-10) des | | partie, ou Loucheux Ander nord-ouest fimile Petitot ! ancien Dindjie (Bas-Mackenzie, | par | missionnaire son et Montagnes-Rocheuses), pp. 175-253. | [Design] | Troisieme partie, Traditions (1-43) des Den6 Paris Maisoimeuvje freres et Ch. | Peaux-de-Lievre, pp. 255-414. Observances et Leclerc 2 1886 et | 25, qua! Voltaire, [5] | superstitions (1-17), pp. 415-447. Contes Tons droits reserve s notions 448-463. | physiques (1-16), pp. Traditions de Colophon : Acheve d imprimer le 19 Aofit Quatrieme partie, (1-9) J.886 G, Jawb a Organs des Flaucs-de-chiens, pp. 465-503. | pour par jnjprimeur | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 81

" Place de 1889 I 1. text | tin etc. 1 1. introduction pp. i-vi, blank Valois, Palais-royal |

pp. 1-439, table des chapitres pp. 441-446, colo (Tons droits rdserv<5s.) phon verso blank 1 1. 8. Cover title differing somewhat from above, Linguistic con tents as under title next above, half-title verso list of works by the same pp. 7-85, 87-246, 247-279, 280-295, 297-335, 337-420. author 1 1. continuation of list verso frontis Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eaines, piece 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedica Gatschet, Pilling. tion verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. xi-xvi, The original manuscript of this Avork has contents pp. xvii-xxi, list of illustrations verso title as follows : blank 1 1. text pp. 1-322, errata verso blank 1 1. 1862-1866 Textes et map, 12. | originaux | Names of the sixteen or traductions Litterales des Traditions seasons, divisions of | ] the year, in the Peau-de-Lievre language, p. et des habitans du nord- Legendes | | 87. Xames of the fifteen lunar months in the ouest du Canada recueillies et tra- Peau-de-Lievre | | language, p. 88. Specimen of duites Eniile Fortune Stanislas Dindjie songs, with translation, 187. | par | p. Petitot Aneien two Words, sentences, and names of geographic Joseph | | [&c. features in Esquimaux, Dindjie, and Peau-de- lines] Lievre or Dene, passim, especially on pp. 15, Manuscript, pp. 1-321, folio, in the library of 19,34,169,180,188,189,213. the Comte de Charencey, Paris, France, under Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, GatscKet, whose auspices the work was published. Pilling. En route la iner | | pour glaciale | Accord des dans la | | mythologies | fimile Petitot Aiicien mission- par j | des Danites | cosmogonie arctiques | Officier d Acade~mie, Laureat naire, | fimile Pretre ex-niission- | par Petitot, j des Societe s de de Paris et geographic naire et explorateur | de Membre de arctique [Five Londres, | plusieurs lines quotation] | [Device] | Socie tes savantes. accom- | Ouvrage Paris Eniile &liteiir de | Bouillon, | 67, pague" gravures d apres les dessins rue 67 1890 Richelieu, | de 1 auteur. lines | [Two quotation.] | Printed cover nearly like above, half-title Paris editeurs | Letouzeyet Ane, | 17, verso works by the same author 1 1. title as rue du Vieux-Colombier Tons above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 | [1888] | droits reserves. 1. introduction pp. i-xiii, text pp. 1-452, notes cited Cover title as above, half-title verso list pp. 453-462, authors pp. 463-468, index pp. table of contents errata of works by the same author 1 1. portrait 1 1. 469-488, pp. 489-490, title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso and omissa pp. 491-493, 12. words Cosmo- errata 1 1. introduction pp. 1-3, text pp. 5-394, Many Dene-Dindjie passim. table of the 460. list of engravings 1 p. 12. gonic Mexicans, p. of A few Tchippewayan, Iroquois, and other Copies seen: Bureau Ethnology, Eames, terms and expressions passim. Gatschet, Pilling. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling. des Origine Asiatique | Esquimaux La femme aux me na- Nouvelle ]3tude taux, Idgende | ethnographique | tionale des Danites. Par Emile Petitot Ex-Missionnaire et | ATH 6 82 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued. Explorateur arctique, Cure de Mareuil- ruled in four columns, headed respectively " demi-tribu des Kat les-Meaux lines a-gottiiie (fleuve McKen- (S.-et-M.) | [Two quo zie)"; "demi-tribu des Yeta-gottine (mon-

tation] | [Vignette] | tagiies-rocheuses)"; "demi-tribu des Katclio- Rouen de Espe"raiice | iniprimerie gottine (limite des bois an N. E. de Good-

Rues 88, et Hope)"; "demi-tribu des (limite Caguiard | Jeanne-Dare, Nnea-gottine des 5 1890. des bois au S. E. de Anderson)". Basuage, | schedule in first is Cover title as above, title as above (verso The the column completely " Extra! t (lu Bulletin de la Soci6te normaiule filled, there are scarcely any words in the sec ond, the third is one-fourth filled, and in the do Geographic") 1 1. text pp. 3-33, sm. 4. fourth about three-fourths of the words are On pp. 25-33 are given tables of words show ing similarities between the words of various given. languages of the Old and New World. Among Notes on the Montagnais or Chippe- the North American languages a number of wayaiis. By Father Petitot. are from the Peau- examples given Dindjie, Manuscript, 3 unnumbered pages, 4, in the and de-Lievre, Ingalik, Slave, Tchippewyan, library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Received Apache. at the Smithsonian Institution, Oct. 11, 1865.

.- Bureau of Copies seen Ethnology, Pilling. This material, which is in French, opens on the first with an account of the Mouta- du lac des Esclaves page Autour grand | gnais, their habitat, and division into nations fimile Petitot ancien mission- | | par | and tribes. The second and third pages con naire et explorateur arctique | Ouvrage tain a short vocabulary of words (pere, mere, accoinpagne de gravures et d une carte enfant, etc.) with pronominal prefixes. 1 anteur lines of several par | [Two quotation] | Comparative vocabulary

De"ne [Design] | languages. Paris Nouvelle librairie parisienne Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4, in the | Albert 6diteur rue des library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded | 12, | Savine, at Fort Norman-Franklins, Great Bear Lake, 12 1891 Tons droits re"- Pyramides, | | Jan. 11, 1869. serve s. Entered 011 one of the Smithsonian forms (no. F,mile Petitot Autour du title: | Cover j 170) of 211 words, to which a score of words have des Esclaves accom- lac | grand | | Ouvrage been added by Father Petitot. The blank pages et carte 1 auteur pagne de gravures d une par of the form have been ruled in four columns, lines | | | [Two quotation] [Design] headed respectively : Paris NouA elle librairie Albert | parisienne | Dene (homo) Chippayauanok (des Crees), editeur rue des 12 Savine, | 12, Pyramides, [ Chippewyans (des Anglais), Moutagnais (des Tons droits reserves. othn6 Fraiic.ais) ; Dene (homo) Kkayttchaue Cover d Emile Petitot i-iv, title, ouvrages pp. (des Chippewyan), Hare Indians (des Anglais), errata pp. v-vi, half-title verso portrait of the Lievre Peaux de (des Frai^ais) ; Dindjie (homo) author 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedica Dehkewi (des Peaux de Lievre), Kutchin (de tion verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. xi-xiii, Innok Richardson), Loucheux (des Fran^ais) ; text notes 359-364, table des pp. 1-358, pp. (sing.) Iiinoit (plur. homo) Wiyaskimew (des tables des verso mati6res pp. 365-369, gravures Crees), Otzelna, Ennahke (des D6nes), Hoskys blank 1 1. 12. map, (des Anglais), Esquimaux (des Franc. ais). Les Tchippe\vayans (pp. 1-180), besides many [Manuscripts in the Athapascan native terms passim, contains, on pp. 97-111, a (*) general account of the Athapascan and their languages.] In to a for a list, with de divisions. Les Flancs-de-chiens, pp. 183-314, response request of his manu contains many native terms passim. Les tailed description, unpublished Father Petitot wrote me from Mareuil- Esclaves, pp. 315-358, includes many native scripts. France, 24, 1889 : terms passim. Nomenclature des peuplades les-Meaux, April manuscripts still in my hands Danites, pp. 360-363. My linguistic are as follows : Copies seen : Pilling. A Dene (Peau-deLievre)-French vocabulary, Comparative vocabulary of several not comprising verbs. This I had not time to Athapascan languages. finish while at the mission. the Dene roots, Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4, in the A work on (Peau-de-Lievre) order. library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in alphabetic at Fort Good Hope, McKenzie River, in the A work on the formation of language byjux but summer of 1865. taposition of roots synonymous heteroge I at the Entered on one of the Smithsonian forms (no. neous. This subject treated casually of the French Association for 170) of 211 words. The first page is headed Rouen meeting Famille Montagnaiso ou Dene (Chippewaya- the Advancement of Science. Aug. 23, 1883. e for the use of the Indiana : A book of nanok des Crees) ; 3 Nation Esclaves Tribu prayers dee Paaux de Lievre. The blank pages are among whom I worked. It comprises Catholic ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 83

Petitot (E. F. S. .1.) Continued. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Continued. prayers in Esquimau and Dene (Peau-de-Lievre) on foot from Good Hope to Providence twice, by myself; Diudjie by R. P. Seguin; Dene and made many tours in winter of forty or fifty Tache and on (Tchippewyan), by Archbishop ; days length snowshoes. He was the first Dane castor by R. P. J. Glut, now bishop of missionary to the Eskimos of the Northwest, Eriudel. having visited them in 1865, at the mouth of An Esquimau Tchiglit catechism. the Anderson, again in 1868 at the mouth of I was obliged to leave at my last residence, the Mackenzie, and in 1870 and again in 1877 at St. Raphael, Saskatchewan, 75 leagues north of Fort McPherson on Peel River. In 1870 his Ft. Pitt, several manuscripts by myself, among travels extended into Alaska. In 1878 illness them the following: caused him to return south. He went on foot A complete course of instructions and ser to Athabaska, whence he passed to the Saskat mons in the Dene Peau-de-Lievre, and many chewan in a bark. In 1879 he established the instructions in Dene Tchippewyan. mission of St. Raphael, at Angling Lake, for A copy, written by myself, of the abridgment the Chippewyans of that region; there he of the bible in Dene Tchippewyan, by Mgr. remained until his final departure for France in Faraud, vicar apostolic of Mackenzie. January, 1882. For an account of his work Chants indiens du Canada Nord- linguistic among | the Eskimauan and Algonquian tribes, see the Ouest classes et notes | recueillis, par bibliographies of those families. Emile Petitot missionnaire | | pretre Petroff See Staffel and an Mackenzie de 1862 a 1882. Offert (Ivan). (V.) | | a la Smithsonian Institution avec les Petroff(L) | This word a title or within de 1 antenr Pilling: following pa hommages respectueux | | rentheses after a note indicates that a of Emile Petitot cur6 de Mareuil- copy ptre | the work referred to is in the possession of tho les-Meanx & 1889. | (S. M.) | compiler of this bibliography. Manuscript, 7 by 11 inches in size; title as Pilling (Jaines Constantino). Smithson aboA e verso table 1 1. songs Avith musical notes ian institution Bureau of 1-16 in the of the of this | pp. ; library compiler ethnology J.W. Powell director Proof-sheets of bibliography. | | Cree songs, p. 1. Dene Tchippewayan songs, a of the | bibliography | | languages | 2-3. Den Esclave 3-5. Dune pp. songs, pp. of the North American Indians | | by | Flancs-de-Chien songs, pp. 6-7. Deii6 Peau-de- James Constantino | (Distrib Lievre songs, pp. 7-10. Dindjie or Loucheux Pilling 11-15. uted to songs, pp. Esquimaux Tchiglit songs, only collaborators) | pp. 15-16. Government Washington | printing Fauile Fortune Stanislas Joseph Petitot was office 1885 | December at born, 3, 1838, Grancey-le-Chateati, Title verso blank 1 1. notice signed J. "W. of Cote-d France. department Or, Burgundy, Powell p. iii, preface pp. v-viii, introduction pp. His studies were at pursued Marseilles, first at ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of li the Institution St. Louis, and later at the braries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii- of higher seminary Marseilles, which he entered xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix-xl, text pp. in 1857. was made deacon at He Grenoble, and 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, at Marseilles priest March 15, 1862. A few index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, thereafter he went to and sailed days England plates, 4. for America, At Montreal ho found Mon- Arranged alphabetically by name of author, of seigneur Tache, bishop St. Boniface, with translator, or first word of title. One hundred whom he set out for the where Northwest, he and ten copies printed, ten of them on one side was in work continuously engaged missionary of the sheet only. among the Indians and Eskimos until 1874, Some queer American characters. when he returned to France to supervise the James C. publication of some of his works on linguistics By Pilling. and geography. In 1876 he returned to the In the Analostan Magazine, vol. 1, pp. 58-67, missions and spent another period of six Washington, 1891,4. nearly { of the various hiero years in the Northwest. In 1882 he once more Contains an account and in use returned to his native country, Avhere he has glyphs, alphabets, syllabaries among with a number of since remained. In 1886 he was appointed to the Indians, fac-siuiiles, of the curacy of Mareuil, near Meaux, which he among them one (reduced) the title-page of Father Morice s Dene still retains. The many years he spent in the primer. inhospitable Northwest were busy and eventful Pimentel (Francisco). Cuadro descrip- and afforded an ones, opportunity for geo tivo de las y comparative | | leiiguas and observations graphic, linguistic, ethnologic de Mexico D. Fran iudigenas | por | and studies such as few have enjoyed. Ho was the first cisco Pimeutel socio de nurnero de missionary to visit Great Bear Lake, | | which he did for the first time jn 1866. He went la Sociedad Mexicaua de geografia y 84 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Pimentel (F.) Continued. Pinart (A. L.) Continued. lines de de New-Haven estadistica. | | Calcutta, | [Two quotation.] Paris,

i de "(Chine) | Tomo priinero[-segundo]. [Design.] | (fitats-Unis), Shanghai do Andrade rue 28 1875 Mexico 28, Bonaparte, | | imprenta y Escalaute calle de Tiburcio numero Cover title as above, no inside title; text pp. | 1-8, 8. 19. 1862 | [-1865]. Tho dialect treated is the Atnaxthynne. 2 vols. : half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso General remarks, pp. 1-3. Vocabulary of 275 blank 1 1. introduction pp. v-lii, half-titles versos Avords and phrases, alphabetically arranged by 1 1. blank 2 11. text pp. 5-539, index A-erso blank ; Atnaxthynne words, pp. 3-8. half-title verso works "del mismo autor" 1 1. Copies neen : Pilling. title verso blank 1 1. advertencia pp. v-vi, half- lan title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-427, note verso Vocabulary of the Atnah 3 blank 1 1. index verso blank 1 1.8 . guage. (*) in the son Lord s prayer Lipan (los Apaches Manuscript, 90 pp. folio, in possession of its una nacioii barbaraque recorren las provincias author, liussian and Atnah. Collected at del Norte de Mexico), vol. 2, p. 251. Kadiak in 1872. May or may not belong to the Copies Keen: Bancroft, Boston Athememn, Athapascan family of languages. Watkiuson. British Museum, Congress, Eames, Some years ago, in response to a request of mine for a list of the manuscript linguistic Cuadro descriptivo y comparative | material collected by him, Mr. Pinart Avrote mo de las do | lengnas indigenas Mexico, | as follows : tratado " I have fifteen of deiilologia uiexicana, | por | collected, during my years Francisco Pinieutel miembrodevarias traA-eling, vocabularies, texts, songs, etc., gen | materials in the lan sociodades cientificas literarias do eral linguistic following | y or dialects. It is at Estados Uuidos de guages impossible present M6xico, | Europa y to give you the number of pages, etc., as most cdicionunica com- America, j (Scgunda of it is to be found among my note-books, and

Tomo has not been in as yet." pleta.) | Primero[-Tercero]. | put shape Mc~xico. do Isidoro Among the languages mentioned by Mr. | Tipografia Pinart were the Chiracahua Callo de Nuevo-Mexico N. 6. Tlatskenai, Epstein | and White Mountain Apache. 1874 Apache, j [-1875].

Pino | 3 vols. : printed cover nearly as above, half- (Pedro Bautista). Exposicion title verso notices 1 1. title as above verso blank Sciicilla de la Provincial! del Sucmta y | 1 1. text erratas prologo pp. iii-xvi, pp. 1-422, Mexico : hecha su Nuevo | | por dipu- | verso blank 1 1. iudice pp. 425-426, printed tado en Cortes Don Pedro | Baptista notices 011 back cover; printed cover, half-title con a sus iiistrucciones. Pino, | arreglo j verso "obras del mismo autor" 1 1. title (1875)

Cadi/ : del verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-4G8, erratas verso ] Imprenta Estado-Mayor-

1 1. indice notice on back Afio de 1812. blank pp. 471-472, Geuoral. | (*) half-title verso "obras cover; printed cover, 51 y>p.8.

del mismo autor" 1 1. title (1875) verso blank 1 "l)el Nabajoe," ten words and phrases, pp. 1. text pp. 5-565, erratas pp. 567-568, indice pp. 40-41. 569-570, copyright notice verso blank 1 1. notice Title from the late I)r. J. G. Shea, from copy on back cover, 8. in his possession. El Apache, vol. 3, pp. 483-524, contains a historicas estadisticas Noticias | y account of the and general Apache languages do la del Nuevo- provincia | | antigua a in dialects, including comparative vocabulary su Mexico, | prosentadas por diputado Spanish, Apache, and Othorui (pp. 486-488), a cortes D. Pedro Bautista 011 Pino, | vocabulary of the Apache Mexicano with | definitions 512-514), the en Cadi/ en afio de 1812. Adicionadas Spanish (pp. Apache | numerals 1-2000 (pp. 515-516), a comparison of el Lie. D. Antonio Barreiro 011 por | words in eight Apache dialects, viz, forty 1839; y ultimamente anotadas por el Apache norte-americano, Apache mexicano, Jose" Lie. Don | Mimbreno (Copper mine), Piualeno, Navajo, | AgustiudeEscudero, la coniision de estadistica militar Xicarilki (Faraon), Lipan, and Mescalero (pp. para and the Lord s in de la Mexicaua. 516-521), prayer (p. 522). | [Five Lipan | ropublica | Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. lines quotation.] | Pinaleno Apache. See, Apache. Mexico. de calle de | Impreuta Lara, la Palina num 4. 1849. Pinart Pinart | (Alphonse L.) Alpli. | verso blank 1 1. dedication text Snr les Atnalis Extrait de la Revue de Title pp. i-iv, | pp. 1-98, indice 2 11. map, sm. 4. et d 11 2. Philologie Etlmographie, | DelNavajoe, pp. 85-86, contains a short vocab Paris Ernest editeur in | with definitions | Leroux, ulary (ten words) Spanish. libraire des societes Asiatiques do Copies seen : British Museum, Congress, Shea. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 85

Pope (Maj. F. L.) Vocabulary of words Pott (A. F.) Continued. The literature of American vol. from the Siccany language. linguistics, 4, 67-96. This was after Mr. Manuscript, pp. 1-13, 4, in tin? library of pp. portion published Pott s which occurred 1887. The the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1865. death, July 5, editor of the Mr. Contains about 280 words and phrases, in the general Zeitschrift, Techmer, in a Pott s is continued handwriting of Dr. Geo. Gibbs. The where states note that paper from the which lie and that it is abouts of the original I do not know. On the manuscripts left, to close with the of Australia. In the first page is the following note : languages " The tribe known as the Siccannies inhabit section of American linguistics publications in the tract of country lying to the northwest of all the more important stocks of North America LakeTatla, in British Columbia, and their lan are mentioned, with brief characterization. is the as that the guage nearly same spoken by Powell : This word following a title or within Connenaghs. or Nahonies, of the Upper Sti- parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of kine." the work referred to has been seen by the com Pott Die piler in the library of Major J. W. Powell, (August Friedrich). | qninare D. und Ziililmethodc bei Washington, C. vigesimale | | Powell John Indian lin , Volkeru aller Welttlieile. Nebst aus- (Maj. Wesley). j fiihrlichereu iiber die guistic families of America north of Berinerkongen | Mexico. J. Powell Zalil worter Iudogermanisch.en Stainmes By W. und einem iiber In Bureau of Ethnology, Seventh Annual | Anhauge Fiugeriia- 8. meu. Von Dr. Friedrich Report, pp. 1-142, Washington, 1891, royal | | August Pott, Athapascan family, with a list of synonyms ord. Prof. four | [&c. lines.] | and principal tribes, derivation of the name, C.A. Schwetschke und 51-56. Halle, | Solin, habitat, etc., pp.

1847. Issued separately as follows : | Cover title nearly as above, title as above Indian linguistic families of America verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. dedi north of Mexico J. W. Powell | | By | | notice 1 1. text catory preface pp. vii-viii, pp. Extract from the seventh annual report 1-304, 8. of the Bureau of [Vignette] Many North American languages are repre ethnology sented Government printing by numerals, finger names, etc., among Washington | them the Chippewyan (from Mackenzie) and office 1891. | Tacoullies GO. (Carrier), p. Cover title as above, no inside title, half title p. seen: Boston British Copies Astor, Public, 1, contents pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-142, map, royal 8. Museum, Eames, Watkinson. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Doppelung | (Rednplikation, Gemi als Pilling, Powell. i eiiies der Bil- nation) | wichtigsten der beleuchtet [Vocabulary ofthe Navajo language.] dungSiTnittel Sprachc, j one aus aller Welttheile durch Manuscript, 8 11. folio, written on side | Sprachen j Collected at Fort Defiance, New Mexico, Friedr. Dr. Prof, der only. j Aug. Pott, | in 1870. In possession of its author. Allgemeinen Sprachwiss. an der Univ. Contains about 100 words and the numerals zu Halle two 1-1000. [&c. lines.] | & Dot im der Powers The northern Cali Lemgo mold, | Verlage (Stephen). Meyer schen Hofbuohhandlung 1862. fornia Indians. 425- Cover title as above, title as above verso quo In Overland Monthly, vol. 8, pp. 325-333, tation 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, 435,530-539; vol. 9, pp. 155-164, 305-313,498-507, 1 text pp. 1-304, list of books on verso of back April-December, 1872. Continued under the cover. 8. title of "The California Indians, "no. 7 to no. 13, Contains of in 535-545 examples reduplication many vol.10, pp. 322-333, ; vol.11, pp. 105-116; North American languages, among them the vol. 12, pp. 21-31, 412-424, 530-540; vol. 13, pp.

37 ; 1873 Janu Athapascan, p. Atnah, p. 42; Kenai, pp. 42, 542-550. April, June, and August, ;

54, 120 ; G2 1874. San Fran Tahculi, pp. 42, ; Tlatskanai, p. 41, and ary, May, June, and December, Umkwa, pp. 37, 42. cisco, 1872-1874, 8. (Eames.) Cop-ies seen : Astor, British Museum, Eames. The first series consists of six articles, scat tered through which are a few native terms. Ar Einleituiig in die allgemeine Sprach- ticle no. iv, vol. 9,pp.l55-164,relates to the Hoopa wissenschaft. or Hoopaw Indians, and contains, on pp. 157-158, In Internationale Zeitschrift f iir allgemeine some remarks on the Hoopa language, a speci Sprachwissenschaft, vol. 1, pp. 1-68, 329-354; men of its vocabulary, and outlines of grammar. vol. 2, pp. 54-115, 209-251; vol. 3, pp. 110-126, Vocabularies of the Wailakki and 249-275; Supp., pp. 1-193; vol.4, pp. 67-96; vol. 5, pp. 3-18, Leipzig, 1884-1887, and Heilbrouu, Hups! languages. 1889, large 8. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, written on 86 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Powers (S.) Continued. Prieres, cantiques et cntechisme en one side in the of the Bureau only, folio, library langue montagiiaise. See Perrault (C. of Ethnology. O.) Each of these vocabularies contains the 211 Primer: words adopted bythe Smithsonian Institution on Beaver See Bompas (AV. C.) one of its later blanks as a standard vocabulary. Chippewyan (W. book: Bompas C.) Prayer Dene Moriee Beaver See Bompas (W. C.) (A. G.) llib Beaver Garrioch (A. C.) Dog Bompas (W. C.) Tinue Dene Morice G.) Bompas (AV. C.) (A. Tukudh Chippewyan Kirkby (W. AV.) Bompas (W. C.) Chippewyan Kirkby (W. AV.) and Promissioiies Domini Nostri Jesu Christi Bompas (\V. C.) factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | Napwt>- Montagnais Legoft (L.) kakwadhet Jesnkri Perrault O.) dakay Marguerite Montagnais (C. Marie Slave Kirkby (W. W.) | Alacoque pat kndjo/ji, Irlm-ii- tink et ttset Slave Lessons. | ehidzji siekinidhen

Slave Reeve D.) k wend o t k ml i dli i / i . (AV. j j j Tukudli McDonald (R.) [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper. Prayers : Beaver See Bompas (AY. C.) 1890.] A small 3 5 inches Chippewyan Bompas (W. C.) card, by in size, headed as above and twelve Chippewyan Tuttle (C. R.) containing "Promises of Our Lord to Blessed " in Dene Morice ( A. G.) Margaret Mary the Loucheux language, on the verso of which is a Dog Ri b Bompas ( W. C .) colored of the sacred Navajo Matthews (AV.) picture heart, witli in scription in English below. Preces post privatam [Dene"]. See Mr. Kemper has published the same " prom Morice (A.G.) ises" on similar cards in many languages. Prichard Researches | seen : (James Cowles). Copies Eames, Pilling, AVellesley. into the of man history | | | physical Promissioiies Domini Nostri Jesu Christi kind. James Cowles | By | Prichard, factae B. M. Marg. Alacoque. | Na ett- M. D. F. R. S. M. R. I. A. | correspond seiikagower Jesukri dekaye Marguerite member three Third ing [&,e. lines.] | Marie | Alacoque pit, kudezi; menik d edition. | | Vol.I[-V]. sedzee" ttseii London: and | soke"ye"niweii kn/oa | Sherwood, Gilbert, kudezi. Paternoster and J. and Piper, | row; | [Dayton, Ohio: Philip A. Kemper. A. Cornhill. Arch, | | 1836[-1847]. 1890.] 5 vols. 8. The words "Third edition," which A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as are contained on the titles of vols. 1-4 (dated above and containing twelve "Promises of respectively 1836, 1837, 1841, 1844), are not on the Lord to Our Blessed Margaret Mary" in the title of vol. 5. Vol. 3 was originally issued with a Peau de Lievre on the verso of " language, title numbered Vol. III. Part I." This title which is a colored picture of the sacred heart was afterward canceled, and a new one (num with in Latin below. " inscription bered Vol. III.") substituted in its place. Vol. Mr. Kemper has published the same 1 was reissued with a new title containing the "prom ises" on similar cards in many languages. words "Fourth edition" and bearing the im seen : London: and Copies Eames, Pilling, AVellesley. print | Sherwood, Gilbert, Piper,

row. 1841." and Promissioiies domiiii uostri Paternoster ; | | (Astor) again [Mon r "Fourth edition. A ol.I. London: Houlston | | | tagnais] . See Legoff (L. ) and 65, Paternoster row. 1851." Stoneman, | | Proper names: (Congress.) According to Salmi s Dictionary Apache See Catlin (G.) (no. 65477, note), vol. 2 also appeared in a Apache Cremony (J. C.) "Fourth edition," with the latter imprint. Apache White (J. B.) These several issues diifer only in the insertion Athapascan Catlin (G.) of new titles in the places of the titles. original F. Athapascan Petitot (E. S. J. ) Of the Languages of the Nations inhabiting Dog Rib Catlin (G.) the Western Coast of North America (pp. 438% Chippewyan Catlin (G.) 441) contains on p. 440 a short comparative Navajo Catlin (G.) vocabulary of the Esquimaux, Kinai, and Ugal- Navajo Matthews (W.) jachmutzi. Xavajo Smithsonian. Copies seen : Bancroft, Boston Athenseum, Taculli Anderson Congress, Eames. (A. C.)

wa ( J. M . ) The earlier editions, London, 1813, 8, and Umpk Stanley London, 1826, 2 vols., 8, contain no Athapascan Psalm book: material. Tukudh See McDonald (R.) ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 87

Quaritch: This word following a title or included Quaritch (B.) Continued. within after a note indicates that parentheses titles of books relating to the Athapascan lan a of the work referred to has been seen copy guages.

the in the bookstore of Bernard " by compiler The complete General Catalogue." of which Quaritch. London, Eng. the above is a part, comprises 15 volumes bound A cata in red cloth, paged consecutively 1-4066. Each Quaritch (Bernard). general | has its own title and index, with of offered to the volume special logue books, | public the title of the series and the number of the part at the affixed Bernard prices | by | lettered on the back. It was originally issued Quaritch. I as nos. 332-375 of the paper-covered series, from

London : 15 1880. Novemlx 1880, to at which date | Piccadilly. | r, August, 1887, the was discontinued. Title verso printers 1 1. preface (dated July, publication seen : Eames. 1880) pp. iii-iv, table of contents pp. v-x, cata Copies A edition as follows : logue pp. 1-2 100, general index pp. 2167-2395, 8. large paper Includes the parts issued with the numbers 309- - of books of A | general | catalogue 330, from 1877, to November, 1879. July. fered to the public at the affixed prices American languages, pp. 1261-1209, contains Bernard Vol. I | j by | Qnaritch | [-VI] titles of a few works containing material

London : 15 1887. relating to the Athapascan languages. | Piccadilly, | 6 8. index volume was an Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, vols. royal An Eames. nounced, but it has not yet (March. 1892) ap of books on the peared. Catalogue | | history, American languages, as under the preceding and of the of | | philology | geography, title, vol. 5, pp. 301 1-3042. Africa. Lenox. | Australasia, Asia, seen: America, | Copies I. Historical and This edition was published at 15Z. for the set, geography, voyages, | travels. II. and including the seventh or index volume. | History, ethnology, of America. III. 86. 1887. A No. London, | | December, philology | History, and of list of valuable and rare topography, ethnology | Asia, rough | |

Title verso contents 1 1. catalogue pp. 2747- cadilly, W. title: "The miscellane 3162, index pp. i-lxii, 8. Lettered on the back : Printed cover (with S GENERAL CATALOGUE PART xu. ous and the musical of Mr. William QUARITCH | | | library VOYAGES AND TRAVELS AMERICANA with as | AND etc.). | | [ | heading | Chappell," catalogue ORIENTALIA LONDON 1886. This 8. | volume com above, pp. 1-128, prises nos. 362-364 (June, July, and August, American languages, pp. 1-13, contains titles 1885) of the paper-covered series, with the addi of a few works giving information relating to tion of a special title and a general index. the Athapascan languages. American languages, pp. 3021-3042, contains Copies seen : Eames. Pilling.

Radloff (Leopold). Einige kritische Radloff (L.) Continued.

liber Hrn. Busehmann s Me"moires dc I Academie impe"- Bemerkungen | | Behandlung der Kinai-Spraehe; von riale des sciences de St.-Petersbourg,

Radloff. VIP s.^rie. Tome N" 8. Leopold | XXI, | Leopold In Academic des Sciences. Radloff s Worterbuch der Kinai- Imp. Melanges | russes, vol. 3, pp. 364-399, St. Petersburg. 1857, von A. | Sprache | herausgegeben | 8. (Eames.) Sehiefner. le 5 mars 1874.) | | (Lu The grammatical sketch of the Kinai in this St.-Pe 1874. Commission- tersbourg, | article is extracted from the works of Lisi- naires de FAcademie Imperiale des ansky, Resanow, Dawydow. and Wrangell. sciences: a St.-Pe MM. At the end of the article is the note: (Aus | tersbourg: | dern Bull, et C 1 J, T. xiv, No. , H. hist.-phil., 17, 18, 19). Eggors Schniit/dorff, | 88 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Radloff (L.) Continued. Richardson (J.) Continued.

Kechribardsbi a : M. Leo under command of sir John ; | Leipzig | ships | Voss. Prix: 40 Franklin. With an on the pold | Kop.=13 Ngr. | appendix Cover title as above, title as above verso physical geography of North America. notices 1 1. preface (by A. Schiefner) pp. i-x, | BysirJohiiRicliardson,C.B.,F.R.S. | text pp. 1-33, 4. inspector of naval hospitals and fleets, Brief grammatics sketch, with songs, pp. i- etc. etc. etc. In two volumes. Vol. x. Gernian-Kinai dictionary (double col | | | umns), 1-32. 32-33. I Published pp. Numerals, 1-1000, pp. [-II]. | by authority. | seen: British Copies Museum, Congress, London : | Longman, Brown, Green, Eames, Pilling. and 1851. Longmans. | Reeve W. The lord s (Archdeacon D.) | 2 vols. : frontispiece 1 1. title verso notice and

&c. in tbe 1 1. contents | text 1-413 prayer, apostles creed, | | printers pp. iii-viii, pp. Slavi the verso printers, eight other plates; frontispiece language. , Compiled | by rev. W. D. Reeve. 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. contents pp. iii-vii, | text pp. 1-157. appendix pp. 159-402. explanation London : Cliurcli | missionary house, of plates I & ir pp. 403-416, postscript pp. 417- 1881 | Salisbury square. | 426, folded map, 8. Title verso 1 1. half-title printers (" Syllaba- Chap, xii, On the Kutchin or Loucheux, vol. the verso the rium") p. [3] p. [4] giving sylla 1, pp. 377-413, contains a number of tribal names " in romau characters bary, Syllabarium" with English meanings. Chapter xiii, Of the text and romau p. [5], (alternate pages syllabic Tinne or Chepewyans, vol. 2, pp. 1-32, contains oliaracters) pp. 6-11, 16. a number of tribal names with definitions. Christ s love (hymn) in syllabic characters, Vocabulary of the Chepewyan of Athabasca same in 7. The Lord s p. 6; romaii, p. prayer, (about 330 words and phrases collected from 8 ten commandments in brief, ; same syllabic, p. Mrs. McPhersou), vol. 2, pp. 387-395. Dog-rib in 9. The and a roman, p. apostles creed, vocabulary (32 words, collected by Sir John p. 10; same in roman, p. 11. prayer, syllabic, Richardson at Ft. Confidence), vol. 2, pp. 395- seen : Church Copies Missionary Society, 396. Dog-rib vocabulary (60 words collected by Eames, Pilling. an officer of the Hudson Bay Co. at Ft. Simp - The Chipewyan Indians. son), A-ol. 2, p. 397. Contains also the In Our Forest Children, A-O!. 2, pp. G-7, Shing- following: of wauk Home [Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario], April Lefroy (J. H.), Vocabulary Chepewyan and vol. 400-402. 1888, 4. Dog-rib words, 2, pp. Contains a list of Chipewyan tribes and McPherson (M.), Vocabulary of the Chepe twenty-nine Chipewyan words and short sen wyan, vol. 2, pp. 382-385. tences with English meanings. Murray (A. H.), Comparative vocabulary of the Kutchin and Dog-rib, vol. 1, pp. 399-400. See (W. C.) and Reeve (W. Bompas Vocabulary of the Kutchin of the in the, Addenda. D.), Yukon, vol. 2, pp. 382-385. O Brian of Fort The index entries under Bible, page 8, refer ( ), Vocabulary Simpson ring to this author are incorrect; they should Dog-rib, vol. 2, p. 398. r "Bom . of the Mauvais Monde and read pas (\\ C.) and Reeve (W. D.)" Vocabulary Titles of the works referred to will be found in of the Dog-rib of the River of the Mountain, the Addenda. vol. 2, pp. 397-400. seen: Boston A the- See Hymns. Copies Astor, Bancroft, naBum, British Museum, Congress. Eames, Geo See Lessons. logical Survey, Trumbull. Relationships: Arctic : a I searching expedition | | Apache See Morgan (L. H.) journal of a boat-voyage through Ru Apache White (J. B.) s land and the Arctic in Athapascan Dorsey (J. O.) pert | sea, | Kutchin Herdesty (W. L.) search of the discovery ships under Loucheux Morgan (L. H.) of sir John Franklin. With command | | Packard Navajo (11. L.) an on the appendix physical geogra- | Peau de Lievre Morgan (L. H.) of North America. sir John | By Slave Kenuicott (II.) phy C. F. R. Slave Morgan (L. H.) Richardson, B., S., | inspector Tukudh McDonald of naval and (R.) hospitals fleets, | etc., etc., Tukudb Mo7-gan (L. H.) etc, |

Richardson (J.) Continued. Roehrig (F. L. O.) Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-xi, text columns, occupy the first 9 leaves, and are fol pp. 13-336, appendix pp. 337-516, advertisements lowed by Dr. lloehrig s remarks, 8 11., in which pp. 1-6, 1-3, 3 unnumbered pp. 8. he treats of each vocabulary separately. as in the edition titled Linguistics original [A comparative vocabulary of the next above, pp. 262-277, 422-443, 501-509. Nahawney, or Indians of the mountains Copies seen: Harvard, Gen. A. W. Greely, northwest of Fort Liard to Washington, D. C. (according Kennicott), and of the Nehawiiey of Arctic : a | searching expedition | | Nehawuey River (according to R. B. journal of a boat-voyage through Ru with remarks F. L. O. s land and the Arctic in Ross), by pert | sea, | Roehrig. February, 1874]. search of the discovery ships under Manuscript, 14 unnumbered pages, 4, in the command of sir John Franklin. With | | library of the Bureau of Ethnology. an on the appendix physical geogra- | The vocabularies, consisting of 180 words of North America. sir John each from then in the phy | By (copied manuscripts of the Smithsonian are in Richardson, C. B., F. R. S., ! inspector of library Institution), naval and parallel columns, followed by a third column hospitals fleets, | etc., etc., headed "remarks," which are etc. comparatively | few in number 9 ; they occupy pages. Follow New York: and | Harper brothers, ing these are 5 pages, containing two sets of 329 & 331 Pearl also Prof. two of publishers, | street, "remarks," by Roehrig, pages Franklin 1854. which refer to the A-ocabulary of Kennicott and square. | (*) three to that of 516 pp. 8. Title from Gen. A. W. Greely. Ross. Field s sale catalogue, no. 1971, mentions an [A comparative vocabulary of the edition, New York, Harper & Brothers, 1856, 516 Tahculli (according to Anderson, in pp. 12. Hale s exploring expedition) and of Riviiigton ( ), See Gilbert ( ) and the Kenai (from the governor of Rus Rivingtoii ( ). sian America), with remarks by F. L. L. Roehrig (F. O.) [A comparative O. Roehrig. February, 1874.] vocabulary of the Chepewyaii (accord Manuscript, 14 unnumbered pages, in the ing to R. B. Ross), the Chipewyan library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The vocabularies first of 180 the (according to Kennicott), the Slave (the words, second of 60) are in parallel columns and oc Indians (according to Kennicott), the cupy 10 pages. These are followed by 4 pages Hare Indians of Fort Good Hope containing two sets of "remarks," the first to (according Kennicott), and the Hare three pages relating to the vocabulary of Ander Indians of Great Bear Lake (according son and one to that last mentioned in the title. to Petitot), with remarks on each by [A comparative vocabulary of the F. L. O. Roehrig. January 15, 1874.] Hong-kutchin (with the original 22 unnumbered in Manuscript, leaves, 4, spelling of the anonymous vocabulary), the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. the Natsit kutchin (according to R. B. The vocabularies, 180 words each (copied Ross), and another Kutchin dialect from manuscripts at that time in the library of to R. B. the Smithsonian Institution), are in parallel (not specified ; according Ross), columns and occupy 9 leaves. These are fol with remarks by F. L. O. Roehrig. lowed 13 of each vocab by pages "remarks," August 17, 1874.] ulary being treated of separately. Manuscript, 15 unnumbered leaves, 4, in [A comparative vocabulary of the the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The 180 wrds each languages of the Kutchin tribes, em vocabularies, (copied from manuscripts then in the of the bracing the Kut-cha-kut-ehin (accord library Smithsonian Institution), are in parallel col ing to Herdesty); the Kut-cha-kut- umns, occupying 9 leaves, followed by the ehin to Keimicott s (according manu remarks, by Dr. Roehrig, each set of words script), and the Kut-cha-kut-chiii (from being treated of separately. a of printed copy Kennicott), with [A comparative vocabulary of the remarks F. L. O. by Roehrig. January Sikani and Beaver Indians, embracing 15, 1874.] the Si-kan-i to R. R. (according Ross) ; 17 unnumbered in the Manuscript, leaves, 4, the Si-kan-i to F. L. (according Pope) ; of the Bureau of library Ethnology. the Sikani of the mountains south of The three vocabularies, of 180 words each Fort Liard and the Beaver Indians of (copied from manuscripts then in the library of ; the Smithsonian Institution), are in parallel Peace River west of Lake Athabasca BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Continued. Ross (R. B.) Continued. to with remarks sonian Institution s standard of 180 (according Keimicott) ; vocabulary words, nearly all the blanks being filled. The by F. L. O. Roehrig. August 20, 1874.] handwriting is that of Dr. Gibbs. Manuscript, 16 unnumbered leaves, 4, in the of the Bureau of library Ethnology. Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of The vocabularies, 180 words each from (copied Nehauuay River. manuscripts then in the library of the Smith Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, sonian Institution), are in parallel columns and written on one side only, in the of the 9 leaves these are followed 7 leaves library occupy ; by Bureau of Ethnology. Collected from a mem containing remarks on each by Dr. Roehrig. ber of one of the tribes residing in the moun "While in charge of the philologic collections tainous between the Liard country >nd Mac made by the Smithsonian Institution Dr. Gibbs kenzie rivers. was accustomed to refer the material relating Recorded on one of the Smithsonian Institu to the several linguistic families to specialists tion s standard vocabulary forms of ISO words, throughout the country, in order that lie might eq uivalents of nearly all of which are given. have the benefit of their knowledge of the sub The manuscript is in the handwriting of Dr. ject. In pursuance of this Prof. Roehrig policy Gibbs. was called upon for assistance, and the col lections relating to a number of families in the Vocabulary of the Si-kan -i lan northwest were sent to him for criticism, among guage. them the Athapascan. Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, written on The various noted above under manuscripts one side only, folio, in the library of the Bureau the head of "Remarks" are the result of this of Ethnology. plan. Recorded on one of the Smithsonian forms of Rogue River: 180 words, equivalents of all of which are given. Vocabulary See Earnhardt (W. H.) Vocabulary of a dialect of the Tin- Vocabulary Dorsey (J. O.) nean Tribal names Dorsey (J. O.) language. Manuscript. 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, Ri ver John. See O. Rogue Dorsey (J. ) written on one side only, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Rooney (Jake). See Dorsey (J. O.) Recorded on one of the Smithsonian Institu tion s forms of a standard of Ross (Alexander). See Dorsey (J. O.) vocabulary 180 words, equivalents of nearly all of them being Ross (R. B.) Vocabulary of the pure given. The handwriting is that of Dr. Gibbs. Chepewyan, or language of the Cariboo- Rost The lord s eaters and Yellowknives. (Reinliold). | prayer | 6 In Three Hundred com Manuscript, unnumbered leaves, written Languages | on one side in the of the the and only, folio, library prising | leading languages Bureau of Ethnology. . their dialects principal | throughout Recorded on one of the "standard vocabu the world with the where 1 | places forms of the Smithsonian con lary Institution, With a Reinliold spoken | preface by 180 words, of all of which taining equivalents PH.D. are given. The manuscript is in the hand Rost, | C.I.E., LL.D., | of Dr. Geo. Gibbs. London Gilbert and writing | Rivington | Limited St. John s - \ house, Clerkenwell, Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, E. C. 1891 Yukon River. | | (All rights reserved) | Title verso quotations 1 1. preface 2 11. con Manuscript, C unnumbered leaves, folio, tents 1 1. text pp. 1-88, 4. written on one side only, in the library of the The Lord s prayer in a number of American Bureau of Ethnology. Procured from Mr. languages, among them theChippewyau (sylla Herdesty, who had resided among these bic), p. 14; Cliippewyan or Tinne (roman), p. 14; Indians about ten years. Slave-Indian (romau), p. 75; Slave-Indian Recorded on one of the Smithsonian Institu (syl labic), p. 75; Tukudh, p. 84. tion s standard vocabulary forms of 180 words, Copies seen : Eames. equivalents of nearly all of which are given. The handwriting is that of Dr. Gibbs. The lord s In Three Hun | prayer | of the Natsit Kutchin dred the Vocabulary | Languages comprising | (Strong Men) language. leading languages and their principal Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, dialects the world with | throughout | written on one side only, in the library of the the where AVith a places spoken | pref Bureau of Ethnology. Procured from an Indian ace C. byReinhold Rost, | I.E., LL.D., who had been several years in the Hudson Bay PH. D. Second edition Company s service. | | Recorded on one of the forms of the Smith- London Gilbert and | Riviugton | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 91

Rost (R.) Continued. Ruby (Charles). Vocabulary of the Limited St. John s Clerken Chiracahua- | house, well, [ Apache language. E. C. 1891 3 unnumbered | reserved) | | (All rights Manuscript, leaves, folio, Title verso quotations 1 1. preface 2 11. con written on one aide only, in the library of the tents 1 1. text pp. 1-88, 4. Bureau of Ethnology.* Recorded, Sept., 1886, Linguistic contents asundertitleuextabove. with the assistance of Mickey Free, interpre Copies been : Pilling. ter.

A of (R. Continued. Sabin | (Joseph). | dictionary | Schomburgk H.) Books to from its Contains the word for sun in the relating America, | languages to the time. of the Chippewyan, Kinai, and "Tribes of the discovery present | By Sahiu. Volume northwest coast of America." Joseph | I[-XIX]. j lines Robert Herman Schomburgk, a German ex [Three quotation.] | was born in on the New-York: 84 Nassau plorer, Freiburg Unstruth, | Joseph Sabin, Prussia, June 4, 1804; died in Schoneberg. near street. r | 1868[-1891J. Berlin, March 11, 18(t. >. He entered commercial 19 vols. 8. Still in course of publication. life, and in 1820 came to the United States, Parts now in cxv-cxvi, press (March, 1892), where, after working as a clerk in Boston and have reached the and will com entry "Smith," Philadelphia, he became a partner in 1828 in a vol. 20. edited Mr. Wilberforce mence Now by tobacco manufactory at Richmond, Ya. The Eames. factory was burned and Schomburgk was Contains titles of many books in and relating ruined. After nnsuccesgfnl ventures in the to the Athapascan languages. West Indies and Central America, he went to seen: Copies Congress, Eames, Geological the island of Anegada, one of the Virgin Lenox. Survey, group, where he undertook t make a survey of -See Field (T.W.) the coast. Although he did not possess the special knowledge that is required for such a St. Mark [in the Timid language]. See work, he performed it Avell, and his reports pro Kirkby (W.W.) cured him in 1834, from the Geographical Soci Introduction Sayce (Archibald Henry). ety of London and some botanists, means to to the science of A. the interior of Biitish which | language. | By | explore Guiana, H. of was then entirely unknown. After a thorough Sayce, | deputy professor compar 1833-1839, he went to London ative philology iii the university of exploration during in the summer of 1839 with valuable collections Oxford. In two volumes. Vol. I | | [-II]. of animals and plants, mostly new species.

I [Design.] | Schomburgk sailed again from London for London: C. Paul & in 1840, as of | Kegan co., 1, Georgetown December, president Paternoster 1880. a commission to determine the boundary line square. | between British Guiana and Brazil, and to 2 vols. : half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso make further and quotation and notice 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, table geographical ethnological observations. He was there his of contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-441, colo joined by brotlier, Moritz Richard. On their return to phon verso blank 1 1. .- half-title verso blank 1 1. London in June, 1844, a title verso quotation and notice 1 1. table of Schomburgk presented of his to the Geographical contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-352, selected report journey for which the him in list of works pp. 333-363, index pp. 365-421, 12. Society, queen knighted 1845. After a few months rest he was A few Hoopah and Navaho words, with ex given an in the, colonial department planations, vol. 1, p. 121. appointment and sent to make researches upon the idioms of Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. the of South America. In 1848 lie Robert Con aborigines Schomburgk (S-ir Herman). read before the British Association a paper in tributions to the Philological Ethnog which he proposed an alphabetical system for raphy of South America. By Sir R. H. the Indian dialects. Appleton s Cyclop, of Am. Schomburgk. Biog. In Soc. Philological [of London] Proc. vol. 3, Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe). Historical 8. pp. 228-237, London, 1848, and statistical re | | information, | of words in the Guinau with other Affinity the condition and specting | history, languages and dialects in America, pp. 236-237, of the Indian tribes of the contains, among others, examples in Atnah. prospects | |

United States : collected and | prepared A vocabulary of the Maiaugkong under the direction of the bureau of language [South America]. j J Indian act of of affairs, | In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 4, per Congress 8. March R. School- pp. 217-222, London, 1850, 3d, 1847, | by Henry 92 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Schoolcraft (H. R.) Continued, Schoolcraft (H. R.) Continued. LL.D. Illustrated S. East Part v, 1855. Half-title in verso craft, | by (as part i) U. S. A. Published Au blank 1 1. engraved title (as in part n) verso man, capt. | by blank 1 1. printed title in verso blank of Part I (as part II) thority Congress. | [-VI]. | 1 1. dedication pp. vii-viii, fifth report pp. ix-xii, Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & list of divisions p. xiii, synopsis of general to Elliot company, | (successors Grigg, contents of vols. i-v pp. xv-xvi, contents pp. & xvii-xxii, list of text co.) | 1851[-1857]. plates pp. xxiii-xxiv, pp. title: Historical 25-625, appendix 627-712, and Engraved [Engraving.] | | pp. plates maps and statistical information the numbered 1-8, 10-36. | | respecting | condition and of the In Part vi, 1857. Half-title of [ history, prospects | (General history | the North i American 1 1. dian tribes of the United States : Collected and Indians) verso blank ; under tlie direction of portrait 1 1. title of the Indian of printed j the bureau j prepared | (History Indian affairs act of of 3rd tribes of the United States: their March | j per Congress | present condition and 1847, R. Schoolcraft L.L.D. Illus prospects, | and a sketch of their | by Henry | ancient | status. Published order of trated S. IT. S. | Con | by Eastman, capt. army. | [Coat by

1 Schoolcraft, LL. D. Member six Grambo co. | Philadelphia: Lippincott, & [&c. lines.] | 6 vols. 4. with vol. 2 With Illustrations Eminent Artists. In one Beginning the words by |

"Historical volume, i Part vi.of the series. and statistical" are left off the | Philadelphia: J. B. | & co. verso 1 1. title-pages, both engraved and printed. Subse Lippincott | 1857.) blank quently (1853) vol. 1 was also issued with the inscription verso blank 1 1. letter to the Presi

" dent abridged title beginning Information respect pp. vii-viii. report pp. ix-x, preface pp. xi- ing the history, condition, and prospects of the xvi, contents pp. xvii-xxvi, list of plates pp. xxvii-xxviii, text index Indian tribes," making it uniform with tlie pp. 25-744, pp. 745-756, other parts. fifty-seven plates, partly selected from the other and three tables. Two editions with these title-pages were pub volumes, lished the same one thinner by house, on and Eaton (J. H.), Vocabulary of the Navajo, somewhat smaller paper, of which but vols. 1-5 vol. 4, pp. 416-431. were issued. Gallatin (A.), Table of generic IndianWami-

1851. lies of vol. 3, 397-402. Part i, Half-title (Ethnological re languages, pp. the red man of G-ibbs (G.), Observations on some of the searches, respecting | America) Indian dialects of verso blank 1 1. engraved title as above verso northern California, vol. 3, 420-423. blank 1 1. printed title as above verso blank 1 1. pp. Vocabularies of introductory documents pp. iii-vi, preface pp. Indian languages in northwest vol. vii-x, list of plates pp. xi-xii, contents pp. xiii- California, 3, pp. 428-445. xviii, text pp. 13-524, appendix pp. 525-568, Henry (C. C.), Vocabulary of the Apache, plates, colored lithographs and maps numbered vol. 5, pp. 578-589.

1-76. Copies seen .- Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe British 1852. naeum, Museum, Congress, Eames, Part n, Half-title (as in part I) verso National Museum, Powell, Shea, Truinbull. blank 1 1. engraved title (In formation respecting At the Fischer sale, no. 1581. Quaritch the history condition and prospects, etc.) verso bought a copy for U. 10s. The Field copy, no. 2075, sold blank 1 1. printed title (Information respecting for $72; the Menxies copy, no. 1765, for $132; the the history, condition and prospects, etc.) verso Squier copy, no. 1214, $120; no. 2032, $60; the printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. introduc 773 5Z.5#. Ramirez copy,no. (5 vols.), ; the Pinart tory document pp. vii-xiv,conteiitspp. xv-xxii, no. 828 vols. in 208 fr. copy, (5 4), ; the list of plates pp. xxiii-xxiv, text pp. 17-608, Murphy copy, no. 2228, $69. Priced Quaritch. no. plates and maps numbered 1-29, 31-78, and 2 by 101. 30017, 10s. ; Clarke & co. 1886, plates exhibiting the Cherokee alphabet and its by $65; by in 1888, 15Z. application. Quaritch, Reissued with title-pages as follows: Part 1853. HI, Half-title (as in part I) verso blank title (as in verso blank Archives ll.engraved partu) j of] Aboriginal Knowledge. 1 1. printed title (as in part. II) verso printers 1 1. all the | Containing | Original Papers third v-viii, list of divisions report pp. p. ix, laid before the Congress | respecting | contents pp. xi-xv, list of plates pp. xvii-xviii, History, Antiquities, Eth text pp. 19-6IJ5, plates and maps numbered 1-21, Language, 25-45. nology, Pictography, | Rites, Supersti

Part IV, 1854. Half-title (as in i) verso and of the Indian part tions, Mythology, | j blank 1 1. engraved title (as in part U) verso blank Tribes of the United States | by j Henry 1 1. title in verso blank 1 1. printed (as part u) R. LL.D. With Illustra Schoolcraft, | dedication pp. v-vi, fourth report pp. vii-x, list tions. OiKendun ih ieu of divisions p. xi, contents pp. xiii-xxiii, list of | muzzinyegim iin. In six volumes. text | plates pp. xxv-xxvi, pp. 19-668, plates and Algonquin. | I maps numbered 1-42. Volume [-VI]. I ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 93

Schoolcraft (H. B.) Continued. Schoolcraft (H. R.) Continued. J. B. &, the lake region, establishing himself at Sault Philadelphia: | Lippiucott Sainte Marie, and afterward at Co. 1860. Mackinaw, | where, in 1823, he married Jane Johnston, title : the Information | respecting Engraved granddaughter of Waboojeeg, a noted Ojibway of the and | Condition Prospects | | History, chief, who had received her education in

: Indian Tribes of the United States | Collected Europe. In 1828 lie founded the Michigan his tinder the Bureau of Indian and prepared | torical society, and in 1831 the Algic society. R. Schoolcraft L. L. D. Affairs | | By Henry From 1828 till 1832 he was a member of the ter Mem : Royal Geo. Society, London. Royal An ritorial legislature of Michigan. In 1832 he led a tiquarian Society. Copenhagen. Ethnological government expedition, which folio wed the Mis 1

&c. &c. Illustrated | Society, Paris, | by Cap. sissippi River up to its source in Itasca Lake. artists. S. Eastman, U. S. A. and other eminent \ In 1836 ho negotiated a treaty with the Indians Published of Con- | by authority [Vignette.] on the upper lakes for the cession to the United States of 16,000,000 acres of their lands. He

J. B. <fc Co. Philadelphia: | Lippincott was then appointed acting superintendent of 6 vols. maps and plates, 4. Indian affairs, and in 1839 chief disbursing agent This edition agrees in the text page for page for the northern department. On his return with the original titled above, and contains in from Europe in 1842 he made a tour through addition an index to each volume. western Virginia, Ohio, and Canada. He was Copies seen : Congress. appointed by the New York legislature; in 1815 Partially reprinted, with title as follows : a commissioner to take the census of the Indians Indian of the United in the State, and collect information The j concerning [ ] | tribes] States: their the Six Nations. After the performance of | | history, antiquities, this authorized on March tra task, Congress him, 3, customs, religion, arts, language, | 1847, to obtain through the Indian bureau oral and Ed ditions, legends, myths. | reports relating to all the Indian tribes of the ited Francis S.Drake. Illustrated by | | country, and to collate and edit the information. with one hundred fine engravings on In this work he spent the remaining years of steel, In volumes. Vol. his life. Through his influence many laws two | j | ![-!!]. were enacted for the protection and benefit of J. B. fe Philadelphia: | Lippincott the Indians. Numerous scientific societies in co. London: 16 street, | Southampton the United States and Europe elected him to Co vent Garden. 1884. | membership, and the University of Geneva him the of LL.D. in 1846. He was 2 vols. : portrait 1 1. title verso copyrigbt 1 1. gave degree of preface pp. 3-5, contents pp. 7-8, list of plates the author numerous poems, lectures, and Indian besides pp. 9-10, introduction pp. 11-24, text pp. 25-458; reports on subjects, thirty-one works. of his lectures before the frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. com larger Two Detroit the "Grammatical tents pp. 3-6, list of plates p. 7, text pp. 9-445, Algic society at on index pp. 447-455, plates, 4. Construction of the Indian Languages" were translated into French Peter S. "In the following pages the attempt has been by Duponceau, made, to place before the public, in a convenient and gained for their author a gold medal from

and accessible form the results of the life-long the French institute. . . . labors in the field of aboriginal research of the To the five volumes of Indian researches com late Henry R. Schoolcraft." piled under the direction of the war department Chapter II, Language, literature, and pic he added a sixth, containiugthepost-Columbian tography, vol. 1, pp. 47-63, contains general history of the Indians and of their relations remarks on the Indian languages. with Europeans (Philadelphia, 1857). He had Copies seen : Congress. collected material for two additional volumes,

Priced by Clarke <fc co. 1886, no. 6376, $25. but the government suddenly suspended the Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, ethnologist, born in publication of the work. Appleton s Cyclop, of [Watervlietj Albany county. N. T., March 28, Am. Biotj. 1793; died in Washington, D. C., December 10, Schott (W.) Ueber ethnographisehe 1864. Was educated at Middlebiiry College, der Vermont, and at Union, where he pursued the Ergebnisse Sagoskinscheu Reise, studies of chemistry and mineralogy. In von W. Schott. 1817 - 18 he traveled in Missouri and Arkansas, I ii Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissenschaftliclie and returned with a large collection of geolog Kunde von Russlaud, vol. 7, pp. 480-512, Berlin, ical and mineralogical specimens. In 1820 he 1849, 8. was appointed geologist to Gen. Lewis Cass s Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inkalit-Ingel- exploring expedition to Lake Superior and the mut (from Zagoskin), pp. 481-487. headwaters of River. He was secre Mississippi Scouler (Dr. John). Observations on tary of a commission to treat with the Indians the indigenous tribes of the N. W. at Chicago, and, after a journey through Illinois coast of America. John Scouler, and along Wabash and Miami rivers, was in By 1822 appointed Indian agent for the tribes of M.D.,F.L, S., &c. 94 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Sikani : Scouler (J.) Continued. See In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1.1, Vocabulary Buschmaun(J.C.E.) Howse pp. 215-251. London, 1841,8. (Geological Sur Vocabulary (J.) vey.) Vocabulary Pope (F. L.) Vocabulary of the Umpqua: spoken on the Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) Ross River Umpqua, about 100 words (obtained from Vocabulary (R. B.) j Words Dr. Tolmie), pp. 237-241. Daa(L.K.) Oil the Indian tribes the Lieut. James Journal inhabiting | Simpson ( Hervey ). northwest coast of America. By John of a military reconnaissance from Santa M. F. L. S. Communicated New to the Scouler, D., | Fe, Mexico, Navajo country, by the Ethnological Society. made with the troops under the com

In Edinburgh New Phitoaoph. Jour. vol. 41, j mand of Brevet Lieutenant Colonel 8. pp. 168-192, Edinburgh, 1846, John M. Washington, chief of the 9th Includes a brief discussion of the Athapas military department, and governor of cans, pp. 170-171. in Soc. of New Mexico, in 1849, by James H. Simp- Reprinted Ethnological London, j Jour. vol. 1, pp. 228-252, London [1848], 8. (Con- sou, A. M.. First Lieutenant Corps of | gress.) Linguistics as above, pp. 230-231. Topographical Engineers.

Seguin(R. P.) Catechism in the Dindj id i In Reports of Secretary of War: Senate ex. doc. No. 64, 31st Cong., 1st sess., pp. 56-168, language. (*) j Manuscript in possession of Father Emile Washington, 1850, 8. (Eames, Pilling.) j Petitot. Mareuil-les-Meaux, France, who has A comparative vocabulary of words in the of the Pueblo or civilized kindly furnished me the above title. See languages Indians of New Mexico and of the wild tribes Petitot (E. F. S. J.) inhabiting its borders, pp. 140-143, includes 40 words of the Sentences: Navajo (no. 7), obtained by Lieut. Simpson from Ahtinne See Allen (H. T.) a friendly Navajo chief, by name Tus-ca-ho- Apache Bancroft (H. H.) gont-le (Mexican name Sandoval), and 35 words Apache White (J. B.) of the Ticorilla, a branch of the Apaches (no. Athapascan Petitot (E. F. S. J.) 8), obtained by Lieut. Simpson from an Apache Thine Campbell (J.) Indian, a prisoner in the guard-house at Santa Sermons: Fe.

Den6 Sen Morice ( A. G.) Journal of a reconnais Montagnais Legoif (L.) | | military Taculli Morice (A. G.) from Santa New sance, | | Fe, Mexico, to the made with of | Shaw (Rev. J. M.) Vocabulary the | Navajo country, | the under command of brevet Navajo language. | troops 1-25, 4, in the of the lieutenant colonel John M. Manuscript, pp. library | Washing Bureau of Ethnology. ton, chief of ninth military department, Recorded on a form H. R. School- compiled by and of New in 1849. | governor Mexico, craft, containing 350 English words and the James H. A. first | By | Simpson, M., | numerals 1-30, 40, 50, CO, etc. Equivalents of lieutenant of most of these are given. corps topographical

Shea : This word following a title or within paren engineers. | theses after a note indicates that a copy of the Grambo Philadelphia: | Lippincott, work referred to was seen by the compiler in and successors to Elliot co., | Grigg, the library of the late Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, and co. 1852. N.J. | Frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. cor Lieu t. W. L. of Sherwood ( ) Vocabulary respondence pp. 3-7, text pp. 9-138, list of plates the Sierra Blanca audCoyotero dialect pp. 139-140, map, plates, 8. of the Apaches, with notes. Linguistic contents as under next preceding 128-130. Manuscript, 7 unnumbered leaves, folio, in title, pp. the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu The first leaf of the manuscript, written on seum, Eames, Trumbull. both sides, is devoted to remarks concerning James Hervey Simpson, soldier, born in New the negatives, method of pronouns, counting, Jersey March 9, 1813, died in St. Paul. Minn., and as to the used. The alphabet remaining March 2, 1883. He was graduated at the U. S. written on one side contain the leaves, only, military academy in 1832, and assigned to the 275 in four vocabulary (about words) arranged artillery. During the Florida war lie was aide columns to the page, two of English and two to Gen. Abraham Eustis. He was made first of the There is no indication of Apache. place lieutenant in the corps of topographical engi or date of record. neers on July 7, 1838, engaged in surveying tha Sierra Blanca See and western was Apache. Apache. northern Jakes the plains ; pro- ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 95

Slave Continued. Simpson (J. H.) Continued. 1853 served as chief See moted captain on March 3, ; Vocabulary Morgan (L. H.) topographical engineer with the army in Utah, Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) and in 1859 explored a new route from Salt Lake- Words Ellis (R.) City to the Pacific coast, the reports of Avhich Slavi. See Slave. he was hnsy in preparing till the beginning of Smart (Capt. Charles). Notes OIL the the civil war. He served as chief topographical " Tonto" Charles Smart, engineer of the Department of the Shenandoah, Apaches. By was promoted major on Aug. 6, 1861, was made brevet captain and assistant surgeon colonel of the 4th New Jersey volunteers on U. S. Army, Fort McDowell, Arizona. and took in the Aug. 12, 1801, part peninsular In Smithsonian Inst. Ann.Rept. for 1867, pp. at West Point and at campaign, heing engaged 417-419, Washington, 1868, 8. (Pilling.) Gaines Mills, where he was taken prisoner. Preceding the article is this note : "A partial After his in he exchange August, 1862, resigned vocabulary of the language accompanied the his volunteer commission in order to act as chief original, which will appear elsewhere." I pre and afterward as chief topographical engineer, sume the following is meant : of the of the where engineer department Ohio, Vocabulary of theCoyotero Apaches, he was employed in making and repairing rail with notes. roads and erecting temporary fortifications. He Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves, folio, in was promoted lieutenant-colonel of engineers the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col on June 1, 18(53, had general charge, of fortifica lected Sept. 13, 1866, at Fort McDowell, Ariz. tions in Kentucky from that time till the close Contains 173 words. of the war, was brevet-ted colonel and brigadier- There is in the same library a copy of this general in March. 1865, and was chief engineer manuscript, recorded on one of the standard of the interior department, having charge of vocabulary forms of the, Smithsonian Institu the inspection of the Union Pacific i-ailroad till tion, 6 11. folio. 1867. He afterward superintended defensive Smith River John. See (J. works at Key West, Mobile, and other places, Dorsey O.)

surveys of rivers and harbors, the improve Smithsonian Institution : These words following ment of navigation in the Mississippi and other a title or included within parentheses after a western rivers, and the construction of bridges note indicate that a copy of the work referred at Little Rock, Ark., St. Louis, Mo., Clinton, to lias been seen by the compiler in the library Iowa, and other places. Gen. Simpson was the of that institution, Washington. I). C. author of " Shortest Route to California across Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian the Great Basin of Utah " (Philadelphia, 1869) miscellaneous collections. 216 Photo and Essay on Coronado s March in Search of | the Seven Cities of Cibola" s of North American (1869). Appleton graphic, portraits | | Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Indians in the of the Smith | | gallery Sec J. O. sonian institution. of the insti Simpson (William). Dorsey ( ) | [Seal

Slave: tution.] | four See C.) Smithsonian institu Bible, gospels Bompas (W. Washington: | Bible, Matthew Reeve (W. D.) tion. 1867. | Bible, Mark Reeve (W. IX) Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-42, 8. Bible British. passages Names of persons of a number of tribes of Bible Gilbert passages & Riviugton. American Indians, with definitions, among Catechism Kirkby (W. W.) them the Navajo. book Hymn Hymns. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling, Hymn book Kirkby (W. W.) Smithsonian Institution. Reeve D.) Hymns (W. Some copies are printed on one side of the leaf Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Legends only. (Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Smithson Lord s prayer Bergholtx (G. F.) ian Institution.) Lord s prayer Kirkby (W. AV.) Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge: Lord s prayer Reeve (W. D.) These words following a title or included within Lord s prayer Rost (R.) parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of Numerals Ellis (R.) the work referred to has been seen by the com Prayer book Kirkby (W. W.) piler in the library of that institution, London, Prayer book Lessons. England. Prayer book Reeve ( W. D . ) Relationships Kennicott (R.) Solomon (Coquille). See Dorsey (J. O.) Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Songs: Songs Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Chippew.\ an See Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Ten commandments Kirkby (W. W.) Dene Morice (A. G.) Ten commandments Reeve (W.I).) Loucheux Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Vocabulary Kennicott (R.) Montaguais Vegreville (V. T.) Vocabulary Kirkby (W. W.) Navajq Matthews (W.) Vocabulary Latham (R, G.) Slave Petitot (E. F. S. J.) BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Staffeief (Vladimir) and Petroff (I.) Steiger (E.) Continued. [Words, phrases, and sentences in the pilation must not be regarded as an attempt at a language of the Kaukiina or Kankn- complete linguistic bibliography, but solely as a bookseller s for business nats Kogtana, on the shores of Cook catalogue purposes, with special to the of in south of North regard study philology Inlet, Foreland.] America." Manuscript, pp. 77-227, 4, in the library of Copies Keen : Eames, Pilling. the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Stuart See Recorded in a copy of Powell s Introduction to (Jake). Dorsey (J. O.) the of Indian second Study Languages, edition, Sullivan (John W.) Indian tribes and most of the schedules of which, except those vocabularies. relating to relationships, are almost completely In Palliser (J.), Journal, detailed filled. There are several thousand entries, in a reports . . . British North America, clear and distinct handwriting. pp. 199-216, London, 1863, folio. The alphabet adopted by the Bureau of Eth Vocabulary (words and and numerals nology has been followed. phrases) 1-200 of the Sursee Indians, pp. 208-210. Portraits of North Stanley (J.M.) | | Sursee : American with sketches of General discussion See Balbi Indians, | (A.) J. M. Stan Grammatic comments Wilson (E. F.) scenery, etc., | painted by | Numerals with the Smith Sullivan (J. W.) ley. | Deposited | Vocabulary Balbi (A.) sonian institution. of the insti | [Seal Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) tution.] | Vocabulary Busehmann (J.C.E.)

: Smithsonian institu Washington | Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) tion. 1852. Vocabulary Jehan (L. F.) | December, Printed cover as above, title as above verso Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Petitot F. S. printers 1 1. preface verso contents 1 1. text pp. Vocabulary (E. J.) Sullivan 5-72, index pp. 73-76, 8. Vocabulary (J. W.) Forms Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Vocabulary Umfreville (E.) 53 also of 2 of Vocabulary AVilson (E. F.) Collections, ; part vol. the same Words and series, Washington, 1862. Adelung (J. C.) Contains the names of personages of many Vater(J. S.) Indian tribes of the United States, to a number Sussee. See Sursee. of which is added the English signification. the lan Among the people represented are the Ump- Syllabarium [for Chippewyan quas, p. 59. guage], Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, [London: Society for promoting Smithsonian Geological Survey, Pilling, Powell, Christian knowledge. 188-?] Institution. 1 sheet, 25 by 20 inches, with heading as s bibliotheca verso blank. Steiger(E.) | above, Steiger glot- | The first division contains in one column the first. A of Die- I tica, | part | catalogue | roman consonants: w, b,ch, d, g, k, kl, 1, m, n, s, tioiiaries, Grammars, Readers, Exposi- The second division con of modern sh, t, th, tth, tz, y. tors,etc. | mostly languages tains in four columns the syllabic characters in all of the | spoken parts earth, | for the same, each column headed by its of vowel a, e. o. The except | English, French, German, respective termination, i, third division contains the additional and First division: i Abenaki marks, Spanish. | and final in to Hebrew. contractions, consonants, syllabic | and roman characters. E. 22 & 24 Frank fort Steiger, | Street, This syllabarium is nearly identical with New York. | [1874.] that in Kirkby s Cliipe\vyan gospels of 1878, Half- title on title as cover, above verso printer the only variation being in the third division, 1 1. notice dated Sept. 1874 verso blank 1 1. which contains two additional marks or con text pp. 1-40, advertisements 2 11. colophon on tractions.

back cover, 12. Copies Keen : Eames, Pilling. Titles of works in Athapascan, p. 14. Syllabary : The second division of the first was not part Athapascan See Morice (A. G.) Part second is on the lan published. English Chippewyan Syllabarium. and third on the German guage part language. Chippewyan Tuttle (C. R.)

In his notice the compiler states : "This com- Montagnais Perrault (C. O.) ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 97

Tache (Mgr. Alexamlre Autoine). Taculli. [Vocabularies of souio of the sur le iiord-ouest de PAme- Indian tribes Esquisse | | of northwest America.] de St. 2 vols. 82 folio. Seen at rique | par | Mgr. Tache", Eveque Manuscript, pp. the 1868. sale of the library of the late Mr. Geo. Boniface, | Brinley, Montreal du Nouveau . the sale catalogue of which says they came | typographic from the library of Dr. John Pickering, to monde rue St. Vincent. 1869 | 23, | whom, probably, they were presented by Mr. Cover title : sur le uord-ouest de " Esquisse | | Duponceau. They were presented to Peter 1 de St. S. Amerique | par | Mgr. Tache, EVeque Duponceau, Esq., with J. K. Towushend s 1868. Boniface, | respects. Fort Vancouver, Columbia lliver,

Montreal: Charles Libraire-Edi- 1835." | Payette, September, teur line St. No. 250. 1809 | is Paul, | Among these one of the Carrier or Taculli Cover title as above, title as above verso Indians of New Caledonia, containing 342 words blank 1 1. text pp. 3-14G, 8. and phrases. A short account ot the Faniille des Tschip- Taculli : peweyaus on Montagnais, pp. 80-91. Copies seen : British Museum, Pilling, Shea.

| Royal Artillery. | Montreal: Printed John Lovell | by St. Nicholas Street. 1870. | Pp. 1-216, 8. Linguistics as in the French edition titled next above, p. 123.

Copies seen : Quebec Historical .Society.

See Petitot (E. F. S. J.)

Alexaudre Antoine Tache, Canadian R. C. archbishop, born in Riviere du Loup, Canada, July 23, 1823, was graduated at the college of St. Hyacinth and studied theology in the Sem inary of Montreal. He returned to St. Hya cinth as professor of mathematics, but, after teaching a few months, went to Montreal and became a monk of the Oblate order. He vol unteered at once for missionary service among the Indians of the lied River, and reached St. Boniface on August 25, 1845. He was raised to the priesthood on October 12 following. In July, 1846, he set out for lie a la Crosse, and, after spending a few months at this mission, he went to labor among the Indians that lived around the lakes, several hundred miles to the north west. Although only twenty-six years old, he was recommended for the post of coadjutor bishop of St. Boniface in 1850. He was sum moned to France by the superior of the Oblate Fathers and consecrated bishop on November 23, 1851. After a visit to Home he returned to Canada in February, 1852, and on September 10 reached lie & la Crosse, which he had deter mined to make the center of his labors in the northwest. He became bishop of St. Boniface June 7, 1853. St. Boniface was erected into a metropolitan see on Sept. 22, 1871, and Bishop Tache was appointed archbishop. Applcton s Cyclop, of Am. Biog. ATH 7 98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Ten commandments: Tinne. Vocabulary of the Tahko [or Beaver See Garrioch (A. C.) Tahko-Tinne] language. (W. C.) Chippewyaii Bompas Manuscript, 1 leaf folio, written on both (W. W.) Chippewyan Kirkby sides, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Rib C.) Dog Bompas (AV. Recorded on a printed form containing 60 Montagnais Legoff (L.) English words, equivalents of all of which are Slave Kirkby (W.AV.) given in the Tahko. Probably by Dr. Tolmie. Slave Reeve (W.D.)

Tinnd : Tenan Kutchin. See Kutchin. AV Bible, Mark See Kirkby ( W. .) Tenana. See Kutchin. Bible, John Kirkby (AV. AV.) Tenana Inkalik. Sec Inkalik. Bible passages American. Ten Kate (Dr. Herman Frederick Car Bible passages Bible Society. en Bible passages Bompas (AV. C.) vel), Jr. Reizen Oiiderzoekiiigen | Bible passages British. in Noord-Amerika van IX H. F. C. | j | Bible passages Gilbert & Rivington. r Ten Kate J . Met een kaart en twee | General discussion Bancroft (H. H.) tiistlaande platen. | General discussion Bompas (W. C.) E.J. Brill. 1885. General discussion Brinton (D. G.) Leiden, | Cover title as above, balf-title reverse blank General discussion Faulmann (K.)

1 1. title as above reverse blank 1 1. 3 other prel. Lord s prayer Bompas (W. C.) 8. (J.) 11. pp. 1-464, errata 1 p. map, 2 plates, Numerals Campbell Onder de Apaches (pp. 165-208) contains a Primer Bompas (AV. C.) short vocabulary on p. 106, and a few words Sentences Campbell (J.) passim. Tribal names Dall(W.H.) Richardson Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology. Tribal names (J.) Texts: Tribal names Tuttle (C. R.) H. C.) Apache See Bancroft (H. ) Vocabulary Bompas (W. Chippewyan Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Vocabulary Campbell (J.) Dene Morice (A. G.) Vocabulary Dawson (G. M.) Loucheux Promissiones. Vocabulary Dorsey (J. O.) Montagnais Legoff (L.) Vocabulary Pinart (A. L.) Navajo Matthews (W.) Vocabulary Ross (R. B.) Peau de Lievro Promissiones. Vocabulary Thine, Taculli Morice (A. G.) Vocabulary Tolmie (AV. F . ) Tukuclh McDonald (R.) Vocabulary Tolmie (AV. F.) and Daw- son (G. M.) Thompson (Almon Harris). Vocabulary Words Brinton(D.G.) of the Navajo language. AVords Crane (A.) 5 11. 12, and 8 11. 4, in the library Manuscript, AVords Gatschet (A. S.) of the Bureau of Ethnology. Words Hale (H.) Contains about 275 words. See also Athapascan; Chippewyan; Den3; Thompson (Coquille). See Dorsey (J. Montagnais. O.) Tinne primer. See Bompas (W. C.) Thompson (Edward). A short vocabu Tlatskenai : of the the lary Language spoke among Grammatic comments See Miiller (F.) Northern Indians inhabiting the North Numerals Ellis (R.) west Part of Hudson s Bay, as it was Vocabulary Anderson (A. C.) Bancroft taken at different times from the Vocabulary (H. H.) Busch maun ( J. C .E.) Mouths of Nabiana and Zazana, two Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) who were on board His Vocabulary Indians, H . Vocabulary Hale ( ) the Furnace in the Majesty s Ship year Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Turner 1742, by Edward Thompson, Surgeon Vocabulary (W.AV.) Daa(L.K.) of the said Ship. Words AVords Ellis (R.) In Dobbs (A.), An account of the countries AVords Farrar(F.W.) adjoining to Hudson s Bay, pp. 206-211, London, AVords Lubbock (J.) 1744,4. Pott (A. F.) About 280 words and phrases of the Chepe- AVords AVords AVilson (D.) wvan language. The main portion is alpha words, followed betically arranged by English Tolmie (Dr. William Fraser). Vocabu by " The Northern Indian Way of Counting" on the lary of the Umpqua; spoken and "The Parts belonging to a Man." Kiver Partly reprinted in Whipple (A.W.), Explo Umpqua. In Scouler Observations on the indig rations and Surveys, pp. 84-85, Washington, (J.), enous &c., in Royal Geog. Soc. Jour, yoj, 1855, 4, tribes, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 99

Tolmie (W. F.) Continued. Tolmie (W. F.) Continued. Sur 1841 he visited his native but returned in 11, pp. 237-241, London, 1841, 8. (Geological land, 1842 overland via the and the vey.) plains Columbia, Contains about 100 words. and was placed in charge of the Hudson s Bay posts on Puget Sound. He here took a promi of the Taliko Tinneli Vocabulary nent part, during the Indian war of 1855- 56, in language. pacifying the Indians. Being an excellent lin Manuscript, 1 leaf folio, 60 words, in the guist he had acquired a knowledge of the native library of the Bureau of Ethnology. tongues, and was instrumental in bringing about peace between the whites and the Indi and Dawson (G. M.) Geological ans. He Avas appointed chief factor of the Hud and natural history survey of Canada. son s Bay Company in 1855, removed to Van Alfred R. C. Selwyn, F. R. S., F. G. S., couver Island in when he went into stock- | 1859, Director. vocabularies raising, being the first to introduce thorough [ Comparative bred stock into British Columbia Avas a of the Indian tribes of British ; mem | | | | ber of the local two terms, until with a illustrating legislature Columbia, | map 1878 was a member of the first board of educa distribution. W. Fraser Tolmie, ; | By | tion for several years, exercising a great influ Licentiate of the Faculty of Physi ence in educational held offices | matters; many cians and And of trust, and was a valued and Surgeons, Glasgow. | | always respected citizen. George M. Dawson, D. S., A. S. R. M., F. Mr. Tolmie Avas known to for &c. of Published ethnologists arms.] | G.S., | [Coat his contributions to the history and of Parliament. linguistics by authority | of the natiAre races of the West Coast, and Montreal : Dawson brothers. 1884. | dated in | his interest ethnological matters from Cover title nearly as above, title as above his contact Avith Mr. Horatio Hale, who visited verso blank 1 1. letter of transmittal signed by the West Coast as an ethnologist to the Wilkes G. M. Dawson verso blank 1 1. preface signed exploring expedition. He afterwards trans by G. M. Dawson pp. 5B-7B, introductory note mitted vocabularies of a number of the tribes signed by W. F. Tolinie pp. 9B-12B, text pp. to Dr. Scouler and to Mr. George Gibbs, some of 14B-131B, map, 8. which Avere published in Contributions to Comparative vocabulary, 225 words of five North American Ethnology. In 1884 he pub languages, among them tbe Tinue, Tshilkotin lished, in conjunction Avith Dr. G. M. DaAvsou, a tribe (Dawson), Thine, Nakoontloon sept (Tol nearly complete series of short vocabularies of mie and Dawson), Thine, Takulli or Teheili the principal languages met with in British tribe (Dawson), pp. G2B-73B. Supplementary Columbia, and his name is to be found fre list of 162 words in Tshilkotin and Takulli, pp. quently quoted as an authority on the history 74B-77B. Notes on the Tinne, their habitat, of the Northwest Coast and its ethnology. and a partial list of Tinne septs or tribes, pp. He frequently contributed to the press upon 122B-123B. Comparative table of some words public questions and events now historical. (28) in Tshimsian, Haida, Thlinkit, and Tinne, Tolowa. See TahleAvah. p. 126B. Comparative table of a few of the words

Tribal names : (68) in the foregoing vocabularies (9 columns, Ahtinne See Latham the last of whicli. containing a few words only, (R. G.) Balbi is the Thine), p. 127B. Comparison of a few Apache (A.) S.) words (4) in various Indian languages of North Apache Higgins (N. America (from various sources), among them Apache Jehan(L.F.) White the Navajo, Umkwa, Apache, Chepewyan, Dog- Apache (J.B.) Gallatin rib and Takulli, pp. 128B-129B. Comparison Athapascan (A.) Latham G. of numerals (1-4) pertaining to families from Athapascan (R. ) Petitot localities widely separated Tshilkotin, Ta Athapascan (E.F. S.J.) Anderson C. kulli, Navajo, Wailakki, Hupa, Tolowa, Chep Chippewyan (A. ) ewyan, Dogrib, Umkwa and Apache, p. 131B. Coquille Dorsey (J.O.) Dene G.) Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Morice(A. Kenai Gallatin (A.) AVilliam Fraser Tolmie was born at Inver Kenai Latham (R. G.) ness, Scotland, February 3, 1812, and died De Koltschane Latham (R. G.) cember 8, 1886, after an illness of only "three Kutchin Latham (R. G.) days, at his residence, Cloverdalo, Victoria, B. Montagnais Petitot (E.F. S.J.) C. He was educated at Glasgow University, Rogue River Dorsey (J.O.) where he graduated in August. 1832. On Sep Taculli Latham (R. G.) tember 12 of the same year he accepted a posi Tinne Dall(W. H.) tion as surgeon and clerk with the Hudson s Thine Richardson (J.) Bay Company, and left home for the Columbia Thine Tuttle (C. R.) River, arriving at Vancouver in the spring of Ugalenzen Latham (R. G.) 1833. Vancouver was then the chief post of F. t/he Hudson s Bay Company on this coast. In Truax (W, B.) See Arny (W, M.) 100 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Triibner & Co. A of an Triibner & Co. Continued. catalogue | | extensive collection of valuable new also supplementary and other leaves. Continued | | and second-hand and under the following title : books, | English Triibner s &. Oriental | American, European in foreign, | | antiquities, architecture, Ilceord. A of the most im | Literary | register books of natural his prints, history, | works in North and South portant | published | and other branch of ancient China, and the British tory, every America,India, Europe, | colonies. With Occasional Notes on and modern but more | German, | literature, par Por rich in books on Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, | ticularly j languages, and Literature. on and on North and tuguese, llussian, Hungarian | bibliography | New series. Vol. to Decem I[-IXJ. | January South America. On sale at the low | 1880 to ber, [-January December, 1888]. |

affixed Triibuer : ">7 & co., | London Triibuer & and prices | by | | co., 59, Ludgato 60, Paternoster Row, London. hill. [1880-1888.] 9 vols. large 8. Including no. 147-8 to no. Colophon : Printed by F. A. Brock- 242, each volume with a separate title and leaf haus, Leipzig. [1856.] of contents and its own pagination. Continued title as above verso contents etc. no Cover as follows : inside title; text pp. 1-159, colophon p. [1CO|, 8. Triibner s a to the | devoted record, | journal American languages, pp. 44-47, contains titles Literature of the with notes and lists | East, | and prices of a few works relating to the Ath of current and Colonial | American, European apascan languages. Publications. No. Third series. | 243[-251]. seen: Bureau of Copies Ethnology. Vol.1. Part 1 [-Vol. II. Part 3]. Price 2*-. Triibner & co. 1889- A of a assem [London: March, April, | catalogue | | large 1891.] of to lin blage books, | appertaining | 2 vols. covers as no title- ; printed above, of them 8. Published guistic literature, [ (many very pages, large irregularly. in the Ancient and Modern Titles of works in and relating to the Atha rare), | | pascan languages are scattered through the Languages. | [Design.] | with notes on the on sale Triibner & co. periodical, together subject. Now by | 60, A list of "Works on the aboriginal languages of Paternoster London. 1860. row, | | America," vol. 8 (first series), pp. 185-189, in will (Price One Shilling, which be cludes titles under the special heading of Atha- allowed to Purchasers.) pask, p. 186. Copies seen: Eames. Cover title as above, no inside title, text pp. A 1-100,8. BibliothecaHispano-Aiuericana. | "American languages," pp. 10-22, includes of books j | catalogue j | Spanish printed of a few works in titles Athapascan. in the | Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, Copies seen : Harvard.

. Ecua Antilles, | Venezuela, Columbia, Registered for Transmission Abroad. and the Ar dor, Peru, Chili, | Uruguay, Triibner s American and Oriental | | and of gentine Republic ; | | Portuguese Record. A Literary | monthly register books in Brazil. Folio wed a printed | by Of the most Works | important pub collection of works ou the | aboriginal lished in North and South in America, | of America. languages | | India, China, and the British Colonies : On Sale at the affixed Prices, by with occasional Notes on German, | Triibuer 18 & Paternoster & co., | 60, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Span- j London, 1870. One and | row, j shilling and Russian Books. | ish, Portuguese, | sixpence. No. 145-6. Vol. XII. Nos. 11 & l[-Nos. title as verso contents 1 1. no in j Cover above ( 1865 187 . 12]. March 16, [-December, J] side title; catalogue pp. 1-184, colophon verso Price 6d. 5*. An advertisements 1 1. 16. \ Subscription | per Post Free. Works on the aboriginal languages of Amer num, | ica, pp. 162-184. contains a list of books (alpha [London : Triibner & co. 1865-1879.] betically arranged by languages) on this sub 12 vols. in 9, large 8. No title-pages; head 168-169. ject, including the Athapascan, pp. ings No. 1 to nos. 23 & 24 (March 30, 1867) only. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. are paged 1-424; no. 25 (May 15, 1867) to no. 60 of dictionaries and 1-816. number A | | (August 25, 1870) are paged The | catalogue A olurnes with no. 61 of the ing by begins (September grammars j ; Principal Languages 20, 1870), which is marked vol. VI, no. 1. Vols. and Dialects of the World. For sale | | VI to XII contain pp. 1-190; 1-272; 1-204; 1-184; Triibner & co. by | | 1-176; 1-152; 1-161. In addition there is a London: Triibner &, co., 8 fc 60 Pa special number for September, 1874 (pp. 1-72), | an extra no. 128* for 1877 ternoster row. 1872, iuul October, (pp. 1-16) ; J ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 101

Triibner & Co. Continued. Triibner (N.) Continued. Cover title as above, title as above Arerso acquired a widely spread reputation in the liter printers 1 1. notice reverse blank 1 1. catalogu 3 ary world by his publications of oriental works. pp. 1-64, addenda and corrigenda 1 1. advertise He did much for American bibliography, also ments verso blank 1 1. a list of works relating for that of Australia, and was elected a member to the science of language etc. pp. 1-16, 8. of several learned societies in the United States. Contains a few titles of works relating to He died suddenly March 30, 1884. the 6. Athapascan languages, p. Trumbull : This word following a title or within seen : Copies Eames, Pilling. parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of A later edition as follows : the work referred to has been seen by the com Triibuer s of dictiona piler in the library of Dr, J. Hammond- Trum | catalogue | j Conn, ries and of the bull, Hartford, grammars | | Principal and Dialects of the World. Tmmbull James On Languages | (Dr. Hammond). Second Numerals in American Indian Lan edition, | considerably enlarged and revised, with an alphabetical in guages, and the Indian Mode of Count dex. A for students and book J. Hammond of | guide ing. By Trumbull, sellers. Hartford, Conn. | [Monogram.] | London: Triibner & 57 and In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. 1874, pp. | co., 59, Hartford, 8. hill. 1882. 41-76, 1875, Ludgate | Examples in Chepewyan, Navajo, and Cover title as above, title as above verso list Apache. of catalogues 1 1. notice and preface to the sec Issued separately, also, as follows : ond edition p. iii, index pp. iv-viii, text pp. additions Triibner s Oriental On numerals in American Indian 1-168, pp. 169-170, | | & Linguistic Publications pp. 1-95, 8. and the Indian mode of languages, | | Contains titles of works in American lan J. Hammond counting. | By Trumbull, guages (general), p. 3; Athapascan, p. 18; LL. D. the Transactions of the 94. | (From Kinai, p. Am. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Philological Association, 1874.) | Conn. 1875. No. 1[-12]. January 1874[-May, Hartford, | Half-title on cover, title as above A-erso blank . A of 1875] | catalogue | | choice, rare, 1 1. text pp. 1-36, 8. and curious selected from the books, | Contains numerals, with comments thereon, stock of Triibner & 57 | | Co., & | 59, in many American languages, among them a Ludgate hill, London. number of the Athapascan. [London: Triibner & co. 1874-1875.] Copies seen: Brinton, British Museum, Eames, Trumbull. 12 : Pilling, Powell, parts no titles, headings only ; catalogue (paged continuously) pp. 1-192, large 8. This Priced by Quaritch, no. 12565, 7s. Qd, series of catalogues was prepared by Mr. James Indian languages of America. Stuart Bohn. See Triibner s George Burges In Johnson s New Universal Cyclopaedia, American, & Oriental Rec European, Literary vol. 2, pp. 1155-1161, New Tork, 1877, 8. new vol. 10-11 ord, series, 1, pp. (February, 1880). (Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.) "Woi ks on the of Amer. aboriginal languages A general discussion of the subject, in no, 8, 113-118, titles under the ica, pp, including cluding comments on the Athapascan family. heading Athapask, p, 115, of the American Li [ ] | Copies seem Eames. Catalogue | of the late mr. Triibner (Nicolas), editor, SeeLudewig brary | | George Brinley, of Conn. Parti. America (H.E.) | Hartford, | | in New France Canada etc. Mr. Nicolas Triibner was born at Heidel general | | berg June 17, 1817. On removed from the British colonies to 1776 New being | Eng school, in 1832, as his father was unable to send land IV. Psalms and | [-Part | hymns him to a he was in the university, placed estab music science and art ten [ [&c. lines] | lishment of Mr. Mohr, the book university Hartford Press of the Case Lock- seller of his native town. Six or seven years | wood & Brainard 1878 later he entered the house of Vandenhoeck & Company | Huprecht, at Gottingen. In 1840 he moved to [-1886] Hoffman & Campe s, at Hamburg, and in 1842 4 parts, 8. Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. to Wilmann s, at Frankfort, who hail a large The fifth and last part is said to be in prepara foreign trade, especially with England. Here tion.

he met the late Mr. William Longman, who Indian languages : general treatises, and col

offered fi 123-124 him situation in the London house, lections, part 3, pp. ; Northwest coast, Tins he accepted, and accordingly went to p. 141. England in 1843 as foreign corresponding clerk Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. of Messrs. Longman s. In 1851 Mr. Triibner Jitmes Hammond Trumbull, philologist, was started business on his own accovjut, and soon born iu Stouiugtou, Conn., December 20, 1821. 102 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Trumbull ( J. H.) Continued. Turner (W. W.) Continued. He entered Yale in 1838, and though, owing to Manuscript, 12 unnumbered leaves, \\ ritten ill health, he was not graduated with his class, on both sides, folio, in the library of the Bureau his name was enrolled among its members in of Ethnology. 1850, and he was given the degree of A. M. He The vocabulary contains 364 English words, settled in Hartford in 1847, and was assistant equivalents of which are given in whole or in secretary of state in 1847-1852 and 1858-1861, and part in the following languages: Tacully or in secretary in 1861-1864, also state librarian Carrier (from Harmon, p. 403), Tahkali (from the 1854. Soon after going to Hartford he joined Hale, p. 569), Tlatskanai (from Hale, p. 569), its corre Connecticut Historical Society, was Unikwa (from Hale, p. 569), Umpqua (from sponding secretary in 1849-1863, and was elected Tolmie, in Royal Geog. Soc. Journal), Apache of its president in 1863. He has been a trustee (from Bartlett, in Whipple), Pinal Lleno (from the Watkiuson free library of Hartford, and its Whipple), Jicorilla (from Simpson), Navajo librarian since 1863, and has been an officer of (from Simpson), Navajo (from Eaton, in School- since 1864. Dr. Trum- the Wadsworth atheuamm craft, vol. 4), Hoopah (from Gibbs, iu School- bull was an original member of the American craft, vol. 3). Philological Association in 1869, and its presi dent in 1874-1875. He has been a member of the See Whipple (A. W.), Ewbaiik American Oriental Society since 1860 and the (T.), and Turner (W.W.) American since 1867, and Ethnological Society William Wadden Turner, philologist, born honorary member of many State historical soci 1810 died in in London, England, October 23, ; eties. In 1872 he was elected to the National Washington, D. C., November 29, 1859. He of Sciences. Since 1858 he has devoted Academy came to New York in 1818, and, after a public- attention to the of the Indian special subject school education, was apprenticed to the car of North America. He has prepared languages penter s trade, but subsequently became a a and to John Eliot s dictionary vocabulary printer. At the age of twenty-six he was master Indian and is the Amer Bible, probably only of the French, Latin, German, and Hebrew. is to read that work. ican scholar that now able Afterward he studied Arabic with Prof. Isaac 1873 he was chosen lecturer on Indian lan In Nordheimer, and they proposed to write of North America at but loss of guages Yale, together an Arabic grammar, but, receiving no health and other labors soon his res compelled encouragement, they prepared instead A Crit The of LL. D. was conferred ignation. degree ical Grammar of the Hebrew Language (2 vols., on him Yale in 1871 and by Harvard in 1887, by New York, 1838) and Chrestomathy : or A Gram while Columbia him an L. H. D. in 1887. gave matical Analysis of Selections from the Hebrew Appleton s Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Scriptures, with an Exercise in Hebrew Compo sition also a Hebrew and Chaldee Con Tukudh : (1838) ; to the Old Testament In order Bible, New test. See McDonald (R.) cordance (1842). the of these Mr. Bible, gospels McDonald (R.) to superintend printing books, Turner removed to New as the Bible, John i-iii, McDonald (R.) Haven, only of oriental was to be Bible history McDonald (R.) sufficient supply type at Andover. He was Bible passages American. found there and engaged the the and Bible passages Bible Society. in setting type during day, spent the On Bible passages Bompas (W. C.) his evenings in preparing manuscript. of the Mr. Turner added Bible passages British. the completion works, attainments a of Bible passages Church. to his linguistic knowledge and most of the other chief Asiatic lan Bible passages Gilbert & Rivington. Sanskrit his attention to the Catechism McDonald (R.) guages, and later he turned the North American Indians. He General discussion Bompas (W. C.) languages of the or Trade Lan Hymn book McDonald (R.) edited a Vocabulary of Jargon and Grammar and Dic Hymns McDonald (R.) guage of Oregon (1853), of the Yoruba which Lord s prayer Bompas (W. C.) tionary Language (1858), the Smithsonian Institution. In Lord s prayer Rost (R.) w-as issued by 1842 he was elected of oriental litera Prayer book McDonald (R.) professor New York Primer* Bompas (W. C.) ture in Union theological seminary, in that office until Psalm book McDonald (R.) city, and he continued 1852, to the com Relationships McDonald (R.) when he was called Washington by of to take of the Relationships Morgan (L. H.) missioner patents charge He was a member Text McDonald (R.) library of that department. oriental and Words Wilson (E. F.) of the American society secretary of the National institute for the promotion of Tukudh hymns. See McDonald (R.) science. Mr. Turner was considered in his day most skillful in the United Tukudh primer. See Bompas (W. C.) the proof-reader States. In addition to the literary labors that Turner (William Waddeii). [Compara have been already mentioned, he translated tive vocabulary of languages of the from the German Friedrieh L. G. von Raumer s Athapascan family.] America and the American People (New York, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 103

Turner (W. W.) Continued. Tuttle (C. R.) Continued. and was associated with Dr. P. J. Kauf- two Illustrated with and 1845), lines.] | Maps inaun iu the translation of the twelfth German Engravings. | of Ferdinand s edition Mackeldey Compendium Toronto: C. Blackett 5 | Robinson, of Modern Civil Law (London, 1845). He also Jordan street. 1885. translated William Freuud s Latin-German | Lexicon for Ethan A. Audrews s Latin-English Half-title (Our north land) verso blank 1 1. Lexicon (New York, 1851). Appleton s Cyclop, title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, con of Am. Biog. tents pp. vii-xiv, index to illustrations pp. xv- text two Tuttle Our north land: xvi, pp. 17-581, appendix pp. 583-589, (Charles R.) | maps, 8. a full account of the Canadian being | Apostles creed in Chippewyan, syllabic north-west and Hudson s 131. List of bay route, | characters, p. Tinneh dialects, pp. with a narrative of the ex 300-301. Chippewyan syllaharium, p. 379. together | of the Hudson s Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. periences bay | expedi

tion of a Tututen : 1884, | including | description of the climate, resources, and the char Vocabulary See Anderson (A. C.) acteristics of the native inhabitants Vocabulary Dorsey (J. O.) | Vocabulary Everette (W. E.) between the 50th .and the parallel | Vocabulary Hubbard ( ) Arctic circle. Charles R. | By Tuttle, | Vocabulary Kautz (A.V.) Of the Hudson s Bay Expedition [&c. Vocabulary Lucy-Fossarieu (M. P. de).

Ugalenzen : Umfreville (E.) Continued.

Numerals See Dall ( W. H.) "A specimen of sundry Indian languages Tribal names Latham (R. G.) spoken in the inland parts of Hudson s Bay and Vater Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) between that coast and the coast of California," (J.S.) being a vocabulary of 44 words of several Baer E. Vocabulary (K. von). American languages, among them the Sussee, Bancroft Vocabulary (H. H.) on folded sheet facing p. 202. Buschmanu (J. C. Vocabulary E.) Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit Dall Vocabulary (W. H.) ish Museum, Brown, Congress, Eames, Shea. Latham Vocabulary (R. G.) Priced in Steveus s Nuggets, no. 2722. 7*. M. Words Buschmann C. (J. E.) At the Field sale, no. 2407, a copy brought $1.50; Words l)aa(L.K.) at the Squier sale, no. 1446, $1.63. Priced by Ululuk Inkalik. See Inkalik. Quaritch, no. 28280, II. 4s. Umfreville The (Edward). | present Eduard Umfreville liber den | | ge- state of Hudson s | | bay. | Containing Zustand der Hudsons- genwartigeu | | a full of that description | settlement, der Etablissements bay, | dortigeii | | and the and like adjacent country; | und ihres nebst einer Be- Handels, | | wise of the fur with hints for | trade, | des Iniiern von Neu Wal- schreibuug | its &c. &c. To which improvement, | und einer Reise von. Montreal lis, | | are remarks and observations added, | nach Neu York. Aus dem ] Englischen. | made in the inland a | parts, during Mit einer neuen einer | eigenen Charte, residence of near four a years; | speci kurzen dieser Lander und Geographic | men of five Indian and a languages ; | mehreren Erlauteruugeu | herausgege- journal of a journey from Montreal to ben von E. A. W. | | Zimmerman, | New- York. Edward | | By Umfreville; Hofrath und Professor in Braun eleven in the service of the | years schweig. | Hudson s com- and four bay | paiiy, Helmstadt, bey Fleckeisen. 1791. in the Canada fur trade. years | | Title verso blank 1 1. introduction preface London : for Charles | printed Stalker, etc. pp. iii-xxvi, text pp. 1-164, map, 8. No. Stationers- of the 148. 4, | court, Ludgate Vocabulary Sussee, p. -street. Copies seen: Brown, Harvard. | MDCCXC[1790].

Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 Umpkwa : 1. contents pp. i-vii, dedicatory remarks pp. 1-2, General discussion See Gallatin (A.) prefatory advertisement pp. 3-10, text pp. 11- General discussion Gatschet (A. S.) 128, 133-230, list of books 1 1. plate and two G eutes Hale (H.) folded tables, 8. Grammatic comments Miiller (F.) 104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Umpkwa Con tinned. Umpkwa Continued. Numerals See Duflot de Mofras (E.) Vocabulary See Scouler (J.) Numerals Tolmio (W. F.) and Vocabulary Tolmio (W. F.) Dawson(G.M.) Vocabulary Turner (W. W.) Proper names Stanley (J. M.) Vocabulary Wliipple (A. W.) Vocabulary Anderson (A. C.) Words Daa(L.K.) Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) Words Ellis (R.) Vocabulary Barnhardt (W. IT.) Words Pott (A. F.) Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) Words Tolmie (W. F.) and Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) Dawson (G. M.)

Vocabulary Gatschet ( A . S. ) TJnakhotana : Vocabulary Hale (H.) Numerals See Dall (AV. H.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary Milhau (J. J.) Vocabulary Dall (W. H.)

Vater ( Dr. Johann Severin). Linguarnm Vater (J. S.) Continued. totins orbis Index by names of languages) pp. 1-450, additions and | | alphabeticus, | col- corrections pp. 451-541, subject index pp. 542- quarum | Grammaticae, Lexica, | 5fi3, author index pp. 504-592, errata 2 11. 8. lectiones vocabnlormn receiisentur, | | Notices of works in Atnah (Kinn-Indianer), patria significatur, historia adnm- pp. 38, 459; Atuaer, p. 459; Chepewyan, pp. ftf, bratnr a Joanne Severino | | Vatero, | 473; Inkiiliichluaten, pp. 497-498; Kinai

( 504 Theol. Doct. et Profess. Bibliotheeario Ugaljaschmutzi), pp. 204, ; Sussee (Sursee), Ord. S. Wlaclimiri p. 385; Tacullies, p. 389; TTmpqua, p. 427. Reg., J eqnite. | seen : Eames, Harvard. Beroliui In offieina libraria Fr. Copies Congress. | At the Fischer sale. no. 1710, a copy sold for 1*. Nioolai. MDCCCXV | [1815]. Vegreville (Pcrc Valentin Thdodore). Second title: Litteratur der | | Grammatiken, to the Monta- Lexica und aller [Manuscripts relating- | | Wortersammlungen | dcr Erde nacli Ord- gnais, Chippewyan or Den<S lan Spracben | | alphabetischer der mit einer nung Spracben, | | gedrjingten guage.] (*) Uebersieht des der Schicksale In to a for a list of his | Vaterlandes, | response request und Verwandtschaft derselben von Dr. to the | | papers relating Athapascan languages, Jobann Severin Professor und Biblio- Father under date of Vater, | Vegreville, Apr. 23, 1891, tbekar zu des S. Wladimir- Or- furnished me the Konigsberg | following: dens Ritter. 1. on the Ethno | Monograph Dene-Dindjie. Berlin in der Nicolaischen notes. Points of resemblance or non- | Buchhandlung. graphic 1815. resemblance with the other or | nations, savage Latin title verso 1. 1 recto blank, German title civilized. recto 1. 2 verso blank, dedication verso blank 1 2. Grammar of the Montagnais, Chipweyan, 1. address to the king 1 1. preface pp. i-ii, to or Dene. This grammar is composed of three

the reader pp. iii-iv, half-title verso blank 11. parts : The first, after the prolegomena, treats text pp. 3-259, 8. Alphabetically arranged by of the noun, the adjective, the verb, etc., and names of languages, double columns, German of their diverse accidences; the second gives and Latin. the syntax; the third, or etymology, treats of Notices of works in Chepewyan, pp. 42-43. the composition and decomposition of words. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, It serves to abridge the dictionaries consider Pilling. ably.

A later edition in German as follows : The tables of verbs, though much less com plicated than in the Assinniboine and the Cree, Litteratur der Lex- | \ Grammatiken, are yet of considerable extent, for two reasons : ika nnd aller because of the number of | | Wortersammlungen | First, great para der Erde von Joliann Se digms produced by the union of the personal Spraehen | | verin Vater. . termination with the preceding affix; and, | Zweite, vollig iimgear- the of the terminal root in beitete von B. second, irregularity Ansgabe | | Jiilg. | the immense majority of the A-erbs, which I Berlin, 1847. In der Nicolaiselien | had to arrange in groups that divide and sub Bnchhandlung. divide, Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 3. The Montagnais-French dictionary, con 1 1. preface, (signed B. Jiilg and dated 1 Decem taining about 18,000 words, out of which one ber titles of on the form more than means of the 184f>) pp. v-x, general works might 100,000 by subject pp. xi-xii, text (alphabetically arranged rules laid down in the grammar, third part. ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 105

T. ! Vegreville (V. ) Continued. Vegreville (V. T.) Continued. 4. All the material necessary for the compo his presence seemed required in those times of sition of the French- Montagnais dictionary, trouble and war. In the month of July, 1885, which will he as large as the preceding. he ascended again toward Edmonton, and as 5. Several other works: Songs, catechism, sumed charge of the Mission of St. Christopher. instructions, historic epitome of religion. Numerous visits in the neighborhood of the It grieves me to have to say that for the posts designated above complete the lists of present all my scientific and literary work is wanderings of this missionary. He is now sta stopped. A task more serious and more tioned at St. Albert, Alberta. important is imposed upon me. ... I am the only priest to minister at Fort Saskat Vocabulary : chewan, where I go every fortnight, a dis tance of 22 miles. On the intervening Sundays I am needed at Edmonton, where the pastor understands only English and French, and leaves to my care three-fourths of his congre gation, who speak Cree. I am the only mis sionary who speaks the language of the Assin- nihoines, and I am ohliged, once or twice each year, to spend some weeks among them, some 40 miles from hero. You will not he surprised, therefore, when I tell you that it is nearly two years since I have had any time to devote to my manuscripts, and very little even to my cor respondence.

Father Valentin Theodore V6greville, mis sionary, Oblate of Mary Immaculate, was horn at Chatres, Canton of iSvroii, Department of Mayenne, France, September 17, 1829. He made his studies successively at Evron, Laval, Le Mans, and Marseilles, where ho was ordained priest in 1852. He had already been made an O. M. I. religious, when, by way of Havre, New York, Montreal, Chicago, and St. Paul, lie went to St. Boniface, then capital of all the North west. He commenced to exercise the apostolic ministry in that locality and the environs among the half-breeds and peoples of divers nationalities (1852-1853) and prepared to pene trate more deeply into the North. During 1853-1857 he gave his attention to the Monta- gnais (Tchipeweyans) and to the Cris (Crees) of lie a la Crosse. The winter of 1857- 58 he passed again at St. Boniface. In 1858 he returned to lie a la Crosse, leaving there in 1800 to found the mission of Lac Caribou, in the midst of the Montagnais, and visiting thence the Crees found farther to the south. Returning south to St. Boniface, he went in 1865 to Lac la Biche, where he ministered to the Indians and mixed populations speaking the Montagnais and Cree. In 1874 and 1875 he served the mission of

St. Joachim (Edmonton). In 1875, 1876, and 1877 he gave his attention to the Assiniboines and to the persons speaking Cree and French of Lac Ste. Anne. In 1877 and 1878 he built N. D. do Lourdes (Fort Saskatchewan), and then returned t. Lac Ste. Anne (1878-1880). Inl880he descended the Saskatschewan River, stopping at St. Laurent, whence he soon departed to

establish successively the following missions : St. Eugene (1880), St. Antoino de Padoue (Batoche) (1881), Ste. Anne in the town of Prince Albert (1882), St. Louis de Langevin (1883). The first half of the year 1885 found him going from one of these missions to another according aa 106 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Vocabulary C< ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 107

Vocabulary Continued. 108 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Wheeler Continued. A. (G. M.) Whipple ( W.) Continued. iioii of the chief of IT. S. C., May 7, 1803. He studied at Amherst; was | engineers, at the IT. S. in 1841 Published of the graduated military academy ; army. | by authority was afterward in the honorable the of war, in engaged immediately Secretary | hydrographie survey of Patapsco River, and in accordance with acts of of Congress 1842 in surveying the approaches to .New June and 1875. In 23, 1874, February 15, j Orleans and the harbor of Portsmouth, N. H. seven volumes and one supplement, In 1844 he was detailed as assistant astronomer one and upon the northeastern boundary survey, and in accompanied by | topographic 18J5 he was employed in determining the north one atlas. Vol. I. geologic | Geograph ern boundaries of Xew York, Vermont, and ical . [-VII. | report Archaeology] New Hampshire. In 1849 he was appointed Government Washington: | printing assistant astronomer in the Mexican boundary office, 1889 commission, and in 1853 he had of the | [1875-1889.] charge

7 vols. and supplement to vol. 3, 4. Pacific, railroad survey along the 35th parallel.

The dates of the respective volumes are : I, In 1850 he was appointed engineer for the south district of 1889; II, 1877; III, 1875; III, supplement, 1*81 ; ern light-house and superintendent IV, 1877; V, 1875; VI, 1878; VII, 1879. the improvement of St. Clair flats in St. Mary s G-atschet (A. S.), Appendix. Linguistics, vol. river. At the opening of the civil war he at 7, pp. 399-485. once applied for service in the field, and was Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, assigned as chief topographical engineer on the Geological Survey, National Museum, Pilling. staff of Gen. Irviii McDowell. Appleton n Trumbull. Cyclop, of Am. liiog. Ewbank Whipple (Amiel Weeks), (T.), Whipple (Gen. William Denison). Vo and Turner (W. W.) Explorations cabulary of the Navajo language by and for a railroad route from surveys General William D. Whipple, stationed the river to the Pacific Mississippi at Fort Defiance, New Mexico. ocean. War Route near 2 written on one side | department. | Manuscript, leaves, the thirty-fifth parallel, under the com only, 4, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnol mand of lieut. A. W. ogy- Whipple, | topo Contains 40 words in 1853 and 1854. only. graphical engineers, | " An appended note says: Transmitted to the Indian Report ! upon tribes, by | Geo. Gibbs, from Louisville, Ky., by General lieut. A. W. Whipple, Thomas Ewbank, Geo. H. Thomas, with a letter of transmittal and Wm. W. Turner. dated March 5, 1808." esq., prof. | 1855. of Washington, B.C., | White (Dr. John B.) Vocabulary the Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 \ [Coyotero] Apache. 1. illustrations verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7-127, G-atschet A. lf aus j In ( S.), Zwo Sprachen dem r " seA en plates, 4. Included in Reports of ex- i Sudwesten Nordamerikas, pp. 99-115, AVeimar,

plorations and surveys for a railroad from the i 1870, 8. river to the Pacific Mississippi ocean," vol. 3, Contains about 400 Avords. of which it forms the third it was also part; j Classified list of the issued separately, without the plates. propositions, of the Chapter V, Vocabularies of North American i pronouns, &c., Apache language. A. W. clas 2 unnumbered written Languages (collected by Whipple ; Manuscript, leaves, 4, sified, with remarks, "Wm. AV. on one side in the of the Bureau accompanying by j only, library Turner), pp. 54-103, contains, under the heading of Ethnology. Apache, parallel vocabularies of the Navajo Degrees of relationships in the lan and Pinal Leno words collected (225 each, by j of the tribe. 81-83. Remarks on the vocabu- guage Apache Whipple), pp. j Manuscript, 2 unnumbered leaves, 4, written laries (by Turner), pp. 83-85. Comparative j on one side only, in the of the Bureau of vocabulary of 25 words of Hudson s Bay (from library j Dobbs), Chepewyan (from Mackenzie), Dog- Ethnology. j tribes Rib (from Richardson), Tacully (from Harmon), i Names of the different Indian

TJmkwa (from Hale), Hoopah (from School- ! in Arixona, and the names by which and craft), Xavajo (from Schoolcraft), Apache they are called by the Apaches. (from Bartlett s manuscript), pp. 84-85. Manuscript, 5 unnumbered leaves, 4, written Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, on one side only, in the library of the Bureau of Pilling. Ethnology, At the sale of Prof. W.W. Turner s library in Remarks on the general relation 3 of New York, May, 1800 (nos. 294-290), eight copies of tlio separate edition were sold, Mr. T, AV, the Apache language. Field s copy (no. 2523) sold in 1875 for $1,75, Manuscript, 7 unnumbered leaves, 4, written Amiel Weeks Whipple, soldier, born in Green on one side only, in the library of the Bureau of wich, Mass., in 1818, died in Washington, D. Ethnology, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 109

J. White ( B.) Continued. Whymper (F.) Continued. Sentences in Apache, with a classifi Copies seen : Boston Public, British Museum, cation of men, women, and children, Congress. At the Field no. a with the Apache names. sale, catalogue 2539, copy brought $2.75. Manuscript, 25 pages, 12, in the library of of in a blank Travel and adventure in the the | Bureau Ethnology. Recorded | book. of Russian territory Alaska, | formerly of the and America now ceded to the United [Vocabulary Apache | Dr. States and in various other of Tonto language, with notes, by | parts the north Pacific. Frederick John B. White.] | By With i and Manuscript, pp. 1-110, 12, in the library of Whymper. | [Design.] | map the Bureau of illustrations. Ethnology. | Recorded in a blank book, the first of page j New York: & | Harper brothers, pub which contains an abbreviation of the above Franklin 1869. lishers, | square. | title; pp. 2-3 are blank. Notes, p. 4. Cur Frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedica rency in use by the Apaches, p. 5. Indian i tion verso blank 1 1. preface pp. xi-xii, contents wearing apparel, p. 5. Toutoe numerals, p. 6. pp. xiii-xviii, list of illustrations p. xix, text pp. Apache n umorals, p. 7. Vocabulary of the Ton- 21-332, and i appendix pp. 333-353, toe and Apache, alphabetically arranged by map plates, 8. English words, pp. 8-89. The Toutoe words as in London 341-350. are on the outer margins of the versos of the Linguistics edition, pp. Copie-s seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, leaves, the inner margin containing running Powell. notes and comments. The English words are 8. on the left-hand margin of the rectos and the Reprinted 1871, pp. xix, 21-353, The French edition, Paris, 1871,8, contains Apache words on the right-hand or outer mar no Athapascan material. gin. Tribal relationships, pp. 90-91. Imple (Pilling.)

ments of seasons of the 92. Pro- " war, ; year, p. Russian America, or Alaska": the nouns, adverbs, and adjectives, p. 93. Anat- i Natives of the Youkon River and adja omy, pp. 94, 96. Sentences in Apache, pp. 95, cent 98. 99-1 02. country. By Frederick 97._Trees, p. Animals,pp. Towns, , Whymper, camps, &c., pp. 103-104. Vegetables, p. 105. Esq.

Musical instruments, p. 106. In Ethnological Soc. of London Trans, vol. 7, These manuscripts were collected by Dr. pp. 167-185, London, 1869, 8.

"White r while serving as agency physician at the ! Kutch-a-kutchin A ocabulary, compiled by San Carlos Indian reservation, New Mexico, the late Major Kennicott. pp. 183-185. from October, 1873, until November, 1875. Willard (Celeste N. ) Vocabulary of the White Mountain Apache. See Apache. Navajo language. Travel and ad 10 unnumbered folio in Whymper (Frederick). Manuscript, leaves, ; the of the Bureau of Col venture in the of ! library Ethnology. | | territory Alaska, | lected in 1869. formerly Russian America now ceded Recorded on one of the standard to the United States and in various vocabulary | forms, no. 170, of the Smithsonian Institution, other of the north Pacific. | parts | By containing 211 English words, equivalents of Frederick all of which are in the Whymper. | [Design.] | nearly given Navajo. With and illustrations. map | Willopah: London: John Albemarle See Anderson (A. C.) | Murray, Vocabulary Gibbs street. 1868. The of Translation Vocabulary ((>.) | right is reserved. Wilson Prehistoric man Re (Daniel). |

Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printers I searches into the origin of civilisation 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii- j in the old and the new world | | By | contents list of ix, pp. xi-xix, illustrations p. Daniel LL. D. of Wilson, | professor [xx], text pp. 1-306, appendix pp. 307-331, map, j and literature in Uni plates, 8. history English V. Indian Toronto author of the Appendix dialects of Northern versity college, ; | Alaska Russian (late America), pp. 318-328, "Archaeology and prehistoric annals of contains: Co-yukon vocabulary, words from etc. In two volumes. Scotland," | | the Co-yukou dialect, spoken (with vari slight Volume I [-II]. | ations) on the Yukon River for at least 500 Macmillaii and co.. Cambridge: | | miles of its lower and middle course (Iiigelete, a variety of same dialect), pp. 320-321. and 23, Henrietta street, Co vent gar London. 1862. of Kennicott (R.),Kptch-a-kutchiii vocabulary, den, | | | (The right pp. 322-328, Translation is reserved.) 110 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Wilson (D.) Continued. Wilson (E. F.) Continued.

2 vols. : half-title verso design 1 1. colored land missionary to the Sarcees, for information frontispiece 1 1. title verso printer 1 1. dedication and valuable notes. verso blank 1 1. preface pp.vii-xvi, contents pp. on the Sarcee the half-title verso Report Indians, by xvii-xviii, text pp. 1-488, plan ; Rev. E. F. Wilson. design 1 1. colored frontispiece 1 1. title verso

In . . printer 1 1. contents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-475, ap Fourth Report of the committee . pendix pp. 478-483, index pp. 485-499, verso appointed for the purpose of investigating

advertisement, 8. . . languages . . . of the North-Western In Tribes of the Dominion of in Word for "mother," in several American Canada ; British dian languages, including the Tlatskanai, Na- Ass. Adv. Sci. Report of the fifty-eighth meet vajo, and Kenay, vol. 1, p. 71. ing, pp. 233-255, London, 1889, 8. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Vocabulary (160 words and short sentences), Eames, Watkinson. English and Sarcee, pp. 249-252. Notes on the language, pp. 252-253. Followed by notes by Prehistoric man Researches into | Mr. H. Hale, pp. 253-255. the of civilisation in the old The committee issued origin | report separately, and the new world Daniel Wil without title-page, repaged 1-23. (Eames, | By | LL.D. two Pilling.) son, | professor [&c. lines.] Second edition. Indian | An | [ ] history. Macmillan aiidco. 1865. London: ; Ste. | Ontario. | [Sault Marie, 1889.] (The right of Translation is reserved.) No title, heading as above, pp. 1-15, 8. A circular for Half-title verso design 1 1. colored frontispiece distributed gathering information, 1 1. title verso printer 1 1. dedication verso blank linguistic and ethnologic, regarding any partic 1. ular tribe of first 1 1. contents pp. vii-xiii, colored plate 1 illus Indians. On the page the author he is to material trations pp. xv-xvi, preface (dated 29th April, says "trying collect 1865) pp. xvii-xviii, preface to the first edition with a view to publishing a short popular his of some one hundred or so of the best pp. xix-xxvi, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. tory Indian with a little in 1-622, index pp. 623-635, 8. known tribes, together into the and Linguistics as under previous title, p. 59. sight vocabulary grammatical structure of each of their languages." Page Copies seen: British Museum, Eames. 2, pronunciation; pp. 3-7, words and sentences, Prehistoric man Researches into | three columns, the first English, the second ex the of Civilisation in the Old from various Indian Origin | amples languages, among the World Daniel Wil them the Tukuth, Sarcee, and Apache; the and New | | By third is left blank for in the LL. F. R. S. E. filling particular son, D., | professor [&c. concern two Third revised and language desired; pp. 7-10, questions lines.] | edition, ing language, with examples from several lan with illustrations. In two | | of enlarged, guages ; pp. 11-14, questions history ; p. 15,

volumes. Vol. I "A few about the Indians." | [-II]. | particulars and Co. 1876. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Macmillan j London: | | (The right of Translation is reserved.) The Navajo Indians. By Rev. E. F. 1 1. colored 2 vols. : half-title verso design Wilson.

1 1. title verso 1 1. dedica frontispiece printers In Our Forest Children, vol. 3, no. 10 (new tion verso blank 1 1. (dated 18th Novem preface series no. 8), pp. 115-117, Shingwauk Home, 1875* contents ix-xiii, illus ber, pp. vii-viii, pp. Ontario, January, 1890, 4. trations text 1-399; half-title pp. xiv-xv, pp. Grammatical notes, p. 116 Vocabulary (84 verso 1 1. colored frontispiece 1 1. title design words and phrases), pp. 116-117. verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-ix, illustrations A comparative vocabulary. pp. x-xi, text pp. 1-386, index pp. 387-401, works In Canadian Indian, vol. 1 (no. 4), pp. 104-107, by the same author etc. 1 1. 8, Owen Ontario, 1891, 8. . Sound, January, Linguistics as under previous titles, vol. 2, A vocabulary of ten words in about 56 lan p. 373. guages, mostly North American, and including Copies seen : British Museum, Eames, Har the Chipewyan, Takulli, Tuknth, Sarcee, vard . Navajo, and Apache. Wilson (Rev. Edward Francis). The Rev. Edward Francis Wilson, son of the late Sarcee Indians. By Rev. E. F. Wilson- Rev. Daniel Wilson, Islington, prebendary of St. Paul s and of Daniel In Our Forest Children, vol. 3, no. 9 (new Cathedral, grandson of Calcutta, was born in London series no. 7), pp. 97-102, Shingwauk Home, On Wilson, bishop December 7, 1844, and at the of 17 left school tario, December, 1889, 4. age and to Canada for the of lead Grammatical notes, p. 101. Vocabulary (112 emigrated purpose an soon after his arrival words and phrases), pp. 101-102. ing agricultural life; Mr. Wilson acknowledges his indebtedness he was led to take an interest in the Indians, of and resolved to become a After to Key, H, W, Gibbon Stocken, Church $ug- missionary. tw9 ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES, 111

Wilson (E. F.) Continued. Words Continued, years of preparation, much of which time was Kenai See Jehan (L. F.) spent among the Indians, he returned to Eng Kenai Latham (R. G.) land, and in December, 1867, was ordained dea Kenai Pott (A. F.) thereafter it that lie Kenai con , Shortly was arranged Schomburgk (R. H.) should return to Canada as a missionary to the Kenai Wilson (D.) Ojibway Indians, under the auspices of the Kutchin Daa(L.K.) Church Missionary Society, which he did in Kutchin Ellis (R.) July 1868. He has labored among the Indians Lipan Bollaert (W.) ever since, buildingtwo homes the Shingwauk Loucheux Daa(L.K.) Home, at Sault Ste. Marie, and the Wawanosh Loucheux Gibbs (G.) Home, two miles from the former and pre Loucheux Petitot (E. F. S. J.) works. paring linguistic Montagnais Petitot (E. F. S. J .) Wisconsin Historical Society: These words fol Navajo Barreiro(A.) lowing a title or within parentheses after a Navajo Daa (L. K.) note a of the work referred indicate that copy Navajo Ellis (R.) to has been seen the in the by compiler library Navajo Gatschet (A. S.) of that AVis. institution, Madison, Navajo Latham (R.) Woodruff (Dr. Charles E.) Dances of Navajo Matthews (W.) the Hupa Indians. By Dr. Charles E. Navajo Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- son (G. M.) Woodruff; U. S. A. Navajo Wilson (D.) In American Anthropologist, vol. 5, pp. 53- Peau cle Lievre Charencey (C. F. H. G.) 61, Washington, 1892, 8. (Pilling.) Peau de Lievre Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Hupa names of [four] dances, p. 55. Sikani Daa (L. K.) Words : Slave Ellis (R.) Ahtinne See Daa (L. K.) Sin-see Adelung (J. C. E.) and Ahtinne Ellis (R.) Vater ( J. S.) Ahtiuuti Petitot F. S. (E. J .) Taculli Daa (L. K.) Ahtinne Pott(A.F.) Taculli Ellis (R.) Ahtinne Schomburgk (R. H.) Taculli Gatschet (A. S.) Bourke J. Apache ( G.) Taculli Latham (R. G.) Daa Apache (L. K.) Taculli Lubbock (J.) Apache Ellis (R.) Taculli Pott(A.F.) Apache Gatschet (A. S.) Taculli Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Apache Latham (R. G.) son (G. M.) Apache Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Tinne Brinton (D. G.) son (G. M.) Tinne Crane (A.) Apache Wilson (E. F.) Tinne Gatschet (A. S.) Athapascan Brinton (D. G.) Tinne Hale (H.) Athapascan Daa (L. K.) Tlatskenai Daa(L.K.) Ellis Athapascan (R.) Tlatskenai Ellis (R.) Hearne Athapascan (S.) Tlatskenai Farrar (F. W.) Kovar Athapascan (E.) Tlatskenai Lubbock (J.) Lubbock Athapascan (J.) Tlatskenai Pott (A. F.) Pott Athapascan (A. F.) Tlatskenai Wilson (D.) Beaver Daa (L. K.) Tukudh Wilson (E. F.) F. H. Chippewyan Charencey (C. G.) Ugalenzen Buschmaun (J. C. E.) Ellis Chippewyan (R.) Ugalenzen Daa (L. K.) Latham G.) Chippewyan (R. Umpkwa Daa (L. K.) Leslie P.) Chippewyan (J. Umpkwa Ellis (R.)

Schom R. H . , Chippewyan burgk ( Umpkwa Pott (A. F.) Tolmie and Daw- Chippewyan (AV. F.) Umpkwa Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- son (G. M.) soii (G. M.) Dene Charencey (C. F. H. G.) Rib of Dog Daa(L.K.) Wowodsky (Gov. ). Vocabulary Dog Rib Ellis (R.) the [Kenai] language of Cook s Inlet Dog Rib Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Bay. son (G. M.) written on both Hupa Ellis (R.) Manuscript, 1 leaf, folio, in the of the Bureau of Hupa Gatschet (A. S.) sides, library Ethnology. on a blank form 60 Hupa Latham (R. G.) Recorded containing Eng of all of which are Inkalik Buschmann (J. C. E.) lish words, equivalents given Kenai. Kenai Buschmann (J, C. E.) in the Kenai Daa (L. K.) There is in the same library a copy of this,

Ellis 2 11. made Dr. Kenaj (It.) vocabulary, folio, by Gibbs, 112 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Wrangell (Admiral Ferdinand von) . Ob Wrangell (F. von) Continued. annales des vol. 1853 servations recueillies par 1 Amiral In Nouvelles voyages, 1, 137 of the collection), pp. 195-221, Paris, n. sur les habitants des Cotes (vol. Wraugell d. 80. de 1 extraites du Nord-ouest Amdrique ; Short vocabulary of the Mednovskie [Copper russepar M.le prince Emauuel Galitziii. Islanders] and the Ougalantsi, p. 199.

X. Y. Z.

Xicarilla Apache. See Apache. 3E.IEHOH (C. H.) Continuea. ro Yarrow Cre Vocabulary AMepiJKH. iHiano BT. coGpaHiii P. r. 0. 8 (Dr. Henry cy). j of the Jicarillia language. JlHBapa 1847 ro^a. (CocraB.ieno 4- H.I. C. II.

In Wheeler (G. M.), Reports upon U. S. Geog. 3e.ioebiMi.) j Translation: Extract from the diary of Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 470, Washington, Lieutenant a journey 1879, 4. Zagoskin, kept during Consists of 211 words in the first division made by him on the mainland of ^Northwest and six in the second. Collected at Tierra America. Read before the Russian Geographic active Amarilla, New Mexico, September, 1874. Society, January 8, 1847. (Compiled by member S. I. Zelenoi .) 3ArOCKHHT> (.ICHT. .laBpeiiiiii A.IEKC-EH). [Za- In Zapiski (etc.), Journal of the Russian with goskin (Lieut. Laurenti Alexie).] Ile- Geographical Society, vol. 2, pp. 135-202, St. 18? 8. CB Macni b Bjarftiiii map, Petersburg, | pycciuix | Collection of words (150) of two Ttynai peo .IciiTCHaHTOMI, | UpOI13BC4CHIiaa | ple (Inkalik and Inkalit), pp. 177-181. .1. 3arocKHHbiM-b Bb 1843 n 1844 ro- | 1842, Issued separately also. Only the separate

jax b.j Cb MepKaiopCKOR) KapioK) rpaBiipoBaiitioiu seen. (Yale College.) Ha lacib Mt4H. nepBoa[-BTOpaa]. j HaB.ie-ienie H3T> jneBiui: a .ieiiTenanTa 3aro-

HeiaiaHO T> THiorpa*ifl CaiiKTneTep6ypn. | BI> CKiuia, BC^eiinaro aKcneAHniii, conepmeH- r noii nap.ia Kpaiia. | 1847[-1848]. uoii n MI no MaiepHKy c EBepo-;mua,j Pedestrian of Translation: j exploration AMepHKii. (CocraB.ieiio 4. *I.i. C. H. 3e.ienbiM b.) in America. of the Russian | parts possessions In Russian Geographical Society Journal, L. Lieutenant | | Zagoskiii | Accomplished by vols. 1 and 2 (second edition), pp. 211-266, St. 1843 and 1844. With a Mer- in the | years 1842, Petersburg, 1849, 8. on Part first cator s chart copper. | engraved Comparative vocabulary in parallel columns. St. Printed in the [-second]. | Petersburg. | Russian, Inkalik proper, and Inkalit, pp. 246- office of Karl Krai. 1847 printing | [-1848]. 249. 1. 1-183 1 1. 2vols.: 1 p. pp. ; p. pp. 1-120, 1-15, aus deni Tagebuche des 1-45, 8. Auszug seine Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inkalit Yugel- Lieutenants Sagoskin iiber Expe vil mut, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 17-20. List of dition auf dem festen Lande des nord- lages, with population statistics, vol. 2, appen westlichen Auierikas. 39-41. List of birds in dix, pp. Koikhpagmiut In Denkschriften der Russischen Geogra- and Inkilik, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 42-43. phischen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg, Baud Copies seen : Bancroft, British Museum. the 1, Weimar, 1849, 8. (A translation, from The vocabularies are reprinted in Busch- Russian, of vols. 1 and 2 of the Memoirs of the mann (J. C. E.), Der athapaskische Sprach- Russian Geographical Society.) (*) stamm, pp. 269-312. Linguistic contents as under titles above, pp.

3E.1EHOH ( GeMCirb ILui i^) [Zelenoi (Seniu3n 359-374. Title from Bancroft s Native races. Iliich)]. HaB.ie iieHiciia^ ^HeBiniKa.ieiiTCii^HTa B rb See 3arocKHiia, Be^emiaro 9Kcue ( umin, coscp- Zzehkkoeujitgichiuchik [Tukudh].

HMT> no MaiepHKy McDonald (R.) AODKNDA.

Our lord s in William Apostolides (S.) prayer | [Bonipas (Bishop Carpenter).] One Hundred Di ft ere ut The acts of the Translated | Languages. | apostles. |

W. M. s-iim road. London : British and bible Watts, | 80, Gray | foreign 1890. * [1871.] society. | Title as above A erso " The acts of the Title verso notice of entry 1 1. index 1 1. apos tles in Teni" 1 1. text in ronian half-title verso blank 1 1. text (printed on one (entirely Teni, characters) 3-84, 16. side only) 11. 17-116, 12. pp. Copies seen : Eames, Lord s prayer in Chipewyan (syllable char Pilling. For title of the four in Slave acters), 1. 32. gospels (ronian characters), this author, see 10 of this Copies seen : Earned. by page For title of*earlier edition, see page 4 of this bibliography. bibliography. The [ ] epistles [and revelation]. | Berghaus (Dr. Heinrich). Allgeuieiner Translated into the Teni (or Slave) Atlas oder Atlas of the Indians of Mackenzie j ethnographischer | | language | der Volker-Kuude. Eino north-west Canada. The | Sammlung | river, | | By | von neiinzehn auf deuen rev. the of Mackenzie Karteu, | die, right bishop | um die Mitte des neiinzehnteu Jahr- river. | hunderts statt fmdeiide London: British and bible | geographische | foreign iiach ihrer 1891. Verbreitung aller, Sprach- society. | verwandtschaft Volker Title as above verso " The epistles in Teni " geord- | neten, 1 1. text in ronian des Erdballs, und ihre Vertlieilung in (entirely Teni, characters) die Reiche uud Staaten der alten wio pp. 3-269, colophon p. [270], W>. j Romans, pp. 3-35. I and II Corinthians, pp. der iieiien Welt und versiuu- abgebildet 36-89. (lalatians, pp. 90-101. Ephesians, pp. licht worden ist. Ein Versuch von 102-112. | | |- Philippians, pp. 113-120. Colossians, D r Heinrich pp. 121-128. I and II Thessalonians, 129- Bergliaus. | pp. 140. I and Verlag von Justus Perthes in Gotka. II Timothy, pp. 141-157. -Titus, pp. 158-161. 162-163. 1852. Philemon, pp. Hebrews, pp. | 164-187. James, pp. 188-196. I and II Peter, Title of the series (Dr. Heinrich Berghaus pp. 197-211. I, II, and III John, pp. 212-224. physikalischer Atlas,etc.) verso 1. 1 recto blank, Judo, pp. 225-227. Revelation, pp. 228-269. title as above vorso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-68, 19 Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. maps, folio. and Reeve The I. Die nordischen Volker, 3. Athapascas, [ (W. D.)] | gospel treats of the tribal of St. Matthew translated into the habitat, divisions, speech | | relations, etc., of the Sah-issah-deinnihs, Bi- Slave for the Indians of language | | ber-Indianer, Daho-Deinnih, Idtschahtawaht- north-west America. In the | Syllabic Kautschu - Deinnih, Deinnihs, Tleingchah Character. | Deinnihs, Tontsawhot-Deinnihs, Tahkali, London: for the British Nauscud- Deinnihs, Slouacus- Deinnihs mid | printed 53-54. no. is and bible Vic Nogailers, pp. Map 17 entitled foreign society, | Queen " Ethnographische Karte von toria street. 1886. Nordamerika," | "Nach Alb. A. Gallatin, von Humboldt, Cla- Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in syllabic

vigero, Hervas, Hale, Isbester, <fcc." characters) pp. 1-86, 12. Some copies were seen: Bureau of Copies Ethnology. issued without the title-page. 113 ATM 8 114 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

[Bompas (TV. C.) and Reeve (TV. D.)] [Bompas (W. C.) and Reeve (W.D.)] Continued. Continued.

This gospel and the remaining portion of the Title as above verso printers 1 1. text (en new testament were translated by Bishop tirely in syllabic characters) pp. 1-374, 12. Bompas and transliterated into syllahic char Acts, pp. 1-87. Romans, pp. 88-123. I and acters by Mr. Reeve. II Corinthians, pp. 124-182. Galatians, pp. 183- 194. Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci Ephesians, pp. 195-206. Philippiaus, pp. ety, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. 207-214. Colossians, pp. 215-222. I and II Thessalonians, pp. 223-235. I and II Timothy, - The of St. Mark ] | [ | gospel pp. 236^253. Titus, pp. 254-258. Philemon, pp. translated into the Slave 259-260. Hebrews, 261-286. | language, | pp. James, pp. 1 for Indians of north-west America. 287-296. and II Peter, pp. 297-312. I, II, and | | III In the Character. John, pp. 313-326. Jude, pp. 327-329,-^ Syllabic | Revelation, 330-374. London: for the British pp. | printed Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. and bible Vic foreign society, | Queen Brman (Georg Adolph), editor. Archiv toria street. 1886. | | fur wissenschaftliche Kunde | von Title verso blank 1 1, half-title (one line in | |

" Russlaud. von A. syllabic characters and at bottom Gospel of | Herausgegeben | | 1 Erman. St. Mark ) on the verso of which begins the | Erster[-Fiinfundzwanzigster] text [p. 86] in syllabic characters followed by Band. 1841 Mit dreiTafeln. 1 [-1867]. | | pp. 87-136, 12. uud von Berlin, | gedruckt verlegt Copies seyt : Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Welles- G. Reimer. [n. d.] ley. 25 vols.8.

] The of St. Luke Schott [ | gospel | (W.), Ueber ethnographische Ergeb- translated into the Slave nisse der Sagoskinscheu Reise, vol. 7, pp. 480- | language, | for Indians of north-west America 512. | | seen : In the Character. Copies Congress. Syllabic | Hale (Horatio). as a test of London : for the British and Language | printed Mental Horatio bible Victoria Capacity. By Hale, foreign society, | Queen M. A. street. 1890. (Read May 26, 1891.) | In Royal Soc. of Canada, Trans, and Proc. Title as above verso printers 1 1. half-title vol.9, pp. 77-112, Montreal, 1892 (?), 4. ("The Gospel of St. Luke, in Slavi" and one A general discussion upon American and line syllabic characters) verso beginning of Australian languages. The Athapascan family text [p. 2], text entirely in syllabic characters is the most fully treated of the American pp. 2-92, 12. tongues the Dene Dindjie, Navajo, Tinne, : Eames, Pilling. and Hupa with many examples, comments The of St. upon primary roots, gramniatic forms, etc. [ ] | gospel John, | from Pctitot. translated into the Slave" principally | language, | Issued as follows : for Indians of north-west America. separately | | In the Character. Language as a test of mental capac Syllabic | : an to demonstrate London : for the British and ity | being attempt | printed the true basis of bible Victoria | anthropology. | By foreign society, | Queen Horatio M. F. R. S. C. Hon street. 1890. Hale, A., | |

as verso 1 1. half-title Member six From Title above printers orary [&c. lines.] |

of St. in Slavi" ("The Gospel John, and one the transactions of the Royal society line syllabic characters) verso beginning of text of Canada, vol. ix, sec. ii, 1891. [p. 2], text entirely in syllabic characters pp. 2- [Montreal. Dawson brothers. 1892?] 67,120. Half-title on cover as above, no inside title, Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. text pp. 77-112, 4. The acts of the Linguistic contents as under title next above, [ ] | apostles, | and the Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. epistles [and revelation], j translated into the Tenni or Slave Klaproth (Heinrich Julius von). See | for Indians of Mackenzie Merian (A. A. von) and Klaproth (H. language, | | north-west Canada. the J. von), on next page. river, | | By Rev. the of Mackenzie McDonald Mosis vit Kight | bishop (Rev. Robert). | river. In the Character, ettunettle Le- | Syllabic j ttyig | Genesis, Exodus,

street. I 1891. thleteteitazya. | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES, 115

McDonald (R.) Continued. Masson (L. R.) Continued, London: for the British | relatifs au uord-ouest canadien printed | Pu | mid hible 1890. blic s avec une foreign society, | | esqujsse historique | et Title (verso "Archdeacon McDonald s version des Annotations L. R. | Masson par | of | Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, in Tukudh)" 1 1. Premiere Serie | [Monogram] | text in roman (entirely Tukudh, characters) de Quebec | Fimpriinerie ge"ne"rale A. pp. 3-282, colophon p. [283] verso blank, 16. Cote et C ie 1889 Genesis, pp. 3-113. Exodus, pp. 114-211. | Leviticus, pp. 212-282. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. introduction Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. pp. iii-vi, contents pp. vii-ix, half-title (Recits de voyage, lettres et The fourth and fifth books of Moses, rapports incdits relatifs au nord-ouest cana called and | Numbers, Deuteronomy. | dien) verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. Moses vit ettunetle ako ttank- half-title the ttyig | (Reminiscences by honorable thut nikendo ako Roderic McKeuzie, being chiefly a of | Trigwitittittshi synopsis Deuteronomi Tukudh letters from Sir Alexander Mackenzie) verso kutrahuyoo. | blank 1 1. text half-title W. F. ttsha zit arch pp. 7-66, (Mr, thleteteitazya. | | By Wentzel, Letters to the Hon. Roderic McKen- deacon D. D. McDonald, | zie, 1807-1824) verso blank 1 1. text pp. 69-153, London: for the British half-title verso blank 1 1. | printed textpp. 155-413, errata and bible 1891. p. [414], announcement of second series verso foreign society | blank 1 1. Title (verso "Archdeacon McDonald s version map, sm. 4. Wentzel Letters to the Hon. of in Tukudh 1 1. (W. F.), Roderio Numbers, Deuteronomy, ") 67-153. text (entirely in Tukudh, roman characters) McKeuzie, pp. seen : Edmund pp. 3-191, colophon p. [192], 16. Copies Major Mallet. Wash D. C. Numbers, pp. 3-103. Deuteronomy, pp. 104- ington, 191. [Meriaii Andreas Adolf Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. (Baron von) Under date of Jan. 28, 1892, Mr. McDonald and Klaproth (H. J. von).] Triparti- informs me that he has sent to the British and tvm sev de | | analogia lingvarvm H- Foreign Bible Society for publication the books bellvs [Continvatio I-III] | of Joshua, and Samuel in Judges, Ruth, J, divendeute Tukudh. Typis Haykulianis Ca- rolo Beck Viennae | MDCCCXX[- [ ] Syllabary [in Tukudh]. MDCCCXXIII] [1820-1823] [London : Society for promoting 4 vols. : title verso 1 1. Christian knowledge. 1886.] quotation prefatory notice verso quotation 1 1. text pp. 1-193. 1 No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-3, sq. folded leaf of numerals verso blank ; Continva 16. For description of this syllabary see pp. tio I title verso 1 1. text 59-60 of this bibliography. (1821), quotation pp. 197-314, 1 folded leaf of numerals verso blank Copies seen : Pilling. : Continvatio II (1822), title verso quotation 1 1. Maisonneuve (J.) des Catalogue | | text pp. 317-585, 3 unnumbered pages, one of livres des fonds et en nombre is a | His- which on folded Oontinvatio III | leaf; (1823), title verso quotation 1 1. text 589- toire, Archdologie | Ethnographic et pp. 1 unnumbered of de 1 de 807, page numerals, oblong Linguistique Europe | PAsie, folio. de de et FAfrique | PAindriquo de The work is a comparative in rOceaiiie vocabulary | [Vignette] | various languages of words having a similar Paris J. | Maisonneuve, libraire-e"di- sound and meaning. Each one of the four vol teur umes is under a | 25, quai 25 arranged separate Voltaire, | (Aiicieune alphabet, Maison Th. 1892 and with five columes to a page. The first Barrois) | Cover column, headed Germ., contains Avords in Ger title as above verso list of grammars, etc. title as man, Dutch, English, Danish, Swedish, ; above verso note 1 1. text pp. 3-127, back the second column, headed contains cover verso list of catalogues, 8. Slav., words in Slavonic, Russian, Polish, Linguistique generale (including titles of a Bohemian, the third headed number of books referring to American lan etc.; column, Gal., contains 30-44. words in Latin, Greek, guages), pp. Grammaires,Dictionuaires, French, Italian, Span

Textes ish, etc. ; the fourth col etTraductions (pp. 45-127) include titles Welsh, Irish, Breton, of works in Dene umn, headed Mixta, contains words in miscel Dindjie, p. 72; Montaguais, p. 111. laneous European, Asiatic, African, American, Copies seen : and Oceanic the Eames, Pilling. languages ; and fifth column, headed contains Masson (L. Les Notulae, explanations. R.) | de la bourgeois | Among the American in which du uord-ouest languages Compaguie | recits de | examples are given is the Kinai. lottres et voyages, rapports iuedits Copies seen: Earnes,

CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.

1744 118 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.

1848 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 119

1859 120 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.

1869 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 121

1874-1875 122 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX.

1880 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 123

1885 124 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 125

1890

UNIVERSITY O^ CAL1

14 DAY USE RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED LOAN DEPT. RENEWALS ONLY TEL. NO. 642-3405 This is book due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY

80007307^

,., "it.:

; \ V 1 V